+ All Categories
Home > Documents > 313385.pdf - King's Research Portal

313385.pdf - King's Research Portal

Date post: 03-May-2023
Category:
Upload: khangminh22
View: 0 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
367
This electronic thesis or dissertation has been downloaded from the King’s Research Portal at https://kclpure.kcl.ac.uk/portal/ Take down policy If you believe that this document breaches copyright please contact [email protected] providing details, and we will remove access to the work immediately and investigate your claim. END USER LICENCE AGREEMENT Unless another licence is stated on the immediately following page this work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International licence. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ You are free to copy, distribute and transmit the work Under the following conditions: Attribution: You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work). Non Commercial: You may not use this work for commercial purposes. No Derivative Works - You may not alter, transform, or build upon this work. Any of these conditions can be waived if you receive permission from the author. Your fair dealings and other rights are in no way affected by the above. The copyright of this thesis rests with the author and no quotation from it or information derived from it may be published without proper acknowledgement. British Army manpower crisis, 1944. Peaty, John Robert Download date: 24. Aug. 2022
Transcript

This electronic thesis or dissertation has been

downloaded from the King’s Research Portal at

https://kclpure.kcl.ac.uk/portal/

Take down policy

If you believe that this document breaches copyright please contact [email protected] providing

details, and we will remove access to the work immediately and investigate your claim.

END USER LICENCE AGREEMENT

Unless another licence is stated on the immediately following page this work is licensed

under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International

licence. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/

You are free to copy, distribute and transmit the work

Under the following conditions:

Attribution: You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author (but not in anyway that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

Non Commercial: You may not use this work for commercial purposes.

No Derivative Works - You may not alter, transform, or build upon this work.

Any of these conditions can be waived if you receive permission from the author. Your fair dealings and

other rights are in no way affected by the above.

The copyright of this thesis rests with the author and no quotation from it or information derived from it

may be published without proper acknowledgement.

British Army manpower crisis, 1944.

Peaty, John Robert

Download date: 24. Aug. 2022

BRITISH ARMY MANPOWER CRISIS 1944

JOHN ROBERT PEATY

FOR THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY

KING'S COLLEGE

UNIVERSITY OF LONDON

2000

1 BIEL

LOAN TTIýTTV

ABSTRACT

In the autumn of 1944 the British Army, which had a

strength of two and three-quarter million men, experienced

a manpower crisis: it ran short of infantry reinforcements.

The objective of this thesis is to establish how and why

this happened. In order to achieve this, fourteen areas

have been examined. Ten of the areas examined concern the

Army's use of the manpower at its disposal: the Army's

distribution; support services and artillery; special and

elite forces; training and reinforcement; normal wastage;

discipline; battle wastage; headquarters; ad hoc units; and

forces at home. Four of the areas examined concern the

apportioning of manpower to the Army by the nation: the

conscription of manpower into the forces; the manpower

devoted to the air effort; the allocation of manpower to

the Army; and the mobilization of manpower for the war

effort. The results of the research undertaken for this

thesis show that the manpower crisis had two main causes,

one outside and one within the Army's responsibility: the

Army did not receive the quantity and quality of manpower

it needed; the Army did not make best use of the manpower

it did receive. In short, the Army did not have enough men

suitable for infantry service and, of those it did have, it

did not have enough serving in the infantry. This is a

lesson which no nation and no Army can afford to forget.

2

CONTENTS

Abstract 2

List of tables 4

Acknowledgements 5

Introduction 6

Chapter 1: Distribution 21

Chapter 2: Supporting corps and artillery 39

Chapter 3: Special and elite forces 101

Chapter 4: Training and reinforcement 154

Chapter 5: Normal wastage 180

Chapter 6: Battle wastage 213

Chapter 7: Conscription 255

Chapter 8: Requirements and allocations 288

Conclusion 323

Tables 333

Bibliography 357

3

LIST OF TABLES

I Distribution of the British Army by arm P333

II Distribution of the British Army by location P334

III Dilotribution of the British Army in the UK P335

IV Distribution of the British, American and Canadian

Armies by arm P336

V Distribution of the American and Canadian Armies in

Europe P337

VI Distribution of the British Army in NW Europe P338

VII Distribution of the British and Canadian Armies in

Italy P339

VIII Organization of British divisions in NW Europe P340

IX Establishment of British and American divisions in NW

Europe P341

X Organization of the REME in NW Europe P342

XI Training establishments and training stream in the UK

P343

XII Strength of the British Army P344

XIII Outflow from the British Army P345

XIV Medical discharges from the British Army P346

XV Desertion in Italy by operation P347

XVI Desertion in Italy by formation P348

XVII Wastage rates (1939) P349

XVIII Wastage rates (1940) P350

XIX Wastage rates (1941) P351

XX Wastage rates (1943) P352

XXI Intake into the British Army P353

XXII Medical examinations of conscripts P354

XXIII Registrations of conscripts P355

XXIV British Army requirements and allocations P356

4

ACNOWLED GEMENT S

I would like to thank my supervisor Brian Bond for his help

and guidance.

Although I received no official encouragement or assistance

with this thesis, I consider myself fortunate that for

seven years I worked at the Army Historical Branch and

next-door to the Library of the Ministry of Defence. The

Defence Evaluation and Research Agency, where I now work,

bears no responsibility for this thesis.

I would like to thank Mike Taylor, Nick Evans, Peter

Robinson, Sanders Marble and Mike Smith for their advice

and friendship.

Finally and most importantly, I would like to thank my

family for their patience and support over the seven and a

half years I have been obsessed with the subject of this

thesis. I would like to apologize to my family for the fact

that the thesis - and my career break - took a year and a

half longer than I had anticipated.

The thesis is dedicated to the memory of my uncle Arthur

Peaty, a "Poor Bloody Infantryman" who carried a rifle from

Normandy to the Baltic. The thesis is also dedicated to the

memory of my brother-in-law Gary Lillico, who died a month

after the completion of the first version, which he had

helped me to produce.

5

INTRODUCTION

In the autumn of 1944 the British Army experienced a

manpower crisis, after its divisions had been fighting in

Italy for a year and in North West Europe for a few months.

It ran short of infantry reinforcements. Because of the

shortage, drastic measures were taken to boost the supply

of, and reduce the demand for, infantry reinforcements.

Large numbers of Royal Air Force and Royal Navy personnel

were transferred to the Army; within the Army, large

numbers of Royal Artillery personnel were retrained as

infantrymen; and many infantry formations and units were

broken up and their personnel used to reinforce other

infantry formations and units.

Before D-Day it had been forecast by the War Office

that, at the end of September 1944, the Army in the field

would have an infantry deficit of 35,300 and that 5

infantry divisions (2 in NW Europe) would have to be broken

up by the end of the year'. Although a drastic step,

breaking up an infantry division would reduce demand and

quickly produce a large number of infantrymen for use as

reinforcements. In fact, at the end of September 21st Army

Group in NW Europe had an infantry shortage of 10,000:

infantry battalions understrength by 2,000 plus an empty

reinforcement pool which needed refilling to the tune of

8,0002. This shortage grew to 14,500 during October3.

Already an infantry division (the 59th) and an infantry

brigade had been or were being broken up in NW Europe;

another infantry division (the 50th) was soon to be

withdrawn and subsequently broken up. At the same time, in

1 Directorate of Staff Duties file on manpower: W032/10899.

2 Ellis, Victory in the West, Vol. II, P141.

3 Home Forces file on "Overlord" reinforcements: WO199/1335.

6

Italy the equivalent of an infantry division was being

disbanded and all remaining infantry battalions reduced

from 4 to 3 companies4. In the Far East equally drastic

measures were also being taken. As it turned out, some of

these measures were excessive: the duration of the war and

the severity of the fighting, and consequently the

casualties for the remainder of the war, had been over-

estimated.

Yet, when the manpower crisis arose, and the responsible

officers of the Army declared that it would be impossible

to reinforce the infantry divisions without drastic action,

there were 2,756,889 men in the Army, of whom some

1,713,196 were overseas. Of those overseas: 714,135 were in

NW Europe; 499,207 in Italy; 242,584 in India and Burma;

192,752 in the Middle East; and 64,518 in the Colonies5.

The division is the fighting formation of all arms and

is generally the unit for strategical calculation. At the

end of September the British Army had 16 infantry divisions

in the field: 8 in NW Europe; 5 in Italy; 2 in Burma; and 1

resting in the Middle East after service in Italy6. In round

figures, each had a War Establishment i. e. authorised

strength of 18,400, of which only 7,600 was in the

division's nine infantry battalions. Therefore, at the end

of September the authorised strength of the infantry

divisions in the field was about 294,400 and the authorised

strength of their infantry battalions - for which, as it

was thought, reinforcements could not be provided - was

about 121,600. There were many more infantry battalions in

the field besides those in the infantry divisions: in

armoured divisions, in non-divisional infantry brigades and

4 Jackson, The Mediterranean and Middle East, Vol. VI: Pt. II, PP371-2.

5 General Return of the Strength of the British Army for the quarter ending 30`x' September 1944, AG Stats: W073/162.

6 Ibid.

7

on their own7. However, for present purposes let us confine

discussion to the infantry divisions.

These figures mean that with 2.75 million men on its

strength, of whom 1.7 million were overseas, the Army could

not find the bodies to keep its infantry divisions -

amounting to only 121,600 infantry - up to strength and

maintain the theatre reinforcement pools.

This statement, unqualified, would imply that the Army's

organization must have been inefficient; that there were

too many men behind the fighting line and not enough in it

or available to go in it. But simple, unqualified

statements regarding complicated human activities are

seldom accurate; to determine whether the Army's

organization was inefficient, that is to say uneconomical

in manpower, will require an analysis of the many factors

which affect the distribution of manpower within a modern

army, and the supporting establishments needed to keep it

fighting for the duration of the war.

The manpower in the Army has to be divided between the

fighting corps or "teeth" arms, whose prime function is to

destroy enemy manpower and material, and the supporting

corps or "tail" arms, which exist to do work which will

enable the former to carry out their task. During the

Second World War there was a tendency common to the

British, American and Canadian Armies for the supporting

corps to increase relatively to the fighting corps. To

adapt Churchill's metaphor: the "tail" kept growing vastly,

the "teeth" little8.

The object of this thesis is to answer the question: How

and why did the British Army run short of infantry

reinforcements in the autumn of 1944?

To answer this question it will be necessary to

establish how effectively the Army utilised the manpower at

Ibid.

S Churchill to Brooke and Ismay, 13`h December 1942: Churchill, The Hinge of Fate, P914.

8

its disposal during the war; whether the ratio of fighting

to administrative and various behind-the-line troops could

have been greater; and whether there was extravagance in

the use of manpower in the Army generally.

This thesis, it is hoped, apart from being of interest

and value to historians of the British Army and of the

Second World War, will be of some benefit to those who will

have the responsibility of organizing Britain's ground

forces should another great war unfortunately occur. It

will also hopefully be of some use to those military men,

government officials and politicians who will have the

greater responsibility of allocating manpower between civil

and military employments, and between the armed forces.

The reader may well wonder whether a detailed analysis

of manpower use or misuse in the Army during the Second

World War will really be of much value to manpower planners

in the future, in view of the probability that, if there is

another great war (and at present, with the end of the Cold

War, another great war is a remote possibility), defence

and offence will be concerned primarily with weapons of

mass destruction, and that the air force will be the

predominant service. But whether faced by another great

war, or by a series of small wars, or by a long period of

comparative peace, there will still be the need to allocate

manpower to the armed forces and to ensure that the

military authorities do not waste it. I do not presume to

say that in the Royal Navy or the Royal Air Force during

the Second World War there was misuse of manpower similar

to that recorded in the following pages. But I suspect that

analysis would reveal that manpower could have been more

economically used by the RN and RAF, and that

inefficiencies existed which would have been more serious,

had either of these services been as numerous as the Army.

9

So much for the purpose of the thesis and its possible

utility: the reader is now entitled to ask what methods the

author intends to use in analysing the problem.

First of all, it has to be said that there is not much

science in military organization, however much talk there

is of science in war. What textbooks there are available to

the British officer (and the Armies of the British

Empire/Commonwealth were/are organized essentially on

British lines) describe what is, rather than why it is. The

subject of organization is a dull one for most military

men; strategy and tactics, the province of the General

Staff, are more inspiring. Until the Second World War, when

a limited start was made with scientific operational

research, organization followed tradition, modified slowly

and empirically when new weapons and means of

transportation enforced change. There are no scientific

laws, no norms of military organization.

Inevitably, much of the evidence relating to manpower -

and consequently much of the evidence deployed in this

thesis - is statistical. Statistical evidence is of course

notorious for its complexities, inaccuracies and

contradictions. I have used only the most authoritative

statistical evidence and have made every effort to unravel

the complexities, uncover and correct the inaccuracies and

resolve the contradictions which even the most

authoritative statistical evidence contains. Although not

foolish enough to claim complete success, I do claim a very

high degree of success. For the convenience of the reader,

much of the statistical evidence has been put into tables.

For his further convenience, these have been placed

together at the end of the thesis rather than spread

throughout it.

To establish how and why the British Army ran short of

infantry reinforcements in the autumn of 1944, fourteen

areas will be examined. Ten areas will concern the Army's

10

use of the manpower at its disposal: the Army's

distribution; headquarters; supporting corps and artillery;

special and elite forces; ad hoc units; battle wastage;

normal wastage; discipline; training and reinforcement; and

forces at home. Four areas will concern the apportioning of

manpower to the Army by the nation: the manpower devoted to

the air effort; the manpower allotted to the Army; the

conscription of manpower into the forces; and the

mobilization of manpower for the war effort.

As it is not possible for reasons of space to devote a

separate chapter to each of these areas, eight areas will

be given their own chapter and examined at length. The

other six areas will be examined more briefly in the course

of these eight chapters: the number of operational and

administrative headquarters in the Army; the number of ad

hoc units in the Army; the quantity and quality of manpower

devoted by Britain to the air effort rather than to the

ground effort; the size, composition and role of the Army

at home after D-Day; the state of discipline in the Army;

the degree to which Britain mobilized its manpower for the

war effort. A lengthy examination of the size, composition

and role of the Army at home after D-Day will however be

found in the author's article Myth, Reality and Carlo

D'Este, published in the King's College London War Studies

Journal in spring 1996.

This thesis is concerned with just one aspect of the

huge subject of British Army manpower during the Second

World War: the manpower, specifically infantry, crisis in

the autumn of 1944. There is neither necessity nor space to

discuss, even briefly, the totality of the Army's manpower

policies and problems in 1944, let alone over the entire

course of the war. The thesis will therefore open with an

analysis of the Army's manpower distribution as it stood in

the autumn of 1944. However, the thesis will close with

analyses of, respectively, the size and quality of the

11

Army's manpower intake during the war and the scale and

nature of the Army's manpower requirements and allocations

during the second half of the war - both subjects being of

direct relevance to the manpower crisis.

The thesis will begin with, in Chapter 1, an examination

of the Army's distribution of manpower, both geographically

and functionally, to ascertain how much was at home and how

much overseas, how much was in the supporting corps and how

much in the fighting corps. This will be based on

statistics relating to the autumn of 1944. By comparison of

these statistics with statistics of manpower distribution

in the American and Canadian Armies, we will determine

whether too much manpower was devoted by the British Army

to the supporting corps and to the home base. Put another

way, we will determine whether too little manpower was in

the frontline. The British Army's manpower distribution

will be compared with that of the American and Canadian

Armies for two reasons: both Armies fought the same enemy

(the Germans) and fought over the same terrain (Italy and

NW Europe) as the British Army; both Armies, the American

much larger and the Canadian much smaller than the British,

suffered an infantry reinforcement crisis in the autumn of

1944, just like the British Army9. It is true that the

American and Canadian Armies had much longer lines of

communication between the home base and the Continent than

the British Army. However, it is also true that, unlike the

American and Canadian Armies, the British Army had to

garrison and defend a far-flung Empire. I do not believe

the fact that, such was the degree of Allied co-operation,

formations and units of one Army often served under the

command of another invalidates the comparison. No

comparison is perfect. Yet how is one to judge save by

comparison? A comparison could of course be made with the

9 Palmer et al, The Procurement and Training of Ground Combat Troops, PP3-11,18,49,66-72; Stacey, Arms, Men and Governments, PP424-82; Eisenhower, Crusade in Europe, PP363-5; Stacey, The Victory Campaign, PP284-5,385-6.

12

German Army but such a comparison would be less sensible

and fair. Churchill was fond of comparing the British

Army's distribution of manpower with that of the German

Army, a comparison he considered unflattering to the

formerlo.

In Chapter 2 the quantity and quality of manpower

devoted to the Army's supporting corps - specifically its

medical, supply and transport, electrical and mechanical

engineering and ordnance services - and to the artillery -

the artillery being the largest component of the British

Army during the war - will be examined, to ascertain if it

was excessive. In judging whether surpluses existed in

these arms, comparison will be made with the American Army,

for the reasons given above.

In Chapter 3 the quantity and quality of manpower

devoted to the Army's special and elite forces will be

examined, to ascertain if it was excessive. During the war

the British Army created many special forces and several of

them grew to a considerable size, the Airborne Forces and

the "Chindits" in particular. There was also a considerable

expansion of the Army's elite forces during the war, the

Foot Guards in particular. Both developments took place

primarily at the expense of the infantry. We will judge

whether the special and elite forces repaid the investment

made in them.

In Chapter 4 the Army's training and reinforcement

machine will be examined, to ascertain if it was efficient

and economical. It is extremely difficult to plan an

organization for training recruits and producing

reinforcements for the field units, for the simple reason

that the planners never are sure how many recruits are

going to be received and how many reinforcements are going

to be required. They first have to guess how long the war

10 Churchill to Brooke, 1st Nov. 1943: Churchill, Closing the Ring, PP682-3.

13

will last. Next, they must estimate how many men over that

period will be recruited and how many killed, wounded, or

otherwise rendered ineffective, and will need replacement.

Reinforcement planning has to be done on the assumption

that certain wastage rates established from the statistics

of experience in former wars, or in the early part of the

current war, will apply for the future. We shall see, in

Chapter 6, when we examine the extent and causes of the

battle wastage suffered by the Army and the accuracy of the

wastage rates used to predict it, how difficult it was to

evaluate this factor in reinforcement planning. The other

very variable factor which confounded the reinforcement

planners was how many units had to be reinforced. Field

commanders, in the course of operations, usually find that

they ought to have more field formations than the

government has given them, or that they need troops of a

different kind. If changes are made accordingly, this

upsets the proportion of the reinforcements of the

different arms, and their total number.

As a consequence of all these factors, the reinforcement

system which should ideally be designed to produce a

certain output per month of trained soldiers in the

proportion required, always seems to turn out too few men

of one corps and too many of others. Furthermore, they are

seldom trained to the liking of the users, that is, the

field units which are to be reinforced.

After reinforcements have completed their initial

training, they often are kept for a considerable period

before they are required to take their place in a field

unit. This necessitates holding units of various sorts,

which may be described as a reservoir for reinforcement

manpower. In such units, training must be carried on, or

the skill, morale and net value of the reinforcements will

deteriorate. This means that such holding units build up an

overhead in training, as well as in administrative

14

personnel, which can be quite considerable, as we shall see

when, also in Chapter 4, we examine these functions as they

were carried out in the British Army.

In Chapter 5 we will examine the extent and causes of

the normal or non-battle wastage suffered by the Army, to

ascertain it is was excessive. Wastage occurs not only when

men are killed or taken prisoner, or so severely wounded

that they will not be of serviceable military category when

they recover. Many must be invalided out because of the

effect of diseases, and among these the most difficult to

deal with are the psycho-neurotic disorders. It is

difficult to determine when psycho-neurotic cases have

reached a stage when they are unsalvageable for military

purposes and should be discharged for the good of the

service as well as their own good. Others, a small

proportion, are discharged because they will never be

useful soldiers; because they are of low intelligence or

are "worthless and incorrigible", using the time-honoured

words of King's Regulations, or, in the modern jargon, are

psychopaths. The causes of discharge will be analysed and

discussed with a view to establishing whether the Army, or

the Royal Army Medical Corps which was the chief agent,

erred in discharging as many men as it did. A number of men

were also lost to the Army either permanently or

temporarily through desertion or absence without leave and

the extent, causes and effects of desertion and absence

without leave will be analysed and discussed as well.

In Chapter 7 we will examine the operation of

conscription in Britain during the war. We will determine

whether it was thorough enough and whether the Army got its

fair share of the nation's manpower, both quantitatively

and qualitatively.

In Chapter 8 we will examine the allocation of manpower

to the Army by the Government during the war. We will

determine if the Army received the manpower it required to

15

meet its commitments and, if not, how far short of

requirements its allocations fell.

So, in the next eight chapters, an attempt will be made

to reach conclusions as to the causes of the manpower

crisis. In the attempt, we may discover how much better

manpower might have been utilised and how much manpower

might have been saved, if the British Government and the

British Army had been gifted with unerring prophetic

vision, and had known in the days of war what we know now.

More than fifty years after the event, it must now be

impossible to write anything entirely original about the

Second World War. However, one of the main reasons for

undertaking this thesis is that there is no adequate study

of the British Army's manpower crisis in the Second World

War. The existing literature either does not address the

subject or does so inadequately.

The standard history of the British Army during the

Second World War is still And We Shall Shock Them by

General Sir David Fraser (1983). Unsurprisingly, it is

concerned much more with operational than with

administrative matters. Although Fraser served in the North

West Europe campaign, his history avowedly concentrates on

how the Army overcame the trials and tribulations of the

early years of the war.

Although it has a different focus from this thesis, no

one today can write about infantry during the Second World

War without acknowledging a debt to The Sharp End by John

Ellis (first published 1980). This seminal work remains

unsurpassed in its depiction of what life was really like

for British and American combat soldiers, especially

infantrymen, during the war.

In the course of my researches I read several as yet

unpublished but excellent studies written by other

scholars. I would like to acknowledge: Dr. G. Spillan's

study of the Army's manpower problems between the wars

16

(1985); Dr. E. Whittle's study of the effect of Western

Front casualties on the conduct of the Second World War

(1991); Dr. R. Pope's study of demobilisation at the end of

the war (1985); Dr. J. Crang's study of the Army as a

social institution during the war (1992); Dr. T. Harrison-

Place's study of infantry and armour training in the UK

during the war (1997); and Dr. S. Hart's study of 21st Army

Group and the North West Europe campaign (1995) All have

added to our understanding of the British Army during the

Second World War, the last three especially: I was glad to

have been of help to Hart and Harrison-Place in their

researches. However, this study has its own focus. Unlike

Crang's, this is not a social study. Unlike Harrison-

Place's, this is not a tactical study. Unlike Hart's, this

is not an operational study. If the reader wishes to know

about Adam and ABCA, or Paget and Battle Schools, or

Montgomery and GOODWOOD, I can heartily recommend the

studies of Crang, Harrison-Place and Hart to him. Let me

repeat: this study is concerned only with the - unsexy but

not unimportant - subject of how and why the British Army

ran short of infantry reinforcements in the autumn of 1944.

Although they are primary sources, as one has been

published and others hopefully will be, I will say

something about the War Office Monographs in this

literature survey. After the war the War Office

commissioned a series of classified Monographs from

officers distinguished in their fields to record the

experiences and distil the lessons of the war. Only two are

concerned with the "teeth" arms (Royal Artillery and

Airborne Forces) The others are concerned with the "tail"

and with administration. Researched and written with

official sanction shortly after the events with which they

are concerned, the Monographs have one great and obvious

advantage and one great and obvious disadvantage for the

historian. They are authoritative; they are restrained.

17

They have proved of great assistance and have been used

extensively in this thesis, but what they do not say is

sometimes as important as what they do. Although they have

all now been opened to inspection in the Public Record

Office (W0277), only the one concerned with Airborne Forces

has been published to date.

It is unfortunate but unsurprising that the Monograph

concerned with manpower is the one of the briefest and

blandest of the Monographs. Manpower Problems by Major-

General A. J. K. Pigott (1949) is a very short work (90

pages) about a very big subject. It was opened in the

Public Record Office in 1980 but remains unpublished. It is

very selective as to coverage and covers those topics

selected (before the war; intakes during the war; supply of

officers; supply of tradesmen; manpower from outside the

UK; drafting; wastage; demobilization) sketchily and with

few statistics.

The Official History Manpower by H. M. D. Parker (1957) is

a general survey. It is concerned with the work of the

Ministry of Labour and National Service, the operation of

the National Service Acts and the mobilisation of the

nation's manpower for the war effort. Parker concerns

himself with the apportionment of manpower between

munitions and the Services; he does not concern himself

with the problems of each Service. In other words, he gives

the context of the Army's problems but not the particulars.

When he reaches the peak of mobilisation in the autumn of

1943, he breaks the narrative. When the narrative is

resumed, the first half of 1944 is covered sketchily. For

all that, he does show the capping of Army manpower in the

spring of 1941 and the low manpower priority given to the

Army between then and the summer of 1944.

Decision in Normandy: The Unwritten Story of Montgomery

and the Allied Campaign by Colonel C. D'Este (first

published 1983) contains a chapter on "The Manpower

18

Dilemma" facing the British Army in the summer of 1944.

While D'Este is to be congratulated for addressing the

subject, unfortunately the chapter is both confused and

confusing. Although he deals interestingly and

illuminatingly with the effects of the infantry shortage,

he misunderstands and misrepresents both the causes and the

steps taken to remedy it. After pontificating about the

infantry shortage, at the end of the chapter he performs a

volte-face and declares that it was a myth. For a critique

of D'Este's view of the infantry shortage (and especially

his belief that there were plenty of infantry

reinforcements in the UK after D-Day), the reader is

referred to the author's article Myth, Reality and Carlo

D'Este, mentioned above.

The Commonwealth Armies: Manpower and organisation in

two world wars by Dr. F. W. Perry (1988) is a brilliant

work. It is very readable and makes many excellent points.

It answers obvious questions like: "Why did the Army have

only X divisions in the field? " and "How can an Army with Y

million men be short of infantry? " Inevitably, given that

he covers both World Wars and the entire Commonwealth,

Perry's approach is very broadbrush. Too broadbrush in

fact. He does not explore one country's problems in any

depth (devoting, for instance, only 29 pages to Britain in

the Second World War) - he assumes that the problems were

broadly the same. In fact there were as many differences as

similarities. Perry's main concern is the connection

between manpower and organisation: he shows that in the

World Wars Britain, New Zealand and Australia fielded too

many formations in relation to their manpower resources

while Canada, India and South Africa fielded too few.

Although Pigott, Parker and Perry have proved essential

reading and will be referred to often in this thesis, none

is an adequate study of the British Army's manpower

problems in the Second World War. Although this thesis is

19

concerned solely with the causes of the Army's manpower

crisis in the autumn of 1944, hopefully it will go some way

to filling this important gap in the historiography of both

the British Army and the Second World War.

20

CHAPTER 1. DISTRIBUTION.

In this chapter the general distribution of manpower in

the British Army, as it was in the autumn of 1944, will be

examined. It will be compared, so far as is feasible with

the available evidence, with manpower distribution in the

American and Canadian Armies.

By distribution of manpower is meant the allocation of

men to the various arms of the Army - the "teeth"

(fighting) and "tail" (supporting) - and to various

locations - the home base and the overseas theatres. Table

I shows the distribution of manpower by arm while Table II

shows the distribution of manpower by location, both as of

30th September 1944.

The date, 30th September 1944, was selected as being the

forecast peak of the crisis which afflicted the infantry

formations and units of the British Army and which resulted

in drastic remedial measures. There was no great change in

the distribution of the manpower of the Army thereafter

until the end of the war in Europe, except when the 5th

Division left Italy in early 1945 and joined the 2nd Army

in NW Europe.

The tables give actual strengths of the Army at this

date, as recorded in the contemporary returns prepared in

the War Office for its own use. The responsible staffs

(those of the Statistical Branch of the Adjutant-General's

Department, known as AG Stats) expended a great deal of

effort to make the strength statistics accurate. However,

no one will suggest that accounting for men ever reached

the precision with which a well-ordered business, or

government, accounts for money. Be that as it may, it is

believed that the figures in these tables are correct to

within less one percent, on the average, that is to say,

sufficiently correct for purposes of determining the

21

proportionate distribution of manpower, and that any

statistical error that may exist is not great enough to

affect the validity of the conclusions drawn.

The figures in the tables have been abstracted from the

printed "General Return of the Strength of the British

Army" for the quarter ending 30th September 19441. The

figures in this digest of strength statistics therefore

relate exactly to the time when the infantry crisis was

forecast to be at its peak. It will be referred to

frequently throughout this thesis, although whenever

undigested statistical data is available that will be

preferred. The following comments are explanatory of Tables

I and II.

The figures given are gross. That is, they do not

specify the fitness, rank, level of training, age or

present/planned role of personnel. They therefore do not

distinguish between "effectives" (the young, the fit and

the trained) and "ineffectives" (the very young, the old,

the unfit and the untrained). It is the number of

"effectives" - who always comprise only a proportion of any

force - that is the true guide to a force's strength. This

is an important point which should always be borne in mind

by those discussing manpower questions.

Both tables exclude those on the India Unattached List

and those reported to be Prisoners of War. The Household

Cavalry, Royal Armoured Corps, Royal Artillery, Royal

Engineers, Royal Signals, Foot Guards, Infantry and Army

Air Corps have been classed as "teeth" while all others

have been classed as "tail". The Household Cavalry was a

semi-autonomous elite Corps responsible for its own

recruitment, training etc.; during the war it fielded a

couple of armoured reconnaissance regiments. The Foot

Guards was also a semi-autonomous elite Corps responsible

for its own recruitment, training etc.; during the war it

' W073/162.

22

fielded several infantry brigades, a tank brigade and an

armoured division. Not all of the Infantry was Rifle

Infantry. A proportion was Motor or Machine Gun or Support

Infantry, which was trained and equipped differently to

Rifle Infantry. It was Rifle Infantry that was in greatest

demand and shortest supply. The Army Air Corps included

paratroopers, glider-borne infantry and glider pilots. The

General Service Corps had been created in 1942 to

rationalise the allocation of manpower to the various arms.

It acted as a sorting house; all recruits (excepting those

for the Household Cavalry and the Foot Guards) were

temporarily assigned to it and given basic training while

their strengths and weaknesses were assessed and their

final destination decided. Its work will be examined more

closely in Chapter 5. The Royal Army Service Corps included

a small number of non-combatant Expeditionary Force

Institute personnel. Extra-Regimentally Employed personnel

were those serving in an unspecified capacity, not with

their parent arm. With regard to such personnel,

conflicting figures are often given, presumably depending

on whether all are counted or just the long-term.

Looking at these tables, one can see at once that the

British Army had an impressive proportion of its manpower

in the "teeth" arms and an impressive proportion of its

manpower overseas. In both cases: 62%. Both by arm and by

location, the British Army's manpower distribution was

better than that of either the Canadian Army or the

American Army, as we shall shortly see.

It will be noted that, surprisingly, at the forecast

peak of the infantry crisis, the Army possessed over half a

million infantry. Remember, however, that not all were

rifle infantry and of those who were not all would have

been "effective". It will also be noted that there were

over 50,000 in the General Service Corps, although it would

23

of course be a very long time before these became fully

trained reinforcements and, in any case, not all would be

suitable for infantry service.

The number of men in the UK is noteworthy. Although in

relative terms not a great proportion of the Army's

manpower, the figure is so great in absolute terms as to

require further investigation. Table III is a functional

analysis of male Army personnel in the UK at the end of

September 1944. The figures come from a return produced by

AG Stats comparing actual manpower with allotted manpower2.

For some unaccountable reason, the total differs slightly

from that given in Table II.

It will be noted that only 70% of those in the UK were

available i. e. trained and in post. Of these, most were in

Empire Base Installations (i. e. base establishments such as

ammunition depots, repair workshops etc. ), Anti-Aircraft

Command, the Training Organization and the Home Field Army.

The surprisingly large number of trained and available

reinforcements (only a proportion of whom were of course

infantry) were located as follows: some were in the two

Cadre Infantry (actually "retraining" and "home defence")

Divisions of the Home Field Army; some were in the three

Reserve (actually "training") Divisions; some were in the

one Holding (actually "retraining" and "drafting")

Division; most were in the schools and units of the

Training Organization. Of the almost 30% of those in the UK

who were unavailable, most were under training, retraining,

of limited availability (i. e. on detached duty,

compassionate leave etc. ), non-available (i. e. on sick

leave, absent without leave etc. ) and on the "Y" List (i. e.

in prison, hospital, selection centre etc. ).

The numbers shown as "Under training" are those in the

training stream. That is, soldiers and officers from the

time of their enlistment or appointment and while they are

W0365/178.

24

undergoing individual training in the schools and units of

the Training organization and while they are subsequently

undergoing collective training in the Reserve Divisions.

These are all potential reinforcements, but are not

available for posting to operational formations until their

training is complete. The period required for training was

nominally from several months for "general duty" personnel,

up to a year or more for specialists and tradesmen - if one

agrees that a man can be called a tradesman who learns his

business in a year. Of the time taken for training, the

difficulties in producing a continuous flow of adequately

trained reinforcements in the numbers required by all arms,

and the manpower resources employed on training, more will

be said in Chapter 4.

The numbers shown as "Retraining" are those being

remustered to other corps, in consequence of a surplus of

reinforcements existing in their original corps, or because

of the break-up of formations and establishments no longer

required, or because of personal unsuitability in a

previous employment; as well as those undergoing refresher

training after returning to duty following long periods of

hospitalisation or leave.

What conclusions can we draw from the picture of

manpower distribution presented by these three tables?

First and foremost, we note that the bulk of the Army's

manpower was in the "teeth" arms and overseas. Therefore,

in relative terms, the Army did not have an excessive

number of personnel in the "tail" or an excessive number of

personnel in the home base.

A rough and ready means of examining the efficiency of

army organization is by dividing the total number of

personnel in the army by the number of divisions. The

product is called the "divisional slice". The fewer

personnel in the divisional slice, the more efficient the

25

organization, efficiency being defined as a higher ratio of

fighting formations to supporting services, and the

mechanism of reinforcement, and other overheads. The

British divisional slice worked out at 2,950,000 divided by

35 divisions = about 84,300. This was lower than the

Canadian divisional slice but higher than the American. The

Canadian divisional slice was 465,750 divided by 5=

93,150. The American divisional slice was 6,326,295 divided

by 89 divisions = about 71,100. We thus have a primary

indication that British organization was more economical

than Canadian but less economical than American.

The divisional slice is both a very approximate and a

very contentious measure of the fighting/supporting ratio

of armies. It is not a simple matter to decide which

formations to include and which to exclude when calculating

the slice. The calculation of the Canadian slice excludes

home defence divisions and independent armoured brigades,

on the grounds that the former were not field formations

and the latter were not really independent formations3. If

the armoured brigades were counted, the Canadian slice

would be lower than the British; if the home defence

divisions were counted as well, it would be lower than the

American. The British slice was calculated as follows. In

the autumn of 1944 the British Army had 6 armoured

divisions (including one which never fought as such but

provided units to support other formations), 2 airborne

divisions (including one which had just been destroyed), 19

infantry divisions (including one which was a deception

formation and two which were dual-purpose home

defence/retraining formations), 3 reserve divisions, 1

holding division, 12 independent armoured/tank brigades

(which always fought in support of other formations), 4

"Commando" brigades, 2 colonial garrison brigades, 1

independent parachute brigade, 5 infantry brigades

Burns, Manpower in the Canadian Army, P178.

26

(including one which was in process of disbandment) and 5

training brigades4. There were thus 31 divisions and 29

brigades. Yet some of the divisions only existed on paper

and some were not field formations. If we exclude the

defunct airborne division, the nominal infantry division,

the holding division, the reserve divisions and also the

training brigades, we find that in the autumn of 1944 the

British Army had 35 divisions or the equivalent: counting 2

independent armoured/tank brigades or 3 "Commando",

infantry, independent parachute and colonial garrison

brigades as 1 division.

According to Perry, by mid 1945 the British divisional

slice had declined to about 65,000. The Army, with a

strength of just under 3 million men, had 24 infantry,

armoured and airborne divisions plus 40 brigades, which

Perry calculates to be the equivalent of another 18

divisions: total 425. Perry considers that this was 13

divisions too many relative to the British Army's manpower

resources6. While the Army clearly ended the war with a

large number of formations, the increase in the number of

formations and the consequent decline in the slice during

1944-45 reflected the considerable expansion of garrison

brigades during that period and was, therefore, largely

artificial.

However favourable in relative terms, it is indisputable

that in absolute terms the British Army had a very large

number of men in the supporting corps. The figure of those

behind the lines is so high - over a million - that

further, more detailed examination and analysis of how the

men in the support services were distributed and used is

indicated. This will be done in Chapter 2.

1%

W073/162.

5 Perry, The Commonwealth Armies, PP74-6.

b Ibid, PP228-9.

27

It is also indisputable that in absolute terms the

British Army had a very large number of men in the home

base - over a million. However, several important points

need to be borne in mind. Of those in the UK, a substantial

minority were untrained and not in post. This is not really

surprising as the UK was the place where men were recruited

into the Army and trained as well as the place to which men

serving overseas were ultimately sent to be hospitalised,

to be imprisoned, on leave etc. Of those who were trained

and in post, over two thirds were non-Field Force troops

and less than a third were Field Force troops. The Field

Force troops were engaged on the defence of the UK. It was

not until November 1944 that the danger of invasion or

raids was officially recognised as passed while the UK

continued to be subjected to V-weapon attack until March

1945. It was therefore necessary to maintain a substantial

Home Field Army and a substantial Anti-Aircraft Command

until very late in the war. Of course, the home defence

forces and anti-aircraft defences built up during the early

years of the war, when invasion or raids had seemed very

probable and heavy air attacks were a reality, had been

greatly reduced, as the strategical situation changed in

favour of the Allies. Naturally, after D-Day the home

defence forces had been reduced further. However, with the

advent of the V-weapons just after D-Day, further reduction

of the anti-aircraft defences had to proceed slowly and

cautiously. As for the non-Field Force troops, they were

engaged on the supply of men and material to the Army

throughout the world. The training schools, ordnance depots

etc. in Britain had to meet the personnel and equipment

needs of the Army around the globe, be it in NW Europe,

Italy, Burma, the Middle East or the Colonies.

The number of men listed as trained and available

reinforcements in Britain will doubtless surprise the

28

reader. As will the number of men listed as under training

and retraining in Britain. Together they make up a sizeable

proportion of the Army's strength, 218,332 men in all. With

such a large number of reinforcements and trainees, equal

to one and a half times the number of casualties suffered

by the British Army during the entire NW Europe campaign

from D-Day to VE-Day, which was 141,646 7, why were there

difficulties in reinforcing the infantry? This requires an

examination of the working of the training and

reinforcement machine, and the varying factors present

during the war which prevented it from operating as

efficiently as it might have; and an examination of the

standards of physical fitness, mental robustness and

training laid down for infantrymen. These points will be

addressed later.

Finally, a word about women. The figures given in the

tables mentioned have been for men only. This should not be

taken to imply that women played an insignificant role.

There were in fact 215,721 women in the Army at this time,

although only 13,908 were serving overseas. Few were doing

"women's work". Over 90% were Auxiliary Territorial Service

and were filling posts (principally in Anti-Aircraft

Command) formerly filled by men; the remainder were Queen

Alexandra's Imperial Military Nursing Service, Territorial

Army Nursing Service, Voluntary Aid Detachments and Queen's

Army Schoolmistresses8. During the war, out of necessity,

Britain used women more extensively than either the

Americans or Canadians: a point perhaps to be borne in mind

in the current debate about the role of women in the Armed

Forces. At the peak, in September 1943,470,700 women were

serving in the British Armed Forces - compared to 4,371,000

men9. That is, the women were nearly 10% of the total. Put

7 Ellis, Victory in the West, Vol. II, P407.

8 W073/162.

CSO, Statistical Digest of the War, Table 10, P9. 29

another way, more women were serving in the British Armed

Forces more than fifty years ago than the total size of the

British Armed Forces today. By comparison, during the war

only 3.5% of the Canadian Army's strength was female, a

mere 16,178.

Table IV is a comparison of the percentages of the total

manpower in the various arms as between the British,

American and Canadian Armies. Although the war

establishments of the Canadian Army were almost identical

to those of the British Army, insofar as the fighting

formations and units were concerned, direct comparison

between the British, Canadian and American Armies is

difficult because - unlike the British - the Americans and

Canadians had to contend with operating in Europe from a

base in North America. The base of an army, in the absolute

sense, is defined as the area from which it ultimately

draws the manpower, supplies and other resources that

enable it to fight i. e. the homeland. Confusion is caused

by the other meaning which the word has acquired in the

military context e. g. a base in a theatre of war, and an

intermediate base between operational theatres and the

homeland i. e. the UK for the North Americans. The term has

been commonly used in this sense for a long time. If one

always qualified "base" with "overseas", "advanced", etc.,

the confusion would be reduced.

Having said that, the British - unlike the Americans and

Canadians - had to garrison and defend a global Empire.

Consequently, the British also had to operate great

distances from home. It is likely that the geographical

problems facing the Americans, British and Canadians were

similar in their effects. Certainly, the British had

intermediate bases in Egypt and India much like the

Americans and Canadians had an intermediate base in

Britain. Therefore, it is intended to proceed on the

30

assumption that a comparison between the British, Canadian

and American Armies is both feasible and revealing. I do

not think the fact that, such was the degree of Allied co-

operation, formations and units of one Army often augmented

the strength of another - be it Canadian hospitals

supporting the British or British artillery supporting the

Canadians - invalidates the comparison. A perfect

comparison is of course impossible. Yet how else is a

judgement to be made? A comparison between the British and

German Armies would be less sensible and fair, if only

because Germany was not a liberal democracy and was on the

defensive. For the record, German divisions were smaller,

much smaller in the case of infantry divisions, and the

German "tail" was much more modest: differences that were

certainly not apparent when it came to battlefield

performance.

The Canadian percentages were based partly on actual

strengths (for personnel in Canada) and partly on

establishment strengths (for personnel in Italy, North West

Europe and the UK). The latter were taken from the

authorized Canadian establishments, as at the end of

November 1944. There was some difference between

establishments and strengths, but not great enough to be

significant, percentage-wise, in the final result of this

comparison. In any case, the comparison is for the purpose

of determining whether the arms in the British Army vis a

vis the arms in the Canadian Army were properly balanced,

that is, if the organization was right; hence the intended

organization, or establishment, is properly used for this

purpose.

The British and American percentages were, however,

based on actual strengths, as at the end of September 1944

and the end of March 1945 respectively. It would perhaps

have been more satisfactory if they had been based on

establishments, or tables of organization, which is the

31

equivalent American military expression, but such figures

are not available in the sources consulted, which are

otherwise most comprehensive sources and ones that have

proved extremely useful.

When we compare the percentages for the several corps in

the three armies, we note some correspondences and some

divergencies.

Taking the Infantry, Armour and Artillery together, in

the British Army they made up 48.08% compared to 43.5% in

the American Army and to only 34.2% in the Canadian Army.

We thus have a primary indication that the British

"teeth" /"tail" ratio was better than the American and much

better than the Canadian. Comparing the British and

American percentages, it is notable how much of American

manpower was devoted to the Infantry and Armour (38.3%

compared to 25.67%) and how much of British manpower was

devoted to the Artillery (22.41% compared to 5.2%). Part of

the difference is explained by the fact that only anti-

aircraft and coastal artillery are included in the American

figure for Artillery, field artillery being included in the

American figure for Infantry and Armour. Even so, the

difference is striking. It is clear that the majority of

Canadian manpower was dissipated in abnormally large

supporting corps. In Engineers and Medical, British and

Canadian percentages were below the American, but in

Ordnance (responsible for the replacement of vehicles, arms

and equipment) and Electrical and Mechanical Engineers

(responsible for the repair of vehicles, arms and

equipment), the British percentage was 9.99% and the

Canadian 11% as against only 5.3% in the American Army.

This is remarkable given the widespread view that during

the war the American Army was "equipment-heavy" compared to

other armies.

In Supply and Transport the Canadian percentage of 8.4%

compares favourably with 11.02% in the Royal Army Service

32

Corps and 11.9% in the American Quartermaster Corps and in

Transportation, a service which does not appear to be

exactly comparable with any British or Canadian service.

The Canadians also had less men in Signals than the British

and Americans. However, when we come to "Headquarters and

overhead" the Canadian percentage of 28.2% compares very

unfavourably with the British 13.25% (made up of pioneers,

cooks, new recruits as yet unallocated, military police,

pay clerks etc. ) and the American 11.6% which came under

the headings of "Adjutant-General", "Military Police" and

"Miscellaneous". This discrepancy is striking.

It should be mentioned that in the original table in the

U. S. source, 1,831,091 Army Air Corps were included as the

U. S. Air Force was not separated from the Army at that

time. For the purposes of Table IV, the Air Corps was

deducted, leaving 6,326,295, and the percentages adjusted.

We must take into consideration, however, that some of the

services were to look after the needs of the Air Corps,

which in the British and Canadian forces would be done by

elements of the Royal Air Force and Royal Canadian Air

Force. It should also be mentioned that a proportion of the

British Army's services was used by the Canadian Army. For

both reasons, the comparison is even more unfavourable to

the Canadian Army than the figures indicate.

Table V is a comparison of the distribution of manpower

inside and outside of divisions in the American and

Canadian Armies in the European Theatre i. e. Italy, NW

Europe and the UK. The two Armies were similar in that they

both had forces in Italy and in NW Europe, a home base in

North America and an intermediate base in the UK. The

Canadian figures are as of 2nd December 1944; while the

American figures are as of 31st March 1945. This will not

invalidate the comparison, as the distribution of troops

did not greatly change between the two dates, except that

when the ist Canadian Corps moved from Italy to NW Europe

33

in early 1945, it was possible to reduce slightly the

Canadian overhead. Table VI shows the distribution of

manpower inside and outside of divisions in the British

Army in NW Europe. The UK has been excluded because, being

the home base of the British Army rather than just an

intermediate base, it contained large numbers of non-

divisional troops and their inclusion would distort the

picture. The situation in Italy will be examined separately

later in this chapter. The figures are as of 30th September

1944.

We note that the percentage of manpower in divisions in

the three armies was practically the same, just over 30%.

However, the American division was smaller in numbers than

the British and Canadian; for the infantry division 14,037

American as against 18,347 British and 18,376 Canadian; for

the armoured division, 10,670 American as against 14,964

British and 14,819 Canadian1°. This surprising difference,

around 30% in the infantry division, and around 40% in the

armoured division, was because the Americans followed the

principle of having in the division only those troops

judged to be essential in practically all operational

circumstances. Those units whose co-operation with the

division was required only in certain circumstances, were

pooled under higher control, usually under the Army, and

distributed to corps and divisions as the tactical

situation indicated. The same general pooling theory was

basic to the British organisation of the fighting corps,

which the Canadians copied almost exactly, but the

proportion of fighting troops forming an integral part of

the division was higher.

A comparison of the distribution of manpower within

British, Canadian and American infantry divisions, and in

non-divisional troops, shows that while British and

Canadian divisions could well have been reduced to the size

10 Ellis, Vol. I, App. IV, P535; Burns, P19.

34

of the American division, the troops so saved, generally

speaking, were used by the Americans in non-divisional

units and formations. So no difference in effectiveness in

functioning relative to the total demand on manpower was

indicated by the comparison. But over-investment of

manpower by the Canadians in certain supporting corps

compared to the British and the Americans is indicated,

confirming other comparisons.

Of the American Army, 60.4% was in overseas theatres of

war, according to the table from which the figures in Table

V have been taken. The Canadian percentage was lower:

55.3%. The British percentage (62.1%) was higher than both

the Canadians and the Americans. This is particularly

impressive when one considers that - unlike Canada and the

United States - Britain was for very nearly the entire war

an active theatre and subject to enemy attack in one form

or another.

Although the Canadians copied almost exactly the British

organisation of the fighting formations and units, we have

seen from Table IV that the British fighting corps were

considerably larger and the supporting corps were

considerably smaller than the Canadian. We should

investigate this difference further.

The figures for the British Army in Italy in 1944 given

in Table VII come from a table constructed in a 1950 essay

by Jackson (later the British Official Historian of the

Italian Campaign), on how to reduce the "tail" and increase

the "teeth"". The figures which Jackson used to analyse the

distribution of manpower, and to compare the distribution

in 1944 with that in WWI, hence to deduce trends for the

future, were derived from historical material relating to

the "Operations of British, Indian and Dominion Forces in

Italy". The percentages have to do only with British

1' Trench-Gascoigne prize essay for 1949, RUSI Journal, May 1950.

35

troops. This at once brings us to the consideration that

allied armies operating in Italy comprised not only British

Commonwealth forces, but also American and some other

allies. Were not some of the manpower-consuming services

(such as railway transportation and engineering, port

services, aerodrome construction etc. ) performed by the

Americans? A manpower distribution of British only,

ignoring other Commonwealth and American troops, is hardly

likely to be the same as the overall distribution of

manpower in the Italian theatre. Furthermore, Jackson's

percentages for artillery and infantry strike one as being

extraordinarily high. Finally, we should note that,

controversially, Jackson has classed engineers and signals

as "tail". With these caveats, we may proceed to the

comparison of the fighting arms and supporting services.

The total of fighting arms for the British Army in Italy

is given as 65.3% whereas for the Canadian Army in Italy it

was 53.1%. The disparity is nearly all in the artillery,

and was due to the very high proportion of anti-aircraft

artillery in the British Army. This sub-corps was reduced

by conversion of its individual members to infantry in

1944. The same process took place in the American and

Canadian Armies, although their investment in "ack-ack" had

been rather less than the British because their home bases

had not been subjected to air attack. The surplus of anti-

aircraft units was due to the fact that when the armies

were being organized in 1940-42, the Germans had the

superiority in the air, and land forces were liable to

heavy attack through all echelons from base to front line.

To secure the power to move, to operate, strong anti-

aircraft defence seemed necessary. But by 1944 the Royal

Air Force and the U. S. Air Force had achieved superiority

over the "Luftwaffe" and German fighters and fighter-

bombers were no longer able to interfere seriously with the

movement of our troops. Thus, the anti-aircraft gunners had

36

little to do. Considerable efforts were made to use them

for tactical support, but their principal weapons, the

Bofors and the 3.7in. anti-aircraft gun were not really

suitable. In Chapter 2 there will be detailed comment on

the excess of anti-aircraft (and also anti-tank) artillery

in the British Army.

The low percentage of manpower that the British Army

allocated to the medical service, and to welfare again

comes to notice. The manpower devoted to the medical

service will also be discussed in detail in Chapter 2.

The Canadian Army shows a slightly higher percentage in

its Engineers. In Ordnance and Electrical and Mechanical

Engineers, the Canadian percentages were also higher than

the British, which confirms earlier evidence that the

Canadians were heavy in these services. The same is true

concerning headquarters, and other overhead, where the

Canadians were high again.

In his essay, Jackson reaches the conclusions that

future land forces will have relatively less infantry, and

more of the following corps: medical, engineers, supply and

transport, equipment replacement and repair and signals.

This will result in the "teeth" becoming 44% and the "tail"

56%, much closer to the Canadian figures than to the

British. The increases will be among those services in

which the comparison of Table VII shows the Canadian Army

to have been higher than the British Army. Jackson's

predictions have proved generally correct; but of course

they cannot be accepted as proving that in 1944 Canadian

manpower distribution was right and British manpower

distribution was wrong.

We should now summarize the principal conclusions from

the several comparisons of distribution of manpower in the

British Army with that in the American and Canadian Armies.

First, the British divisional slice, that is, the total

of men and women in all the Army, divided by the number of

37

divisions, at 84,300, comparing with the American figure of

71,100 and the Canadian of 93,150, was high but not

excessively so and is a primary indication that British

organization was not grossly at fault, albeit capable of

improvement. Second, the manpower in the training stream

and the reinforcement pool in Britain was high, and at

first sight it is difficult to understand why there should

have been a critical shortage of reinforcements.

While, on the face of it, the number of men in Britain

seems excessive, closer inspection reveals that a

substantial proportion were unavailable, being either

untrained or not in post. Those who were trained and in

post were employed on essential work, either supplying the

forces throughout the world with men and material or

defending the home base, especially against aerial attack.

The British had far more men in the artillery than the

Americans and Canadians. As for the supporting corps, the

proportion of manpower the British had in ordnance and

mechanical engineering services was higher than the

Americans but lower than the Canadians. And in medical

services, the British had considerably less than the

Canadians and markedly less than the Americans. We should

now proceed to a detailed examination of the manpower

devoted to the support services and to the artillery.

38

CHAPTER 2. THE SUPPORTING CORPS AND THE ARTILLERY.

Those arms which close with and engage the enemy - the

Infantry, Royal Armoured Corps and Royal Artillery - cannot

function without the assistance and co-operation of the

other arms. That the other "teeth" arms (the Royal Corps of

Signals and Royal Engineers) and the "tail" arms (the Royal

Army Service Corps, Royal Electrical and Mechanical

Engineers, Pioneer Corps and Royal Army Medical Corps in

particular) played an essential part in victory, most

notably in North West Europe, is beyond dispute'. What may

legitimately be disputed is whether they needed so much

manpower to play their part. It is pertinent to note that

the ten largest arms in NW Europe in autumn 1944 were, in

order: the Royal Artillery; the Royal Army Service Corps;

the Infantry; the Royal Engineers; the Pioneer Corps; the

Royal Armoured Corps; the Royal Signals; the Royal

Electrical and Mechanical Engineers; the Royal Army Medical

Corps; and the Royal Army Ordnance Corpse.

In comparing the percentage of manpower in the various

services in the British Army in Italy with the percentage

in the Canadian Army in Italy, in Chapter 1, we found that

the British Army had 3% in medical services (Royal Army

Medical Corps), as against 7.5% for the Canadian Army; 1.4%

in equipment replacement (Royal Army Ordnance Corps) as

against 1.8%; 5% in equipment repair (Royal Electrical and

Mechanical Engineers) as against 6.1%; 13.4% in supply and

transport (Royal Army Service Corps) as against 11.8%. This

indicated that we had a lower proportion of personnel in

these services than the Canadians, apart from supply and

transport.

Ellis, Victory in the West, Vol. II, App. IV: Pt. III, PP385-6.

2 General Return of the Strength of the British Army for the quarter ending 30`'' September 1944, AG Stats: W073/162.

39

Comparing the British Army overall with the U. S. Army,

in Chapter 1, we found, in regard to these same services,

that the Americans were much higher than we were in medical

services - 10.6% as against 3.39%. In the U. S. Army the

medical personnel with units of other corps belonged to the

Medical Corps, which was not so in the British Army: this

would account in part for the higher American percentage.

In the Royal Army Ordnance Corps and Royal Electrical and

Mechanical Engineers taken together, we had 9.99% as

against the American 5.3% in the Ordnance Corps, which

performed corresponding functions. We had 11.02% in the

Royal Army Service Corps as against the American 11.9% in

the Quartermaster Corps and in Transportation.

Also in Chapter 1 we noted the very high proportion of

British Army manpower in the Royal Artillery: 22.41%. This

was a very much higher proportion than the U. S. Army

devoted to artillery: 5.2%. Even if we allow for the fact

that the American figure only included anti-aircraft and

coastal artillery, the difference remains striking.

It was concluded that it would be useful to examine the

British allocation of manpower to the support services and

to the artillery in detail. This will now be done, with

particular reference to the campaign in NW Europe. However,

before doing so, some important points need to be made.

In examining the manpower in certain arms with a view to

identifying possible surpluses, this chapter cannot be

anything other than speculative. Hopefully, not

unreasonably so. Although it will be suggested that certain

arms had a surplus of manpower, it will not be suggested

that this was demonstrable before the NW Europe campaign.

Nor will it be suggested that it would then have been both

simple and sensible to transfer the surplus to the

infantry. It takes a long time to organize, equip and train

an Army. It is not possible to organize, equip and train an

Army overnight. Nor is it possible to reorganize, re-equip

40

and retrain an Army in five minutes. The simple fact is

that, by the time it was demonstrable that there were too

few in the infantry and too many in other arms i. e. during

the Normandy campaign, it was too late for the Army to

prevent an infantry reinforcement crisis. This is not to

exonerate the Army completely. It is true that the

organization, equipment and training of the Army which

returned to France in June 1944 were essentially responses

- entirely legitimate and understandable ones - to the

"Blitzkrieg" which had thrown it out of France four years

earlier. However, it is also true that the Army had been on

the offensive since October 1942 (since September 1943 on

the European mainland) and that by June 1944 the "Stukas"

had long been driven from the skies and the "Panzers" were

no longer invincible. One would therefore have expected

greater recognition prior to June 1944 of the radically

altered strategic, operational and tactical environment in

which the Army was now operating.

It cannot be said that the Army's manpower distribution

was not questioned or criticised at the time. It most

certainly was. Churchill was a particularly persistent and

blunt questioner and critic of the Army's constantly

growing "tail", as many of his minutes testify. However, he

did not subject the "tail" to the detailed analysis to be

found in this chapter. This analysis will strongly suggest

that, notwithstanding the many criticisms that are made of

Churchill elsewhere in this thesis, Churchill's attacks on

the "tail" ("staffs and statics, living well of the nation

as heroes in khaki ... the fluff and flummery behind the

fighting troopsi3) were, although old-fashioned, not lacking

in justification.

Unsurprisingly, those in the "tail" rejected Churchill's

imputations. As the wise man said: "Turkeys do not vote for

Christmas! " No one in his right mind declares that his job

Churchill to Eden, Sec. of State for War, 9`h Dec. 1940: Churchill, Their Finest Hour, PP695-7.

41

is unnecessary, surplus to requirements and ought to be cut

(unless the job is onerous and a better alternative is

available). We should not be surprised or dismayed

therefore at an absence of evidence that those in the

"tail" were busily proclaiming their superfluity and

advocating their demise, via transfer to a "teeth" arm.

This does not mean, of course, that, looked at objectively,

some (perhaps many) were not superfluous and should not

have been cut. One thing that is beyond dispute is that in

the soldier's literature from the Second World War, there

is no lack of criticism - much of it scathing and

contemptuous - directed at those who were in the fairly

safe and comfortable rear (including even the Royal Army

Medical Corps, known as "Rob All My Comrades") by those who

were at the distinctly dangerous and squalid sharp end, as

the classic study of that name demonstrate S4.

Let us begin with the medical services. In the autumn of

1944 the British Army had 107,832 medical personnel. Most

of these (88,134) were Royal Army Medical Corps (RAMC)

personnel i. e. doctors and orderlies, of whom 24,371 were

at home and 63,763 overseas. There were 5,599 Army Dental

Corps (ADC) personnel i. e. dentists and assistants, of whom

2,886 were at home and 2,713 overseas. There were 14,099

Queen Alexandra's Imperial Military Nursing Service

(QAIMNS), Territorial Army Nursing Service (TANS) and

Voluntary Aid Detachment (VAD) personnel i. e. nurses, of

whom 8,375 were overseas and 5,724 at home. In the autumn

of 1944 21st Army Group had 21,822 RAMC personnel and 1,098

ADC personnel, amounting to 3.05% and 0.15% of its strength

respectively5.

Careful study inclines me to believe that, although we

had relatively less manpower in our medical services in

4 Ellis, The Sharp End, PP332-5.

5 W073/162.

42

WWII than either the Americans or Canadians, we had more

than was really necessary. However, I should like also to

record my opinion that, generally speaking, no corps in the

British Army was more efficient than the RAMC. This was

probably because the doctors in charge had for the most

part practised their profession in civil life, and thus had

thoroughly learned the skills needed for their wartime task

of looking after the sick and wounded soldiers, and of

supervising hygiene and sanitation. They were not abashed

by the difficulties of military administration, which, if

one strips away the red tape and volumes of regulations,

comes down to providing the essential human needs of food,

clothing and shelter. Healing is the same art, whether the

patient wears khaki or denim overalls. In WWII I believe

that the British soldier was well served by the RAMC. Let

me quote just one statistic to support that statement: the

mortality rate for wounds in North West Europe was less

than half what it had been on the Western Front. The fact

that this achievement was due to improved medicinal rather

than surgical technique (i. e. penicillin, sulpha drugs and

blood transfusion)6 does not lessen my admiration. It does

however suggest to me that the achievement might still have

been possible with somewhat fewer personnel.

It is not a reflection on the head doctors if we should

conclude that the British Army in WWII was over-insured in

its medical service. Military leaders are notoriously prone

to ask for more men, material and money than politicians

think necessary. In all planning it is necessary to have a

safety factor, and in planning for the care of the sick and

wounded, one would not expect either doctors or staff

officers to take a risk and skimp on hospital beds.

Nevertheless, it is proper to consider whether too big a

safety factor was provided and whether medical service was

on too generous a scale.

6 Ellis, PP 169-72.

43

The first circumstance that persuades me that it was, is

that in Italy in 1944 the Canadians - who copied British

establishments - reduced the establishment of their

divisional medical units without loss of efficiency. The

main change was that the field ambulances were reduced to

the establishment of light field ambulances, originally

designed for the support of mobile troops, such as armoured

brigades. At that time there were 12 officers and 230 men

in the field ambulance, 9 officers and 180 men in the light

field ambulance, so there was a saving of 3 officers and 50

men in each unit converted. The field ambulance had two

companies each of two sections, while the light field

ambulance had three sections. Each section could set up an

advanced or main dressing station. The light ambulance

organization for a division gave ample medical facilities

and flexibility.

The change was conceived by the Canadian medical service

in Italy itself because it was felt that corps medical

units, of which casualty clearing stations were the most

important, were overworked, while divisional medical units

were not always fully employed. Some of the officers saved

by the conversion of the field ambulances were attached to

casualty clearing stations. At all times the Canadian

medical service in Italy gave very early surgery and

transfusion to the wounded requiring it, and saved many

lives thereby; casualties were evacuated very rapidly.

Economizing in manpower in no way lowered efficiency7.

For the invasion of Normandy, the British Army was

generously equipped with medical units: 37 field dressing

stations, 29 field ambulances, 18 field hygiene sections,

10 light field ambulances, 9 casualty clearing stations, 4

parachute field ambulances and 2 airlanding field

Burns, Manpower in the Canadian Army, PP45-7.

44

ambulances8. Most of these units were allocated to

divisions. As Table VIII shows, each infantry division had

3 field ambulances, 2 field dressing stations and a field

hygiene section while each armoured division had a field

ambulance, a light field ambulance, a field dressing

station and a field hygiene section. In other words, each

infantry brigade had a field ambulance while each armoured

brigade had a light field ambulance. If the 29 field

ambulances with the British Army in Normandy had been

organized on the light establishment, there would have been

a saving of 29 x 50 = 1,450 men. If the 7 light field

ambulances with the independent armoured and tank brigades

of the British Army in Normandy had been disbanded, a

further 63 officers and 1,260 men would have been saved for

a total of 2,710 men. How many officers would have been

saved in total depends on the extent to which casualty

clearing stations would have been reinforced from the

officers made surplus by the reduction of the field

ambulances.

It is of interest to note that, in his post-war analysis

of the NW Europe campaign, the Deputy Director of Medical

Services (DDMS) of 2nd British Army concluded that too many

light field ambulances and field dressing stations had been

provided and that the scale of 1 light field ambulance per

independent armoured/tank brigade and 2 field dressing

stations per infantry division should have been halved. At

the same time, DDMS 2nd British Army concluded that

casualty clearing stations had been too few, understaffed

and too small9. Whether or not the British had too many

divisional medical personnel, they did not have an excess

compared to the Americans. As Table IX shows, each British

infantry division in NW Europe had 945 medical personnel

while each American infantry division had 940 i. e.

8 Crew, Army Medical Services: Campaigns, Vol. IV, App. III, PP106-13.

9 Ibid, P636.

45

practically the same. However, the Americans had far more

non-divisional medical personnel per division than the

British. To say that the British were much more economical

in this respect than the Americans is of course not the

same as saying that the British were as economical as they

could and should have been. It is to this question we now

turn.

The British Army's hospital provision for the NW Europe

campaign was generous. In fact, as events showed, it was

too generous. There were more hospitals - and thus more

medical staff - in theatre than were actually needed. This

was because fewer battle casualties were sustained than

forecast and fewer men fell sick than forecast while the

speed and efficiency of "casevac" (casualty evacuation)

from NW Europe to Britain were greater than forecast. Put

simply, fewer men required treatment than anticipated and

of these fewer needed to be treated in theatre than

anticipated.

The first general hospital arrived in NW Europe on D+4

(10th June 1944) and was swiftly followed by 6 others.

Evacuation of casualties by sea to Britain began on D-Day;

evacuation by air on D+7 (13th June), a week sooner than

planned. During the Normandy campaign, 80,072 casualties

were evacuated to Britain: 57,426 by sea and 22,646 by air.

By the end of the Normandy campaign on 31st August, several

hospitals had been closed and were ready to move forward.

Of the remaining 29,000 beds in British and Canadian

hospitals, only 15,000 were maintained and of these only

9,700 were occupied1°. At the end of the NW Europe campaign

on 5th May 1945, there were 30 British and 12 Canadian

general hospitals in theatre (together with 5 British and 2

Canadian convalescent depots). Of the 36,100 hospital beds

in theatre (excluding beds in small hospitals, which were

10 Ellis, Vol. I, P483.

46

under the command of Armies and being used as casualty

clearing stations), only 33,310 were equipped and of these

only 19,910 were occupied". By the end of the NW Europe

campaign, no less than 82,000 British and Canadian

casualties had been evacuated to Britain by air - without a

single accident12.

By studying contemporary RAMC publications, one can

ascertain how and on what bases medical provision was

calculated in WWII. During WWII the requirements in

hospital beds were worked out by the headquarters medical

staff using the formulae and data given in RAMC pamphlets

and the Official Medical History of WWI. During the first

half of the war medical planners used the pamphlet "RAMC

Training", issued in October 1935. This laid down the

various formulae for calculating casualties, hospital bed

cover, transport and evacuation facilities etc. These

formulae were explicitly based upon WWI data, as given in

the final volume of the "Medical History of the War":

"Casualties and Medical Statistics" of 1931. "RAMC

Training" was superseded in July 1943 by "RAMC Training

Pamphlet No. 2". This updated certain aspects of the

pre-war pamphlet; users were however still referred to

"Casualties and Medical Statistics". A completely new "RAMC

Training Pamphlet No. 2", incorporating the lessons learned

during WWII, did not appear until July 1950. Throughout the

war, besides RAMC pamphlets and the Official Medical

History of WWI, medical planners also used the chapter on

the calculation of casualties in the "medical corps bible"

of 1937, which was written by a distinguished former army

medical officer 13. Its data too came from WWI.

11 Crew, App. XII, PP644-6.

12 Ellis, Vol. I, P483.

13 Nicholls, Organization, Strategy and Tactics of the Medical Service in War.

47

While the "medical corps bible" gives figures on the

number of casualties that resulted from the actions of WWI,

there is no formula relating casualties to total hospital

beds required. There is, however, a specific formula to

calculate the number of beds required for the sick. This is

based on the experience that each day . 3% of the force will

be admitted to hospital; of those admitted 40% will be

discharged within seven days, while a further 50% will be

discharged in twenty-one days, the remainder staying in

hospital for an indefinite period.

If the formula is applied to the British Army's total

strength overseas in autumn 1944, which was roughly 1.7

million 14, it will give a requirement of nearly 75,000 beds

for sick alone; that is, 4.4% of the total strength. How

many more beds should be added to accommodate the wounded?

The only guide in the "medical corps bible" seems to be

that WWI experience showed that casualties aggregating 10%

of the strength of the divisions engaged might be expected

in the course of a few days' action.

The question of how many hospital beds to provide for

21st Army Group was much debated prior to D-Day. It was

quickly agreed that beds should be provided equal to 10% of

the strength of the whole force. But how were these beds to

be distributed; that is, how many were to be established in

theatre and how many were to be in the UK? It was

originally proposed by the medical planners that 6% should

be in theatre and only 4% should be in the UK. This was

however challenged by the logisticians, who proposed that

only 4% should be in theatre and 6% should be in the UK.

Finally a compromise was agreed: 5% should be in theatre

and exactly the same percentage in the UK15. In the event,

the number of hospital beds provided in theatre for the

British Army amounted to only 4.7% of the force. There were

" W073/162.

15 Crew, PP36-7. 48

32,900 beds to cater for 700,000 men. The provision for

21st Army Group as a whole did however meet the requirement

of 5% in theatre because the Canadians provided more than

their share. There were 40,100 beds - 32,900 British and

7,200 Canadian - to cater for 800,000 men16. The 32,900

British beds were provided by 34 general hospitals (18

large, 12 medium and 4 small), some of which had been given

extensions to increase their capacity. These 34 hospitals

could accommodate 17,900 general medical and surgical;

9,100 orthopedic; 3,900 venereal; 800 ophthalmic; 600

neuropathic; and 600 psychiatric cases17. The 34 general

hospitals in theatre had a basic establishment (i. e. not

counting the extensions) of 9,946: 7,000 RAMC; 156 ADC; 680

attached; and 2,110 QAIMNS.

In WWI the percentage of hospital beds to strength of

the British Army in France was 4.7%. Therefore, in 1944 the

British medical authorities provided hospital beds in NW

Europe for exactly the same percentage of theatre strength

as in WWI. The Canadian medical authorities provided

considerably more hospital beds than 4.7% of the strength

of their forces in NW Europe. The Canadians agreed to send

to NW Europe more general hospitals than were required for

Canadians alone to help the British bring up the overall

figure of hospital beds to the required percentage. The

Canadians found it easier to mobilize more general

hospitals at this stage of the war than the British, and

the Canadians, seemingly, had more than they actually

required.

Experience in NW Europe quickly showed that the British

Army's hospital provision in theatre was too generous. In

fact, as the campaign progressed the number of hospital

beds provided in NW Europe for the British Army declined to

16 Ibid, P38.

17 Ibid, App. III, Pill.

'LONDON UNIV., f1

only 4% of theatre strength. Even this seems to have been

too high. In his post-war analysis of the campaign, DDMS

2nd British Army concluded that beds equal to a mere 3% of

theatre strength would have sufficed because of the low

casualties, both battle and sickl8. A far cry from the 6%

originally proposed by the medical planners, or the 5%

finally agreed, or even the 4.7% initially provided. DDMS

2nd British Army also concluded that the small hospitals in

theatre, which came to be used as casualty clearing

stations (hence the decline in the provision of hospital

beds), should have been replaced by casualty clearing

stations while the large hospitals in theatre should have

been reduced in size' 9.

The ultimate strength of the British Army in NW Europe

was just over 800,00020. If we apply the ratio of hospital

beds to theatre strength finally provided (4%) to this

figure, we arrive at a maximum requirement for 32,000

hospital beds in theatre. If DDMS 2nd British Army is

correct in his belief that a 3% ratio of hospital beds to

theatre strength would have sufficed (and he was best

placed to know), then a quarter of the hospital beds

provided in NW Europe were surplus to requirements. In

short, there were 8,000 hospital beds too many in NW

Europe. If we take it that the hospitals were staffed on

the basis of 3 members of staff for every 10 beds (this is

an approximate figure: the exact figure is unclear, being

obscured by the extensions and by the QAIMNS), this means

there was a surplus of 8,000 divided by 10 x3=2,400

medical staff in NW Europe.

What of the position in the UK? The "medical corps

bible" states that during WWI beds equipped "at home" i. e.

18 Ibid, P641.

19 Ibid, P636.

20 WO 106/4472: Notes on the Operations of 21 S` Army Group, P57.

50

in the UK were 364,133, which related to a ration strength

of all troops in all theatres of war of 4,796,088; that is

about 7.5%. The same percentage if applied to the total

strength of the British Army in autumn 1944 i. e. 2,756,88921

would amount to 206,767 hospital beds in the UK. In fact,

as of D-Day, there were 207,800 hospital beds in the UK,

although not all were equipped. The Emergency Medical

Services (EMS) possessed 191,000 beds. The EMS existed to

treat military casualties; civilian air raid casualties;

ordinary civilian cases; and civilian epidemic cases. Of

the 191,000 beds in EMS hospitals: 84,000 were fully

equipped and staffed; 25,000 were partially equipped and

staffed for emergencies; 47,000 were occupied but could be

made available at short notice; and 35,000 were in reserve

and not staffed22. EMS hospitals were distinct from military

hospitals in the UK, which possessed 16,800 beds.

It was forecast that the total requirement for British

Army, RAF and RN casualties in NW Europe was 95,000 beds.

Subtracting the 32,900 beds that would eventually be

provided in theatre would leave 62,100 beds to be provided

in the UK eventually. Subtracting the 16,800 beds in

military hospitals in the UK would leave 45,300 beds to be

provided by the EMS eventually i. e. less than a quarter of

its capacity. However, for a short period, until all the

general hospitals were up and running in NW Europe, the EMS

would have to provide 45,300 + 32,900 = 78,200 beds23. Given

the number of beds possessed by the EMS, this requirement

could be met without too much difficulty.

An extensive study of comprehensive statistics of

incidence of sickness and wounds during WWII was made by

the RAMC after the war. It is therefore possible to

21 W073/162.

22 Crew, PP71-2.

23 Ibid, PP70-1.

51

determine exactly in what respects the calculations based

on WWI experience gave an excess of hospital beds for WWII.

The number of wounded did not correspond to WWI experience.

There was a similar variation between sickness rates in the

two World Wars. From the post-war study a correction of the

formulae derived from WWI and used during WWII was

obtained; the findings of the post-war study were

incorporated in an entirely new "RAMC Training Pamphlet No.

2", which appeared five years after the war.

The findings of the post-war study were analysed in

detail in the Official History of the Medical Services in

WWII, written by Salisbury MacNalty and Franklin Mellor.

They concluded that, although it had been much less than in

WWI, the British Army's hospital provision in WWII had been

too generous. This was primarily because casualties had

been far fewer and had recovered much more quickly in WWII

than in WWI24.

In WWI hospital bed cover provided was: in France and

Flanders 4% of the strength of the force; in Egypt and

Palestine 10%; in Macedonia 14%; in East Africa 25%. Beds

equal to 8% of the strength of the force in France and

Flanders were set aside in the UK for casualties from that

theatre: making a total of 12%. In WWII hospital bed cover

provided was: in NW Europe 4% of the strength of the force

(i. e. the same as in WWI); in North Africa 6%; in the

Middle East 8%; in the Far East 10%. Beds equal to 3% of

the strength of the force in NW Europe were set aside in

military and EMS hospitals in the UK for casualties from

that theatre: making a total of 7%. Owing to the extensive

use of "casevac" by air from NW Europe to the UK, the

number of beds actually required in NW Europe never

exceeded 3% i. e. a quarter less than had been provided.

The very considerable reduction in the number of beds

provided in WWII compared to WWI reflected the advances

24 Salisbury MacNalty and Franklin Mellor, Medical Services in War, PP138-40.

52

made in preventive medicine leading to a reduction in the

incidence of "camp" diseases, of changes in strategy

leading to a reduction in the number of casualties and of

the advances made in the field of curative medicine which

led to a reduction in the "duration-of-stay" in hospitals.

In France and Flanders in the period 1914-18 the mean

monthly admission rate per 1,000 strength was 53.9 for

non-battle casualties and 30.4 for battle casualties:

making a total of 84.3. In NW Europe in the period 1944-45

the mean monthly admission rate per 1,000 strength was 23.7

for non-battle casualties and 14.5 for battle casualties:

making a total of 38.2. Put simply, the casualty rate in

the primary theatre, both battle and non-battle, was less

than half in WWII what it had been in WWI.

New medicines, especially sulpha drugs and penicillin,

were heavily involved in the reduction of the

duration-of-stay in WWII. With regard to non-battle

casualties, during WWII about one third of the total

admission to medical units on account of sickness or injury

(1.5 per 1,000 per day in temperate climates) were retained

in the forward areas and did not reach the general

hospitals so that the total hospital bed-cover could have

been safely reduced to 1 per 1,000. The average

duration-of-stay in hospital of the non-battle casualty was

20 days. With regard to battle casualties, during WWII the

average daily admission to general hospitals did not exceed

0.6 per 1,000 of the total force; in the campaign in NW

Europe the rate for British troops was only 0.48. The

average duration-of-stay was 50 days.

Based on the experience of WWII, Salisbury MacNalty and

Franklin Mellor calculated the total requirement of

hospital bed cover that would be needed in another great

war: for non-battle casualties 1x 20 = 20 per 1,000 of the

force or 2%; for battle casualties 0.6 x 50 = 30 per 1,000

53

of the force or 3%. A total of 5% plus a fifth of this i. e.

1% for a dispersion factor. Making a grand total of 6% (a

far cry from the 10% used in the "Overlord" planning) . The

dispersion factor allows for that proportion of the

authorised beds which are packed for shipment or for move

within the theatre, for the beds that are not available for

general use (being reserved for special purposes) and for

the seasonal fluctuations in the incidence of disease. The

figure of 6% is the minimum total requirement of hospital

beds. In a non-temperate climate or in a pandemic it would

be increased by a further 2% to 8%.

It goes without saying that the holding policy adopted

largely determines the relative proportions of the bed

cover to be provided in an overseas theatre and in the UK

respectively. During WWII it was decided by the War Office

in London with the agreement of the overseas force

commander and was expressed in terms of days. Factors which

influenced this decision were the distance of the overseas

theatre from the UK, the operational conditions in the

overseas theatre and the availability of ships and aircraft

for "casevac". In the Middle East it was found that as a

general rule it was far more economical to provide

sufficient hospital beds to allow the holding of the sick

and wounded up to 120 days or even longer. In NW Europe, on

the other hand, during the assault phase only such cases as

were unfit to be moved were retained although as the

campaign developed the holding policy was extended to 7,30

and ultimately to 42 days.

From the above discussion certain conclusions inevitably

follow. The RAMC was right to have studied closely the

experience of WWI and to have incorporated the lessons of

WWI in its plans for a future great war. The RAMC was wrong

to have implemented those plans substantially unamended in

WWII because of the very different circumstances

prevailing. The RAMC was wrong not to have altered its

54

plans drastically to take account of major changes and

developments i. e. casevac, penicillin, blood transfusion

and sulpha drugs.

The purpose of setting down the calculations in this

section is threefold. To demonstrate how difficult it is to

calculate accurately hospital requirements. To explain how

hospital provision for the British Army in NW Europe was

calculated. To prove that, despite careful planning and for

the best of reasons, too many hospital beds - and

consequently too many medical staff - were provided for the

British Army in NW Europe.

Table IV shows that, while the British Army (9.99%)

devoted marginally less manpower to equipment replacement

and repair than the Canadian Army (11%), it devoted much

more manpower to these functions than the American Army

(5.3%). In the British Army equipment replacement and

repair were the responsibility of the Royal Army Ordnance

Corps (RAOC) until the autumn of 1942, when equipment

repair became the responsibility of the new Corps of Royal

Electrical and Mechanical Engineers (REME). In the U. S.

Army both functions were and remained the responsibility of

the Ordnance.

The number of personnel in RAOC units and establishments

in autumn 1944 was: 16,658 in Italy, 9,216 in the Middle

East, 20,651 in North West Europe, 69,215 in Britain, 4,228

in the Far East and 3,758 elsewhere. A total of 123,726,

which was 4.49% of the overall strength of the Army. It

will be noted that more than half of RAOC personnel were in

Britain. RAOC personnel accounted for 2.89% of 21st Army

. Group' s strength 25

British divisions were generously provided with RAOC

personnel. As Table VIII shows, each infantry and armoured

division in NW Europe had an Ordnance Field Park. As Table

IX shows, each British infantry division in NW Europe had

25 W073/162.

55

287 RAOC personnel whereas each American infantry division

had only 141 Ordnance personnel - and, as noted previously,

the American Ordnance performed the functions of both the

RAOC and the REME. The Americans had far more

non-divisional Ordnance personnel per division than the

British with regard to the RAOC by itself but far less

taking the RAOC and REME together.

Unlike the Americans and the Canadians, the British

followed a policy of using as many Auxiliary Territorial

Service (ATS) personnel as possible in their ordnance

establishments at home - 23,386 in autumn 194426 - and as

many locally recruited civilians as possible in their

ordnance establishments both at home and abroad. Doubtless

this explains why the RAOC absorbed rather less manpower

than the Royal Canadian Ordnance Corps (RCOC). However, it

makes the great difference in manpower devoted to the RAOC

and to the American Ordnance Corps even harder to

comprehend.

The War Establishments of RAOC units were revised and

new ones issued in the autumn of 1943, in the light of

operational experience in the Mediterranean theatre.

Lessons learned by the RAOC in the Mediterranean were

incorporated in its "Overlord" planning. It was decided

that Britain would remain the main base of the invading

force after it had secured a lodgement and that an advanced

base only would be established on the Continent. A Base

Ordnance Depot (BOD) would not be established in theatre,

as had been the practice hitherto. Instead, the Central

Ordnance Depots (COD) in Britain would together act as the

BOD for 21st Army Group while new, smaller Advanced

Ordnance Depots (AOD) would be established on the Continent

to supply 21st Army Group's immediate needs27. A small

26 Ibid.

Officers of the Ordnance Directorate, Ordnance Services, P219.

56

Indent Clearing Centre would be established in Britain to

receive orders for supplies from 21st Army Group and

distribute them to the relevant COD. The decision not to

establish a BOD on the Continent enabled the RAOC component

of 21st Army Group to be kept small. It originally

comprised the following major units: 8 Ordnance Beach

Detachments; 4 Corps Ordnance Field Parks (1 per corps); 11

Divisional Ordnance Field Parks (1 per division); 9 Brigade

Ordnance Field Parks (1 per independent brigade); 4 AODs; 6

Base Ammunition Depots (BAD); and 2 Ordnance Maintenance

Companies28. However, operational experience in NW Europe

quickly produced substantial changes in the RAOC's Order of

Battle. Two of the BADs were converted to collect and store

captured enemy ammunition29 while two Army Troops Ordnance

Field Parks were created - one for the British and one for

the Canadians - by the conversion of redundant ordnance

units30. Most significantly, the AODs were merged and

re-merged to create a "de facto" BOD31. Known officially as

15/17 AOD and established at Antwerp in the autumn of 1944,

it eventually consisted of: a motor transport (MT) depot; a

general stores and clothing depot; a technical stores

depot; two stores transit depots; two returned stores

depots (one for warlike stores; the other for general

stores and clothing); and a forward trailer section. By the

end of the war it had a staff of 14,237: 2,275 RAOC; 1,004

Pioneer Corps; and 10,958 civilian S32.

The decision not to establish a BOD on the Continent but

to establish instead AODs, relying on the CODs in Britain

for the majority of supplies, was fine in theory. It

28 Ibid, P225.

29 Ibid, P257.

30 Ibid, P244.

31 Ibid, PP247-8.

32 Ibid, App. 7, P340.

57

enabled the RAOC component of the invading force to be

limited in size. However, although fine in theory,

practical experience quickly showed that the AODs were too

small to be useful and too many to be economical. Accepting

that one big depot was better than several small ones, the

AODs were rationalised to create a "de facto" BOD. However,

the BOD was never made "de jure". The RAOC thus ended up

with large holdings and large numbers of personnel both on

the Continent and in Britain. Two obvious questions suggest

themselves. Would it not have been better to have foregone

AODs; created a "de jure" BOD on D-Day; and reduced the

holdings and personnel of the CODs accordingly? Why was the

"de facto" BOD at Antwerp not made "de jure", either when

it was created or subsequently, thus enabling the holdings

and personnel of the CODs to be reduced accordingly? It is

true that Antwerp was subjected to heavy V-weapon attacks

between October 1944 and March 1945. However, those attacks

were militarily ineffective, thanks to the inaccuracy of

the weapons and the strength of the defence S33.

There was certainly scope for reducing the holdings and

personnel of the CODs. There were 13 CODs in Britain: 1 for

clothing and necessaries; 5 for general stores; 3 for MT

vehicles/assemblies and spares; 3 for warlike stores

(including artillery, engineers, signals and radar); and 1

for workshop machinery, test equipment34. A great number of

personnel were employed in ordnance depots in Britain:

during the war the personnel employed in the MT stores

organization alone rose from 2,000 to 60, A sizeable

proportion of the personnel employed in ordnance depots in

Britain were civilians or ATS; and of the RAOC personnel

employed, a sizeable proportion were unfit for field

33 Ellis, Vol. II, PP149 and 235.

34 Ordnance Services, P21.

,5 Ibid, P32.

58

service. Nevertheless, as noted above, over half of RAOC

personnel were in Britain and an investigation of ordnance

depots at home - and particularly the huge MT stores

organization - is in order.

The function of those CODs concerned with MT

vehicles/assemblies and spares was to hold stocks of

vehicles needed to outfit the units of the field force, and

to issue replacements, including spare parts, for those

lost, destroyed or become unserviceable in the course of

warfare. Ordnance inspection and accounting services also

made up part of the establishment. Most of the men were

occupied in looking after vehicles. Many of the vehicles

used by the British Army during the latter part of the war

were manufactured in America and Canada. In particular,

America and Canada manufactured great quantities of trucks,

from which the British Army drew a major part of its

requirements. A large reserve of these was held: because of

shipping uncertainties regular deliveries could by no means

be expected.

Was it really necessary to have a separate line of

supply for the vehicle requirements of the British Army and

consequently separate vehicle holding establishments? A

reserve of vehicles and an efficient organization for

storing and issuing spare parts was certainly essential to

keep the Army mobile. But why could not this have been

combined with the American and Canadian establishments? The

British were using large numbers of vehicles manufactured

in America and Canada and had to store reserve vehicles of

American and Canadian pattern and their complement of spare

parts.

The answer is that no Army would be likely to be

satisfied with the service they received from a joint

supply organization. This would not only be the view of

commanders and staff officers; American truck drivers would

resent it very much if they had to drive worn-out British

59

pattern trucks, and saw British units driving brand-new

American-made vehicles - and vice versa.

Inevitably, suggestions would be made that the ordnance

authorities of Country X discriminated against the forces

of Country Y in the service they gave, or in the issue of

stores - and vice versa. In fact, the formations of Country

Y would probably be treated at least as well as the

formations of Country X. However, no Army would be likely

to find the service good enough, especially in a period

when for whatever reason that Army's operational priority

was low, and each Army would think that it could do better

for itself by organizing a separate line of supply, with

consequent facilities for storage. This would of course

cost manpower.

It should be observed that because the Americans,

British and Canadians handled their own vehicles and spares

separately and not jointly, they each had to use additional

manpower in doing so. On the average, there must be one man

for each ten vehicles stored, to maintain them properly, so

that they will be efficient when issued, and to do the rest

of the work about a vehicle depot. No doubt this is so, but

it is also true that separate organizations in the base

echelons must add considerably in overhead. The men

employed in such establishments by the Canadians and

Americans were probably of higher category than the British

used. The British practice of extensive use of civilians in

ordnance establishments has been already referred to.

Certain items were handled on a joint basis. For

example, although there was a direct line of supply of

Canadian-made uniforms and other clothing from the Canadian

manufacturer to the Canadian soldier, by a good

arrangement, the stocks were held in British ordnance

depots, and issued to Canadians as requisitioned.

Canadian-made arms and other fighting equipment went into a

pool, and were issued to all components of the Imperial

60

Armies, in accordance with operational and training needs,

as decided by War office committees, on which Canadians had

representation. During the middle years of the war the

Canadian forces in Britain often felt frustrated by being

unable to obtain for their training a sufficient quantity

of the Canadian-manufactured arms and ammunition which they

knew were coming into the country. Nevertheless, they did

not establish a separate line of supply and storage for

arms and equipment as was done for vehicles. According to

the principles of economy of manpower, and co-operation

among allies to achieve the maximum collective effort, this

was a correct policy. Naturally, because some of the

Canadian Army's supplies were stored and issued by the

British Army, the Canadians had to devote rather less

manpower to ordnance, and the British had to devote rather

more, than would otherwise have been the case.

The investment of manpower in the CODs might also be

considered an indirect consequence of failure to

standardize. If the British, Americans and Canadians had

had the same types and makes of vehicles, they should not,

presumably, have been tempted to accumulate such large

stocks. On the other hand, each held a large number of

jeeps, an item standard to the three armies, and each hung

on to their reserves tightly, in the face of repeated

attempts to wheedle them away.

The ordnance units deployed in the field did not absorb

a great amount of manpower and need not detain us long. It

is pertinent to note that a post-war review of RAOC

organization in the field confirmed that each division

needed its own Ordnance Field Park and a dedicated Mobile

Laundry and Bath Unit (MLBU)36. It may seem rather luxurious

that for each division and the equivalent number of corps

and army troops there was a MLBU, with a strength of 76 and

66 all ranks respectively. Could these establishments have

36 Ibid, App. 4, PP70-2.

61

been cut down if they had been centralized as army troops?

In theory, yes. If, however, it is accepted that for

reasons of hygiene and morale the troops must be able to

have a bath and be provided with clean clothing, when they

are out of battle, it is doubtful that the job could have

been done by many less men - quite apart from the

decontamination of clothing and equipment following a gas

attack, which was the MLBU's secondary role. The personnel

involved should, in any case, have been of relatively low

medical profile.

The conclusions which arise from this examination of the

RAOC are, firstly, that field forces not only prefer but

also need to have a full-size depot in theatre (unless,

presumably, communications with the home base are both

rapid and secure) and, secondly, that the holding of large

stocks of vehicles, or other equipment under exclusively

national control, costs manpower. If a "de jure" BOD had

been established on the Continent, all 13 CODs could have

been reduced somewhat. Alternatively, if the British,

Americans and Canadians had rationalised their vehicle

holdings in Britain, the 3 CODs concerned with vehicles

could have been reduced substantially. If 230 personnel had

been extracted from each of the 13 CODs - or if 1,000

personnel had been extracted from each of the 3 CODs

concerned with vehicles - then 3,000 men would have been

available for reinforcing other arms.

In autumn 1944 the Royal Electrical and Mechanical

Engineers (REME) accounted for 5.5% of the Army's strength:

151,857 men. The REME accounted for 4.67% of the strength

of 21st Army Group: 33,369 men. Of 21st Army Group's

"tail", only the Royal Army Service Corps and the Pioneer

Corps had more men37. As Table VIII shows, British divisions

in NW Europe were generously provided with REME units. Each

37 W073/162.

62

armoured division had 2 Brigade Workshops, 1 Light

Anti-Aircraft Regiment Workshop and 12 Light Aid

Detachments. Each infantry division had 3 Brigade

Workshops, 1 Light Anti-Aircraft Regiment Workshop and 11

Light Aid Detachments. Light Aid Detachments (LADs) were

for immediate repair and maintenance and most combat units,

with some notable exceptions like LAA regiments (which had

their own workshop) and rifle battalions, had one. They

varied in size between 12 and 29 men38. All combat units

were generously supplied with mechanics, even those without

LADs. Although a rifle battalion did not have a LAD, it had

7 attached REME personnel to supplement the 40 mechanics on

the unit establishment. Even units with LADs had attached

REME personnel to supplement the (often numerous)

mechanics, fitters etc. on the unit establishment. As Table

IX shows, British infantry divisions in NW Europe had 784

REME personnel whereas American infantry divisions had only

141 Ordnance personnel - and, as noted previously, the

American Ordnance performed the functions of both the REME

and the RAOC. As also noted previously, the Americans had

far more non-divisional Ordnance personnel per division

than the British with regard to the RAOC by itself but far

less taking the RAOC and REME together.

Unlike the British and the Canadians, who followed the

British lead by creating the Royal Canadian Electrical and

Mechanical Engineers (RCEME), in WWII the Americans saw no

need to create a discrete organization for the repair and

maintenance of armament, equipment and vehicles. With the

result that the American Ordnance Corps did the work of

both the RAOC and the REME and did it with just over half

their combined manpower in relative terms, as noted

earlier. Given that the U. S. Army was "equipment-heavy" and

"vehicle-heavy", it is remarkable that the Americans saw no

necessity for a discrete repair and maintenance

8 Rowcroft, Royal Electrical and Mechanical Engineers, Vol. I, P 15.

63

organization. Could it be that, thanks to the prodigious

output of American industry, the U. S. Army had so much

equipment and so many vehicles that it was quicker and

cheaper to replace a badly damaged item with a new one

rather than repair it?

The REME was a wartime creation. It is likely that

Churchill never really understood the necessity for a discrete repair and maintenance organization. He certainly

criticised the Army's large and growing "tail" trenchantly

and continually. Remaining at heart a Victorian cavalryman,

in all likelihood Churchill did not fully appreciate the

technological nature of modern war and hence the need for

an organization to repair and maintain the Army's vast

array of electrical and mechanical equipment, from radios

to lorries to howitzers to tanks. Adam recalled the War

Office being attacked by Churchill over the Army's "tail":

"Some said that because the PM had been a cavalry soldier,

and when a horse was wounded, it was destroyed and another

brought up, that he did not realise that tanks and MT could

not be replaced unless they were completely destroyed. They

must be repaired if possible in the field, in field

workshops or at the base and this required numbers of

engineers". Adam did not however object to the War Office

being attacked by Churchill: "In fact it was very good for

the War Office to be attacked from time to time in this

way. It made the staff very careful to make the best use of

the men availablei39.

While it would be hard to find a more atypical Victorian

cavalryman than Churchill, a man who was involved in the

development of the tank during WWI, many have testified to

his old-fashioned ideas during WWII, especially with regard

to the Army and its logistics. For example: "Bear in mind

that Winston always remains the 4th Hussar"(Brendan

'`' Adam papers VIII, Chapter I, P8.

64

Bracken) 40; ". .. he never realised the necessity for full

equipment before committing troops to battle ... In fact

I found that Winston's tactical ideas had to some extent

crystallized at the South African War"(Archibald Wavell)41;

"Mr. Churchill .. complained about a new word that

everyone was using that he did not understand. It was

"logistics", which he rather preferred to call supplies,

but the Combined Chiefs of Staff insisted that there was

more to logistics than just supplies, for you had to plan

what to have and when and where to have it and how to move

it"(Ernest King)42. None of this should surprise us.

Churchill was, after all, an old man, a man who had been

commissioned in 1895 and who had left the War Office in

1921.

Unlike Churchill, progressive military men realised the

need in the age of mechanised warfare for a free-standing

and well-nourished repair and maintenance organization.

Fuller realised that "one can never be too strong in tank

reserves, and that, as seldom one can be too strong at the

point of attack, to equate these two requirements, tank

recovery is essential. The side which can repair its tanks

the more rapidly adds the more rapidly to its reserves.

Also, be it noted, the side which loses the battlefield,

loses with it its damaged armour, and the side which wins

the battlefield adds a proportion of the enemy's armour to

its own. Tanks are seldom totally destroyed, and though

some may be heavily damaged, others can frequently be

repaired in a few hours. Late in the war this lesson was

learnt by the British, and on ist October, 1942, a new

Corps was added to the Army, the Corps of Royal Electrical

and Mechanical Engineers (R. E. M. E. ), three of whose duties

40 Taylor et al, Churchill: Four Faces and the Man, P 183.

4" Pitt, Churchill and the Generals, P38.

42 King & Whitehall, Fleet Admiral King, P343.

65

were tank maintenance, recovery and repair. Its importance

may be judged from the fact that, by the end of the war, in

numbers its personnel exceeded the strength of the pre-war

British Regular Army"43.

Churchill's criticisms of the Army's large and growing

"tail" were not unfounded, it should be emphasised. As

Fuller noted, the REME rapidly grew to a considerable size.

The REME was formed out of the Engineering Branch of the

RAOC plus transfers from the Electrical and Mechanical

Branch of the Royal Engineers (RE) and from the Heavy

Repair Shops of the Royal Army Service Corps (RASC). Its

strength in autumn 1942 was 78,000 personnel: 95% were

ex-RAOC, 1% ex-RE and 4% ex-RASC. Its ultimate wartime

strength of 160,000 personnel - more than double its

original strength - was achieved by direct intake44. Of

significance was not only the quantity of personnel it

possessed but also the quality of personnel it possessed.

Because of the nature of their work, REME personnel had to

be skilled. Therefore they had to be skilled men in

civilian life or men capable of acquiring the necessary

skills in the Army. In short, they had to be men of

intelligence and education. The REME was therefore allowed

to take the cream of Army intakes and was allowed to hang

onto its skilled - and therefore precious - personnel when

the Army manpower shortage arose. The Beveridge Report of

November 1941, which alleged - mistakenly, the Army thought

- the widespread misuse of skilled men by the Army in

Britain, and which led to a nine-month ban on the call-up

of electrical and mechanical engineers into the Army45,

undoubtedly contributed both to the creation of the REME

and to its dramatic growth. Naturally, the creation and

43 Fuller, The Second World War, P166.

" Rowcroft, P 19.

's Parker, Manpower, P 154: Pigott, Manpower Problems, PP27-8.

66

dramatic growth of the REME considerably reduced the

quantity and quality of personnel available for the other

arms, including the infantry.

That Army repair and maintenance absorbed considerable

manpower resources during the war no one can deny. By the

end of the European war in May 1945 the REME had a strength

of 8,000 officers and 152,000 other ranks46. The Indian,

East African, West African, Canadian, Australian, New

Zealand and South African equivalents to the REME totalled

another 185,000. Civilians employed by the Army on repair

and maintenance totalled another 114,000: in the UK there

were 17,000; in the Middle East 30,000; in Italy 24,000; in

NW Europe 3,000; and in India 40,000. In the UK the

Ministry of Supply employed another 20,000 on the repair of

"A" (i. e. fighting) and "B" (i. e. support) vehicles in Army

Auxiliary Workshops. There was thus a grand total of well

over 400,000 employed on Army repair and maintenance in the

British Empire. Why were such numbers deemed necessary? For

a balanced expeditionary force, it was laid down that

4.5%-5% of military personnel and an equal number of

civilians were required in theatre for repair and

maintenance. The method of calculation employed was 1

fitter per 1 tank or 11 wheeled vehicles or 3 guns and 1

armourer per 1,000 rifles; plus welders, machinists,

grinders etc. in proportion. Some work was done by women;

more could have been. The REME could have absorbed 14,000

ATS personnel but the maximum that ever became available

was 2,800. In other words, another 11,200 REME personnel

could have been replaced by ATS personnel if the latter had

been available47 .

The question of whether there were too many men in the

REME is arguable on roughly the same grounds as the case of

the RAOC and the RAMC. Table X shows the "lines" of the

46 Rowcroft, P 18.

47 Ibid, P 19.

67

REME in NW Europe, from the ist i. e. minor repair

undertaken in the unit to the 4th i. e. major repair

undertaken in the base. We note the heavy concentration in

Army, GHQ and L of C workshops. This concentration of

resources in the rear is sound in principle; centralized

repair facilities, generally speaking, utilize manpower

more productively, and are less costly in housekeeping and

other overheads. The War Establishments of REME units were

reviewed at the end of the war. The review concluded that

the REME had performed well in NW Europe and that the War

Establishments in use during the campaign did not require

major alteration 48 .

While the review's first conclusion can be accepted on

the whole, the second most certainly cannot, especially

with regard to the Advanced Base Workshop and the Tank

Troops Workshop, of which more later. As the figures given

above showed, far fewer civilians were employed by the REME

in NW Europe than elsewhere: only 3,000. There was nowhere

near the desired ratio of one civilian for every member of

the REME in theatre. However, NW Europe was supported by

Army Auxiliary Workshops and Ministry of Supply workshops

in the UK, where respectively half and all of the personnel

were civilian49. It cannot be denied that the REME had

plenty to do in NW Europe. At the peak the expeditionary

force had 200,000 "B" vehicles, 6,000 "A" vehicles and

4,500 guns on charge50. Local civilian workshops were

utilised to relieve the burden on REME workshops:

eventually 150-200 "B" vehicles were repaired a week by

such workshops in and around Brussels51. The total strength

of the REME in NW Europe at the peak was 36,000 - 4.7% of

48 Ibid, P139.

49 Ibid, P 140.

so Ibid, P143.

si Ibid, P 146.

68

the force. This was a lower percentage than in other

overseas theatres because there were no Base Workshops in

NW Europe52.

In NW Europe there was no Base Workshop; the REME

employed Advanced Base Workshops in its stead. Relying on

its facilities in the UK and wishing to keep its contingent

on the Continent small, like the RAOC, the REME established

several, small Advanced Base Workshops in NW Europe instead

of a fully-fledged Base Workshop. Also like the RAOC, this

proved unworkable and a false economy. In its "Overlord"

planning, the REME thought that the only 4th line workshops

that would be needed in theatre would be six Advanced Base

Workshops: four provided by the REME for the British Army

and two provided by the RCEME for the Canadian Army. These

would deal with 10% of 4th line work on "A" vehicles and

50% on "B" vehicles. The balance (nine-tenths of "A" and

half of "B" vehicles) was to be shipped home to the UK,

repaired in workshops there and shipped back. In practice

however the Advanced Base Workshops found themselves having

to do most of the 4th line work because of delays.

Experience showed that sufficient time had not been allowed

for the process of shipping home defective vehicles,

repairing them in workshops there and then shipping them

back. It was concluded that, if defective vehicles were to

be shipped home for repair, a substantial pool of

operational vehicles must be held in theatre53. Three

questions are inevitably suggested by the collapse of the

REME's plans for heavy repair on the Continent. Was it

sensible to send badly damaged vehicles to the UK for

repair, given the distances involved and the likelihood of

delays? Were UK workshops properly equipped and manned to

deal with large numbers of badly damaged vehicles sent to

52 Ibid, P157.

53 Ibid, PP86-8.

69

them from NW Europe, in addition to their normal work?

Above all, would it not have been better to have foregone

Advanced Base Workshops and established a Base Workshop in

NW Europe, as was done elsewhere?

Base Workshops in the overseas theatres comprised

roughly 1,500 all ranks. They consisted of several workshop

companies of 350-500 men each. It was standard practice for

Base Workshops to acquire extra manpower, such as local

labour, POWs and the like. The total personnel of a Base

Workshop could number up to 10,000. Advanced Base Workshops

were only a third the size of Base Workshops, comprising

roughly 500 all ranks, plus local labour54. As noted above,

in NW Europe the REME had four Advanced Base Workshops

instead of a Base Workshop. If a Base Workshop could have

done the work of the four Advanced Base Workshops, a saving

of 4x 500 - 1,500 = 500 personnel would have resulted in

NW Europe. If, in addition, a Base Workshop could have

obviated the need for sending badly damaged vehicles home

for repair, a saving of personnel would have resulted in

the UK: let us assume the figure of 1,700.

But could a Base Workshop have done the work of four

Advanced Base Workshops? Could it, in addition, have

obviated the need for sending badly damaged vehicles home

for repair? Unfortunately, it is not possible to answer

these questions categorically. It is not clear what

Advanced Base Workshops were expected to do, still less

what they could actually do. As we have seen, it was

planned that the Advanced Base Workshops would do only 10%

of 4th line work on fighting vehicles and 50% of 4th line

work on support vehicles, the remainder being done in the

UK. Yet this plan proved unworkable and they ended up

having to do most 4th line work, which suggests that they

either had a lot of spare capacity or else were capable of

extraordinary industry. As Advanced Base Workshops were a

54 lbid, P17.

70

third the size of Base Workshops, it might be assumed that

they could each do 33.3% of the work of a Base Workshop.

And as four Advanced Base Workshops were provided, it might

further be assumed that they could together do 133.3% of

the work of a Base Workshop. However, it was laid down in

their War Establishment that Advanced Base Workshops were

capable of doing only 12.5% of Base Workshop work. This

would imply that the four Advanced Base Workshops which the

British Army had in NW Europe could together do only 50% of

Base Workshop work. Yet it was also laid down in their War

Establishment that Advanced Base Workshops were to be

allotted on the scale of one per two corps. In fact, in NW

Europe the British Army (with four workshops and four

corps) had one per one while the Canadian Army (with two

workshops and one corps) had two per one i. e. respectively

double and quadruple the scale laid down. In short, it is

unclear what Advanced Base Workshops were intended to do,

still less what they were actually capable of doing.

Therefore, while this makes the collapse of REME's plans

for heavy repair on the Continent unsurprising, it is not

possible to answer categorically the questions: could a

Base Workshop have done the work of four Advanced Base

Workshops; could it, in addition, have done all 4th line

work, even that intended to be done in the UK?

These are important questions, but even more important

questions need to be asked. Was it economical to repair

badly damaged vehicles at all? Would it not have been more

economical to have written-off badly damaged vehicles and

replaced them with new ones, as the Americans appear to

have done? These questions can hardly be answered without

an analysis of the actual production of each workshop in

vehicles put back on the road, and equipment again rendered

serviceable. But that has to be compared again with stocks

of like equipment available for issue in ordnance depots.

71

If there were plenty of, say, six-ton lorries available for

issuing to replace lorries which had been damaged beyond

the possibilities of third line repair, then it was

unnecessary to set up fourth line, or base, facilities to

repair six-ton lorries; if there were plenty to replace

those damaged beyond unit repair, then it was unnecessary

to set up anything other than first line facilities for

them. And so on for other kinds of equipment.

In fact the whole of the REME organization in 1944-45,

from forward units to base, requires detailed examination - too detailed to be undertaken here - to determine whether

it was the most economical that could be devised,

economical, that is, in the sense of being able to effect

the repairs needed to keep the Army's equipment in

operating condition, under average conditions, and allowing

for the replacement of the more seriously damaged pieces by

fresh issue: and this with a minimum of manpower,

especially skilled manpower. It is entirely possible that

such an examination, and particularly a comparison with

civil practice at the time, would reveal a substantial

excess of manpower.

Even without detailed examination, it is clear that

during 1944-45 a separate and extensive repair and

maintenance organization was desirable rather than

necessary. Given the dearth of both home-produced and

imported vehicles and equipment in the early years of the

war (only 6 six-ton lorries were produced in Britain in the

first four months of the war, for example), the creation of

a separate and extensive repair and maintenance

organization in those years to maximize available resources

would have been easily justified. However, given the glut

of both home-produced and imported vehicles and equipment

in the middle and later years of the war (no less than 967

six-ton lorries were produced in Britain in the last three

months of 1944, for example), the creation and continued

72

existence of a separate and extensive repair and

maintenance organization in those years is less easily

justified.

It is true that REME establishments were heavily

"civilianised", especially those in the UK. However, in

autumn 1944 there were 62,461 REME personnel in the UK:

over two-fifths of its strength world-wide55. A surprisingly

high number and a surprisingly high proportion. The REME

Monograph paints a very different picture of the situation

in the UK, contrasting the small number of REME personnel

with the immensity of the work undertaken. Command and

Central Workshops were run on the ratio of 22 military

personnel to 17 civilians56. At the peak 17,000 civilians

were employed in REME establishments while 22,000 military

personnel were employed in static workshops and 15,000 in

AA Command. There were almost 200 static workshops in the

UK in 1945, including Central, Command and Sub Workshops -

compared to only 8 in 193957. The situation in the UK as

portrayed in the REME Monograph provokes several questions.

What were 62,000 REME personnel doing in the UK in autumn

1944? Subtracting the 37,000 in static workshops and AA

Command, how were the other 25,000 employed? What did the

200 static workshops do? Unfortunately, there is

insufficient space to pursue these questions.

The workshops establishment of the independent armoured

brigades was 521 all ranks, as against 599 for the infantry

divisions (of three infantry brigades) and 505 for the

armoured divisions (of one infantry and one armoured

brigade). For each armoured brigade, whether independent or

in a division, there was an armoured brigade workshop of 8

officers and 278 men. The independent armoured brigades

55 W073/162.

56 Rowcroft, P 179.

5' Ibid, P 180.

73

also had a tank troops workshop (third line) of 6 officers

and 229 men (making a total of 521); while for the

divisional armoured brigades there were in Army Troops,

armoured troops workshops of 9 officers and 328 men.

These figures suggest, yet again, that the independent

armoured brigades were unnecessarily heavily endowed with

administrative personnel, as has been argued in regard to

the light field ambulance when the RAMC was examined. They

probably could have dispensed with the tank troops

workshop; this would have saved 235 all ranks per brigade.

As the British Army had 7 independent armoured and tank

brigades in Normandy (not counting the armoured brigade,

tank brigade and assault brigade under the umbrella of 79th

Armoured Division), this would have produced a total saving

of 1,645 men. The replacement of the 4 Advanced Base

Workshops in NW Europe by a Base Workshop capable of

meeting all the 4th line demands of the British Army on the

Continent could have saved 500 in NW Europe and 1,700 in

the UK. Without gravely reducing the operational efficiency

of the British field formations, it should have been

possible to have saved 3,845 men in the REME.

The pattern of the REME establishments leads one to a

more general speculation: whether manpower might have been

saved by greater centralization; by pushing the weight of

administrative establishments back to corps or army. The

comparison of the British and American divisional

establishments in Table IX shows that during WWII the

Americans followed this principle much more than the

British.

Two factors worked against such a reorganization. In

twentieth century British organizational theory the

division has always been defined as a formation complete in

all arms, capable of operating independently in normal

circumstances. But experience in the two World Wars has

demonstrated that when offensive operations on a large

74

scale begin, the division becomes dependent on support of

extra-divisional armour and artillery, and aircraft. It

also needs additional transport and engineering units to

enable it to move and be supplied with the necessary volume

of stores. Nevertheless, the principle that the division

ought to be self-contained was not abandoned. The resulting

tendency was to have in it a little bit of everything - all

species of combatant and service troops. The second and

more general factor is that it is natural for commanders of

all levels to want to have units of all fighting and

supporting corps under their command at all times. But to

set up establishments on this principle is uneconomical and

inflexible.

Although the Royal Army Service Corps (RASC) performed a

great number and variety of tasks, its main task was the

movement of the army's supplies of men and material. The

RASC moved supplies primarily by road, although it also

moved supplies by sea, by rail, by canal and by air. Unlike

the German Army, during WWII the British Army was fully

motorised. Though infantry often had to march long

distances, it is generally true that the Army moved on

wheels and, except for unit transport, the wheels were

provided by the RASC. As the Official History of the 1940

campaign states: "They carried troops and their equipment,

they carried and distributed ammunition, stores, rations,

petrol and mail; they provided transport alike in back

areas and at the front for almost every purpose, driving

often under most difficult conditions and at times in

danger. The Army could not have existed without them vi 58 .

What was true of the 1940 campaign, was even truer of the

NW Europe campaign.

In the autumn of 1944 the RASC had 304,077 men -

including 7,130 personnel of the Expeditionary Force

Institutes (EFI) who were non-combatants - and accounted

58 Ellis, The War in France and Flanders, App. I. P358.

75

for 11.02% of the Army's manpower. The PASO was not only

the largest component of the Army's "tail" but it was also

larger than all the "teeth" arms with the exception of the

artillery and the infantry. In the autumn of 1944 the PASO

component of 21st Army Group had 111,847 men - including

1,310 EFI personnel - accounting for 15.66% of its

manpower. The RASC was the second largest component of 21st

Army Group: only the artillery had more men. In other

words, 21st Army Group had more men moving supplies behind

the lines than it had men carrying rifles in the

front-line59.

At its peak, in 1945, the RASC had a strength of

327,919, of whom 110,458 (33.7%) were in 21st Army Group

and 95,572 (29.1%) were in the UK 60 . 21st Army Group

contained a great number and variety of RASC units,

reflecting the great number and variety of the tasks

performed by the RASC. There were 199 supply units in 21st

Army Group's final Order of Battle, including 81 Detail

Issue Depots, 35 Field Bakeries (Mobile) and 25 Base Supply

Depots. There were 85 petrol, oil and lubricants (POL)

units in 21st Army Group's final Order of Battle, including

28 Petrol Depots Type "C" and 21 Mobile Petrol Filling

Centres. However, as stated above, the RASC's main task was

the movement of supplies. There were 276 transport units in

21st Army Group's initial Order of Battle, including 65

Artillery Platoons, 27 Infantry/Armoured Brigade Companies

and 42 General Transport Companies61. The RASC planned to

provide 21st Army Group by D-Day with transport units

totalling nearly 100,000 men and some 25,000 vehicle S62.

Many transport units were added during the campaign,

59 W073/162.

60 Boileau, Supplies and Transport, Vol. II, App. I, P300.

61 Ibid, App. VN, PP384-5.

62 Ibid, Vol. I, P302.

76

including 18 companies raised in Britain during September

194463 and 17 General Transport Companies raised in Holland

and Belgium during December 1944 - April 194564.

Table VIII shows that in NW Europe British divisions

were generously equipped with RASC units. Each division had

4 companies: armoured divisions had 2 Brigade companies, 1

Divisional Troops company and 1 Divisional transport

company; infantry divisions had 3 Brigade companies and 1

Divisional Troops company. Although in theory fully

motorised, the infantry division required 3 transport

companies (about 270 lorries) from corps if it was to move

all its infantry battalions in one lift. During the second

half of the war the lift capacity per RASC man of an

infantry division actually fell: at the end of the war

infantry divisions had more RASC men but less transport (8

platoons instead of 9) than in the middle of the war. Table

IX shows that in NW Europe British infantry divisions had

1,296 RASC personnel while American infantry divisions had

a mere 186 personnel from the Quartermaster Corps, the

American equivalent of the RASC. The U. S. pooled most of

its transport units under higher formations; only a

proportion of British transport units was so pooled. A

post-war review of the RASC's organization decided that the

establishment of four transport companies per division was

satisfactory 65. However, it decided that the organization of

Corps Troops was unsatisfactory 66. Each of the four Corps

Troops RASC in NW Europe originally comprised two Corps

Troops Composite Companies and one Corps Transport Company

i. e. 222 three-ton lorries, 12 ten-ton lorries and 36

tippers. As the tippers were invariably otherwise employed,

63 Ibid, P350.

64 Ibid, P362.

65 Ibid, Vol. II, App. IIN, P340.

66 Ibid, P341.

77

the Corps lift equated to 8.5 platoons of three-ton

lorries. However, to deliver the 900 tons of supplies

(mostly petrol and ammunition) that a Corps needed per day

on average required 10 platoons of three-ton lorries. There

was thus a deficit of 1.5 platoons of three-ton lorries,

necessitating the use of Army or Divisional transport67. The

RASC Monograph is clear: in NW Europe, at the crucial Corps

level, the RASC possessed insufficient resources to deliver

the amount of supplies required unaided.

But is this true? Did a Corps i. e. a force of two or

three divisions need an average of 900 tons of supplies per

day? Could this amount be delivered by 300 three-ton

lorries, as simple arithmetic would suggest? Did the RASC

at Corps level have less than this number of lorries and

was it thus unable to deliver the amount of supplies needed

without assistance? Several authorities on the campaign in

NW Europe, such as Liddell Hart and van Creveld, have

asserted that the Allied scales of supply were too lavish.

Liddell Hart wrote: "The Allied planning was based on the

calculation that 700 tons of supplies a day would be

consumed by each division, of which about 520 tons a day

would be required in the forward area. The Germans were far

more economical, their scale of supply being only about 200

tons a day for a division. Yet they had to reckon with

constant interference from the air, and from guerrillas -

two serious complications from which the Allies were

free" 68. In fact, according to Liddell Hart, two British

divisions could be maintained on only 800 tons of supplies

a day69. To deliver this 800 tons required, again according

to Liddell Hart, no less than 1,400 three-ton lorries70.

67 Ibid, Vol. 1, P343.

68 Liddell Hart, The Second World War, P564.

69 Ibid.

70 Ibid. 78

This figure presumably relates to the entire supply chain,

which between the liberation of Belgium in early September

1944 and the opening of Antwerp in late November 1944

stretched 300 miles from the beaches in Normandy to the

front in Belgium. During this period the transport

resources of the Allied Armies in NW Europe were

insufficient to keep the front supplied and additional

resources had to be provided. With the opening of Antwerp

the supply situation was greatly eased yet, curiously, the

transport resources were not greatly reduced. It goes

without saying that the scale of supplies laid down by

Allied planners required a corresponding number of vehicles

and men to deliver them; and that if - as Liddell Hart and

others have asserted - divisions could have been maintained

on a substantially reduced scale of supplies, then

substantial savings could have been made in vehicles and

men.

Let us, accepting Liddell Hart's figures for the sake of

argument, try and calculate the possible savings. Allied

planners assumed that each division would need 700 tons per

day (of which 520 tons would be needed at the front)

whereas each division only needed 400 tons a day: a saving

of 43% or 23% depending on whether the 400 tons represents

total or just front-line requirements. As 400 tons per day

per division could be delivered by 700 three-ton lorries,

it follows that it required 1.75 three-ton lorries to

deliver each ton of supplies. Therefore, 700 tons per

division per day required 700 x 1.75 = 1,225 three-ton

lorries and 520 tons per division per day required 520 x

1.75 = 910 three-ton lorries. Depending on interpretation,

1,225 - 700 = 525 or 910 - 700 = 210 three-ton lorries per

division were surplus to requirements. It follows that the

RASC personnel who loaded and drove these surplus lorries

would also be surplus to requirements (as would, of course,

79

the REME personnel who maintained and repaired them) . Let

us assume, for the sake of argument, that the saving of

RASC personnel in NW Europe would be in direct relation to

the reduction of scales. If the 110,000 RASC personnel

(excluding EFI) in 21st Army Group in the autumn of 1944

had been reduced by 43%, then 47,300 personnel would have

been saved. If the number of RASC personnel had been

reduced by 23%, then 25,300 personnel would have been

saved. It is however completely unrealistic to assume that

personnel savings could and would have been so

considerable. Let us instead assume a modest reduction of

only 10%. This would equate to 11,000 personnel: a by no

means negligible saving.

That the British Army needed a great number and a great

variety of vehicles to move and to fight effectively on the

Continent in 1944-45 is beyond dispute. What may

legitimately be disputed is whether it needed so many

support vehicles and of such variety, both in terms of

design and manufacturer. Obviously, the more support

vehicles and the greater their variety, the more RASC

personnel were needed to load and drive them (and the more

REME personnel were needed to maintain and repair them).

Both at the time and after the war Churchill was extremely

critical of the huge quantities of vehicles landed at Anzio

and in Normandy. On 8th February Churchill asked the Navy's

C-in-C Mediterranean how many vehicles had been landed at

Anzio. He was startled to learn that almost 22,000 fighting

and support vehicles had been landed within 14 days,

although 4,000 had been taken off again. On 10th February

he asked the C-in-C Mediterranean how many men were

"driving or looking after" these vehicles: "We must have a

great superiority of chauffeurs. I am shocked that the

enemy have more infantry than we". Having been apprised of

the strength of the invading force, he considered it

astonishing that 18,000 vehicles had been landed to support

80

a force of only 70,000 men i. e. a ratio of almost 4 men to

1 vehicle: a force that had advanced only 12-14 mile S71. On

27th February he told Smuts: "Needless to say, the logistic

calculations all turned out to be on the overgenerous side

and there were very large margins in hand i72. With Anzio

fresh in his mind, Churchill was quick to challenge the

logistic preparations for "Overlord". On 15th May 1944 he

was informed of these by the Principal Administrative

Officer. He was staggered to learn that the Allies planned

to land in Normandy within 20 days 189,000 fighting and

support vehicles (half British/Canadian) to support a force

of 902,000 men (half British/Canadian): a ratio of 4.77 men

per vehicle. Churchill was so dismayed at these figures

that he berated Brooke73 and instructed Ismay to raise the

matter with Montgomery on his behalf. On 19th May he went

in person to Montgomery's HQ to discuss the matter.

Although what happened at Montgomery's HQ is disputed, it

was clearly too late to change the plans. Success in

Normandy left Churchill unrepentant. He remained of the

opinion "that the proportion of transport vehicles to

fighting men in the early phase of the cross-Channel

invasion was too high i74. With regard to the variety of

support vehicles used by the British Army in the NW Europe

campaign, the Official History expresses surprise that in

infantry divisions alone there were 55 different types of

such vehicles and several hundreds in the Army as a whole;

and that this multiplicity of types was composed

essentially of ordinary-load carrying chassis, with special

bodies of one kind or another. The load-carrying vehicles

" Churchill, Closing the Ring, PP487-8.

72 Ibid, P493.

73 Bryant, Triumph in the West, PP 191-2.

74 Churchill, PP615-6.

81

ranged from the ubiquitous Jeep, through the 15cwt truck,

the 3-, 6- and 10-ton lorries to the 40-ton transporter75.

In this enquiry as to whether there were too many men in

certain arms, we must consider the great numbers in the

Royal Artillery (RA) and, in particular, in anti-tank and

anti-aircraft artillery units. As a "teeth" arm, the RA

naturally contained a high proportion of men fit for combat

- many suitable for the infantry. This was especially true

of those RA units deployed in the field either in divisions

or in support of divisions.

The largest component by far of the British Army during

WWII was the RA, amounting in autumn 1944 to 617,860 men or

22.41% of its strength: far higher, as we noted in Chapter

1, than the proportion of artillery in the American and

Canadian Armies. The fact that for much of the war

Britain's two most senior military administrators - Brooke

and Adam - were Gunners was probably not unconnected to the

pre-eminent position enjoyed by the RA during the war. On a

more practical level, the great size of the RA during the

war reflected the great number and variety of roles it was

called upon to fulfil. Of the RA's strength in autumn 1944:

227,863 was Field (8.27% of the Army's strength); 156,087

Heavy Anti-Aircraft (HAA) (5.66%); 133,192 Light

Anti-Aircraft (LAA) (4.83%); 59,622 Searchlight (SL)

(2.16%); 25,953 Coast (0.94%); and 15,143 Maritime

(0 . 55 %) 76 . All of the Field i. e. Anti-Tank (ATk), Field,

Medium, Heavy and Super-Heavy artillery and some of the LAA

was deployed in an active role in the field supporting the

infantry and armour. The majority of the RA was however

deployed in a passive role in the rear protecting bases,

cities, coasts, airfields, ports and shipping. Of the RA's

strength in autumn 1944,30% was in the UK. In 21st Army

Group there were 131,167 artillerymen, accounting for

75 Ellis, Victory in the West, Vol. I, App. IV: Pt. IV, P544.

76 AG Stats analysis for September 1944.

82

18.37% of its strength - its largest single component. Of

these: 68,673 were Field; 21,353 HAA; 31,536 LAA; 9,108 SL;

and 497 Coast" . The artillery reached its peak in 1943. In late 1943 the

artillery totalled 683,549 men or just over a quarter of

the Army's strength: 25.28% to be exact78. Naturally, this

huge force required large numbers of supporting personnel,

especially RAOC, RASC and REME personnel to store and

transport its supplies and repair its equipment. In both

absolute and relative terms the artillery was reduced

considerably during the last years of the war. By mid 1945

it had fallen by 131,010 - many of whom had been

transferred to the infantry - to 552,539 men or 18.83% of

the Army's strength, while the infantry had risen to

%79.

Although the artillery had been considerably reduced by

autumn 1944, it was still far too large and still in need

of substantial cutting: the above figures show that only

half the eventual reduction had been made by autumn 1944.

To a great extent however the Army was not master in its

own house. For much of the war it was obliged to devote a

considerable proportion of its resources (both material and

personnel) to protect Britain's cities from air attack, to

protect Britain's ports and shipping from air and seaborne

attack, to protect Britain's coasts from seaborne attack

etc. Naturally, resources so devoted were denied to the

forces in the field. The massive resources devoted to the

Army's Anti-Aircraft Command, responsible for the air

defence of Britain, were both necessary and justified

because Britain was subjected to aircraft or V-weapon

attack for almost the entire duration of the war: unlike

77 W073/162.

78 AG Stats analysis for November 1943.

79 AG Stats analysis for June 1945.

83

Canada and the United States. It should be noted that

during the war AA Command led the way in the adventurous

and economical use of manpower: by autumn 1944 large

numbers of RA personnel had been surrendered by AA Command

and replaced by 45,649 ATS80 and 118,649 Home Guard

personne181.

The Army's heavy investment in artillery was however

also partly a matter of choice. In the autumn of 1942, when

it went onto the offensive, the Army chose to build up its

artillery in the field for both humanitarian and practical

reasons: to save men's lives and to counter the growing

shortage of manpower. In the words of the RA Monograph:

"From El Alamein onwards we had adopted a policy of

expending shells rather than lives; a policy suggested, if

not dictated, by the growing strain on our manpower

resources it 82. By the autumn of 1944 the "war had reached the

stage when equipment was plentiful and manpower was

severely limited; a characteristic of the closing stages of

a war fought by an industrialised democracy. For the past

two years, shells had been used in ever increasing

quantities to save lives, and it was clear that the policy

would have to continue i83. Churchill and Montgomery were two

of the greatest proponents of the artillery. In the autumn

of 1941 Churchill circulated "A Note by the Minister of

Defence" recommending the use of massed artillery on the

battlefield. And from the moment he took over 8th Army in

the summer of 1942, Montgomery relied on a mass of

artillery in the field to degrade enemy defences in order

to save casualties, especially among the infantry, which he

both regretted and could ill-afford. As Hart among others

80 W073/162; De Groot, tWhose Finger on the Trigger?, y War in History, Nov. 1997.

81 Home Forces papers: AA progress report, 4t' October 1944: WO199/382.

82 Pemberton, The Development of Artillery Tactics and Equipment, P177.

13 Ibid, P232.

84

has shown, in all his battles Montgomery sought to bolster

the morale and conserve the lives of his men, especially

infantrymen, by deluging the enemy with artillery shells.

As Williams, head of intelligence at 21st Army Group, put

it: "We were always very aware of the doctrine "Let metal

do it rather than flesh". The morale of our troops depended

upon this. We always said - "Waste all the ammunition you

like, but not lives" i84.

It is not intended to question the vast amount of field,

medium, heavy and super-heavy guns allotted to and

extensively used by 21st Army Group. Although they absorbed

huge material and personnel resources and were at times

used excessively (the employment of 1,050 guns during

"Veritable" and 706 during "Plunder" has often been

criticised, not least by the Gunners themselves85), their

contribution to achieving victory - and at an acceptable

cost in blood - is beyond dispute (Montgomery: "The Gunners

have risen to great heights in this war and I doubt if the

artillery has ever been so efficient as it is today"" 86) It

is intended however to question the vast amount of

anti-aircraft and anti-tank guns allotted to and little

used by 21st Army Group. In Normandy 21st Army Group

possessed 65 regiments of such guns. GHQ and Army Troops

contained 8 Anti-Aircraft Brigades comprising 17 HAA

Regiments, 18 LAA Regiments (excluding 3 on loan to Corps)

and 1 SL Regiment. Each of the 4 Corps had a LAA Regiment

and a ATk Regiment i. e. 4 LAA Regiments (including 3 on

loan from GHQ and Army) and 4 ATk Regiments. Each of the 3

Armoured and 8 Infantry Divisions had a LAA Regiment and an

ATk Regiment i. e. 11 LAA Regiments and 11 ATk Regiments. A

84 Hastings, Overlord, P151.

85 Pemberton, PP262-73.

86 Operations in NW Europe, Supplement to the London Gazette, 3`d September 1946, P4449.

85

grand total of: 17 HAA Regiments; 33 LAA Regiments; 15 ATk

Regiments' .

As Table VIII shows, British divisions in NW Europe were

generously provided with artillery units. Each armoured

division had 2 Field Regiments, 1 ATk Regiment and 1 LAA

Regiment. Each infantry division had 3 Field Regiments, 1

ATk Regiment and 1 LAA Regiment. As Table IX shows, British

infantry divisions in NW Europe had 3,428 artillerymen.

They had 2,122 field artillerymen while American infantry

divisions had 2,111 i. e. practically the same, even though

the British infantry division had 50% more field artillery

than the American infantry division (not counting the field

artillery integral to, and manned by, the latter's infantry

regiments). However, British infantry divisions had 721

anti-tank artillerymen and 585 anti-aircraft artillerymen

whereas American infantry divisions had none (American

infantry divisions did have some anti-tank artillery, but

all of it was integral to, and manned by, their infantry

regiments and battalions). American anti-tank and

anti-aircraft units were pooled under higher formations.

Was it necessary for every division in NW Europe to have

an ATk regiment of 721 all ranks and a LAA regiment of 585

all ranks? Was it necessary for every Corps in NW Europe to

have one of each? Was it necessary for GHQ and Army Troops

in NW Europe to have dozens of LAA and HAA regiments, the

latter of about 1,000 all ranks. The number of all ranks on

the establishment of 21st Army Group's anti-tank and

anti-aircraft artillery regiments in Normandy was 15 x 721

= 10,815 and 33 x 585 + 17 x 1,000 = 36,305 respectively: a

grand total of 47,120. In round figures, the War

Establishment (excluding reinforcements) of 21st Army Group

in Normandy was 662,000, of whom 82,000 were rifle

infantry88. The 47,120 anti-aircraft and anti-tank

87 Ellis, Vol. I, App. IV: Pt. I. PP522-30.

88 W0365/129. 86

artillerymen therefore amounted to 7.1% of the total force

and to 57.5% of the infantry contingent. Thus, there was a

very important percentage of British manpower on the

Continent in these branches of the artillery which, as it

turned out, were little engaged in the function for which they were intended. Reading that part of the RA Monograph

concerning the NW Europe campaign, one finds hardly any

evidence that a corps or divisional light anti-aircraft

unit shot down an enemy aircraft or a corps or divisional

anti-tank unit killed an enemy tank89. This can scarcely be

the fact, although it does seem certain that units of this

type were not heavily engaged and did not destroy many

enemy aircraft or tanks.

The figure of 47,120 anti-tank and anti-aircraft

artillerymen in 21st Army Group is an illustrative figure.

In fact, the size and composition of LAA and ATk regiments

varied between formation and did not remain static

throughout the entire campaign. As the campaign progressed,

their composition and size were changed. This was partly

because of changes to weaponry but also partly because of

an acceptance that they were unnecessarily strong. In the

autumn of 1944 LAA regiments were reduced by a third from

54 to 36 guns. At the same time LAA regiments in infantry

divisions became like those in armoured divisions:

self-propelled. As a result of these two changes, their

strength fell considerably (to 585) . ATk regiments with

infantry divisions - apart from the two infantry divisions

which took part in the D-Day assault (a third of whose guns

were American and self-propelled) - began the campaign with

48 guns, two thirds 6-pdr and one third 17-pdr, all towed.

With the greater availability of the 17-pdr, in autumn 1944

the ratio was reversed. At the beginning of 1945 the number

of 17-pdrs was reduced by a quarter, although half the

89 Pemberton, PP205-282.

87

remaining 17-pdrs became self-propelled and the 6-pdrs were

unaffected (bringing the total down to 40 guns). The

strength of ATk regiments with infantry divisions therefore

rose in the autumn of 1944 (to 721) but then fell by a

greater amount at the beginning of 1945. ATk regiments with

armoured divisions were equipped entirely with 17-pdrs. ATk

regiments with corps were equipped entirely with 17-pdrs,

half self-propelled. Corps ATk regiments were reduced by a

quarter (to 36 guns) at the beginning of 1945. The strength

of corps ATk regiments therefore fell at the beginning of

1945.

It very quickly became apparent after D-Day that 21st

Army Group had been furnished with more anti-aircraft and

anti-tank units than it needed. There had been an

over-insurance of anti-aircraft protection because of

understandable but exaggerated fears of aircraft attacks on

the bridgehead90. Lack of such attacks led - starting in mid

July - to the increasing use of searchlights in an

offensive role, to provide artificial moonlight for

attacking infantry and armour91. As the RA Monograph states:

"After the breakout from Normandy, the overwhelming

superiority of the allied air and armoured forces left

little for the AA and anti-tank gunners to do. Both

therefore sought, and found, employment in a variety of

other tasks"92. Six months after D-Day the ATk gun was being

regularly used for the engagement of pin-point targets such

as pill-boxes, machine gun posts, snipers in houses and

observation posts, and soft-skinned vehicles or troops

behind light cover; for nuisance value harassing fire; and

for the cutting of wire obstacles. LAA guns, besides the

directional and deceptive purposes for which they had long

90 Ibid, P219.

91 Ibid, P221.

92 Ibid, P25I.

88

been used, were used effectively against enemy positions

under light cover or in woods. LAA guns were used in

conjunction with other arms in both defensive and offensive

roles. HAA guns were used as medium guns against ground

targets. However, there was considerable scepticism about

the use of HAA guns in the field role and not until the end

of 1944 was the issue of field artillery equipment to all

HAA units approved. AA Brigades were used in both defensive

roles (augmented by infantry and engineers) and offensive

roles (temporarily converted into Army Groups Royal

Artillery) 93.

As the NW Europe campaign progressed, as radar and

signalling equipment developed and Allied air superiority

reduced the need for so many anti-aircraft units, many

anti-aircraft personnel were released for other types of

artillery, for work with searchlights or as infantry94.

After the Normandy campaign, many anti-aircraft units were

either used to supplement the fire of other artillery units

against ground targets or were trained to use other

artillery equipments or were converted into infantry units:

clear proof both of their redundancy in their intended role

and of contemporary acknowledgement of the fact. As the RA

Monograph states: "By the end of 1944 the HAA gun was being

used extensively in the ground role and AA gunners were

expected to man the 7.2in how. as an alternative weapon.

The Bofors also had proved its value both for the direct

engagement of attacking infantry and for the direction - by

tracer - of our own troops in the assault; and in the later

stages of the war in NW Europe, the LAA guns played an

important part in the "pepperpot" concentrations which

achieved results as unexpected as they were remarkable i95.

93 Ibid, PP251-3.

94 Ellis, Vol. II, App. IV: Pt. II, P383.

95 Pemberton, P328.

89

Many RA personnel were re-roled as counter-mortar and added

to infantry divisions: each infantry division was given 53

such personnel in the autumn of 1944 and another 101 at the

end of the year. By the end of the war in Europe seven

infantry brigades had been formed out of ex-RA Regiments

and another one was in process of formation96. Three of the

infantry brigades plus 18 unbrigaded infantry battalions, a

total of 27 infantry battalions formed out of 27 ex-RA

Regiments, were employed in a garrison role during the last

stage of the NW Europe campaign97. Although during the

latter stages of the NW Europe campaign there was still a

substantial number of HAA, LAA and SL Regiments deployed,

several of the HAA Regiments were "Mixed" i. e. composed

mostly of ATS personnel98 and many of the HAA, LAA and SL

Regiments were being used to support ground operations.

Many but not all. The need for air defence, albeit

considerably reduced, continued until the end of the war.

Reference to the figures given above shows that in the

autumn of 1944 there were 61,997 personnel in the HAA, LAA

and SL units of 21st Army Group. The 61,997 personnel

deployed on "ack-ack" was 47% of the total personnel

(131,167) in the artillery; 58% of the 105,911 infantry;

and 154% of the 40,193 armour with 21st Army Group". Of

21st Army Group's War Establishment in autumn 1944

(excluding reinforcements), 40,868 (6%) was allotted to

"GHQ AA Troops" i. e. air defence of lines of

communicationloo. There was thus both in absolute and

relative terms a substantial number of personnel deployed

on "ack-ack" in NW Europe. Yet during the campaign the

96 Joslen, Orders of Battle.

97 Ellis, Vol. II, App. IV: Pt. I, PP369 and 380.

98 Ibid, P370.

99 W073/162.

too W0365/129.

90

"Luftwaffe" was largely (though not completely, as the

surprise attack on Allied airfields on 1st January 1945

showed) neutralised by Allied air superiority. However, it

should not be assumed that the personnel deployed on "ack-

ack" were entirely redundant in their intended role, for

the "Luftwaffe" was not the only aerial threat to the

Allied forces. It should be noted that from early September

the Germans subjected the Allied forces in NW Europe to

V-weapon attack. It should be further noted that Eisenhower

ruled that no fighters could be spared for defence against

V-weapons and that the defence had to be provided by

anti-aircraft guns. Between October 1944 and March 1945

Antwerp, the Allies' principal port and base in NW Europe,

was subjected to heavy V-weapon attacks. When the V-weapon

attacks on Antwerp began, the large number of HAA, LAA and

SL units deployed to defend it against aircraft attack was

supplemented by additional HAA and LAA units'°'.

The disbandment of RA units and the conversion of

artillerymen into infantry were not confined to NW Europe.

In the Mediterranean theatre during the last year of the

war many units, mostly anti-aircraft artillery, were

disbanded and their personnel - amounting to 21,477 -

retrained as infantrymen'02. In March 1944 the commanders in

the Mediterranean were warned by the War Office of a

forecast infantry deficit of 21,000 in the theatre at the

end of September103. Luckily, thanks to Allied air

superiority, by spring 1944 many anti-aircraft units were

no longer needed in the theatre. The Mediterranean AA

Advisory Committee was set up in April 1944 to select

anti-aircraft units for disbandment and the conversion of

their personnel to infantry. Unfortunately, the facilities

101 Ellis, Vol. II, PP149-150.

102 Molony, Mediterranean and Middle East, Vol. V, P423.

103 Weeks (DCIGS) to Wilson (SACMED) and Paget (C-in-C MEF), 18th March 1944: CAB106/313.

91

for retraining were limited and it proved a time-consuming

procedure. When it was learned that no reinforcements other

than for the infantry would be sent from the UK for some

time to come, it was decided to convert only 7,000

anti-aircraft artillerymen into infantry instead of the

planned 15,000. To make up the shortfall, other measures

were necessary. These included the disbandment of an

anti-tank regiment and the reduction of all divisional

anti-tank and light anti-aircraft regiments by one troop

per battery. By these various measures an infantry crisis

in Italy was postponed until the autumn of 1944. It was not

averted however. This was because the conversion of units

was slower than expected; fewer men were fit for infantry

duty than expected; and many disbanded units were

understrength and therefore produced fewer men than

04 expected' . In September 1944 there was a critical shortage

of infantry in Italy, as long forecast by the War Office. A

desperate appeal for help from Alexander to Brooke met with

a firm refusallos. Although the Middle East sent some men - including 300 retrained artillerymen - to help out, it was

clear that drastic measures were required. Consequently,

many formations and units were disbanded. These included 2

Medium, 1 Field and 1 ATk regiments. The disbandment of

units and the transfer of their personnel to the infantry

was carried out with care. For reasons of discipline and

morale, men from AA units were only transferred to infantry

units from their home areaslo6. More will be said about the

converting of artillerymen into infantrymen in Chapter 4.

What conclusions can be drawn in relation to corps and

divisional LAA and ATk artillery units in NW Europe?

104 Molony, Mediterranean and Middle East, Vol. VI: Pt. I, PP448-50.

105 Bryant, Triumph in the West, P287.

'06 Jackson, Mediterranean and Middle East, Vol. VI: Pt. II, PP371-2.

92

It is unarguable that, as events in Normandy showed, 21st Army Group was over-endowed with LAA and ATk

artillery. It is therefore right to ask: after Normandy did

each division need a regiment of LAA and ATk guns? If so, did the regiments need to be so strong? There are no easy

answers. With the benefit of hindsight, it is possible to

argue that the regiments were completely superfluous and

should have been dispensed with entirely. Without the

benefit of hindsight, it is possible to argue that they

were a prudent precaution and necessary for morale and

should have been maintained at full strength. It is also

possible to reject both these arguments and to argue that

the regiments should have been kept but should have been

reduced in size - which is what actually happened.

The establishments of British divisions were set up in

their final form during the period when the German Armies

had destroyed the French Army, expelled one British Army

from the Continent and driven another back into Egypt, all

through greatly superior offensive power, mainly residing

in armour and tactical aircraft. The division had to be

given means to defend itself against tanks and

dive-bombers, the key components of the "Blitzkrieg". There

is no doubt that, because of the preoccupation with the air

defence of Britain and the strategic bombing of Germany and

the RAF's consequent neglect of its overseas commands and

of Army co-operation until relatively late in the war, the

Army had to furnish its forces serving or proceeding

overseas with more anti-aircraft and anti-tank artillery

units than it would have liked or could afford.

Unfortunately, these anti-tank and anti-aircraft artillery

units while strong defensively for their special purpose

were of limited use offensively.

However, while it is true that events in Normandy could

not have been predicted and that infantry divisions had to

be adequately defended against air and armoured attack, it

93

is not true that by D-Day infantry divisions were wholly or

largely dependent on their LAA and ATk regiments for

defence against aircraft and tanks. Quite apart from the

defence against aircraft and tanks then provided by the RAF

and the defence against tanks then provided by the RAC,

each infantry division had 62 ATk and 71 LAA guns over and

above those in its ATk and LAA regiments - not counting its

72 field guns which had a secondary anti-tank capability.

The experience of the British forces in 1944 and 1945

would seem to bear out the conclusions of the tank

theorists who used to say that the best anti-tank weapon is

another tank. The high proportion of armour in the British

Army in NW Europe - in Normandy there were 3 armoured

divisions, 1 division of specialised armour and 7

independent armoured or tank brigades to 8 infantry

divisions and 1 independent infantry brigade107 - ensured

that infantry could be closely and strongly supported by

armour in all circumstances when enemy armour could attack

in any strength. In addition, the infantry were provided

with their own anti-tank weapons: each rifle battalion had

six 6-pdrs and 23 Projector, Infantry, Anti-tank (PIAT).

It would seem, therefore, that no anti-tank artillery

needed to have been provided, for the infantry were given

suitable anti-tank weapons of their own, and the force was

supplied with ample armour to provide support for the

infantry in defence as well as attack: in Normandy a ratio

of 13 brigades of armour to 28 of infantry. The 10,815

anti-tank artillerymen in 21st Army Group could therefore

have been safely dispensed with. Many, though not all, of

these men would have been suitable for the infantry.

As for LAA, no such simple conclusions can be drawn.

Given Allied air superiority during the last part of the

war, it is possible to argue that divisional and corps LAA

regiments were as unnecessary as divisional and corps ATk

107 Ellis, Vol. 1, App. IV: Pt. I. PP521-30.

94

regiments. Indeed, given the extent of that superiority, it

is possible to argue that they were even more unnecessary.

These arguments are persuasive and it is tempting to

conclude that the 8,775 LAA artillerymen with the divisions

and corps of 21st Army Group could have been safely

dispensed with; GHQ and Army anti-aircraft artillery being

retained as a precaution (a necessary precaution, as the

threat posed by the Vl to 21st Army Group's main base on

the Continent showed). However, one must be wary of

hindsight. We had to organize our forces for the conditions

likely to be met on the Continent and we could not assume

that such conditions would include the almost complete

command of the air which the Allies actually possessed in

Italy and NW Europe in 1944-45. It was both prudent and

logical to assume that the "Luftwaffe" would pose a greater

threat to Allied forces the closer to Germany they got. It

could not be foreseen that the "Luftwaffe" would cause

little trouble, either to the forces in the field or to

their lines of communication, and that LAA would be largely

redundant. Consequently, the troops had to have the means

of defending themselves, especially while on the move,

against the attacks of ground-attack aircraft. The problem

was to provide as much protection as was essential, but not

to tie up too much manpower in a purely defensive role, and

it would only have been solved if armament capable of being

used in two roles had been developed. Detailed discussion

of what was needed "to square the circle" is beyond the

scope of this thesis, but a few words are in order.

The German 88mm. gun as an example of a weapon which

performed two roles with equal success -a gun which was

designed to shoot down aircraft but which was just as

capable of destroying tanks - will come to the mind of

every veteran of North Africa, Italy and NW Europe. The

British in fact had a gun quite similar to the 88mm. - the

95

3.7in. HAA gun. During the latter stages of the NW Europe

campaign, the 3.7in. was deployed to provide additional

fire support for ground attacks. However, it was never

deployed against tanks like the 88mm. and whether it should

have been so deployed, and whether it would have been as

effective in that role as the 88mm., are still debatedl°s

What is not debated is that neither the 88mm. nor the

3.7in. were of any use against low-flying aircraft. The use

of LAA, HAA and ATk guns in NW Europe in other than their

designed roles prompts the question: which was the more

useful, the dual purpose gun or the dual purpose gunner?

The RA Monograph is in no doubt: "For technical reasons, a

really efficient dual purpose weapon was unattainable. The

ballistic requirements of the three main types of gun -

field, anti-tank and AA - were so incompatible that any

attempt to strike a compromise would inevitably produce a

second-rate weapon. On the other hand, in the man behind

the gun there was promise of much greater degree of

adaptability. Not only was the modern soldier better

educated than his predecessor, but the service of his

weapons, instead of becoming more difficult as they became

more complex, had actually been simplified. Hence the

combination of alternative guns and dual purpose gunners

seemed to assure the more efficient and economical use of

both weapon- and man-power. There was indeed nothing new in

the idea that man is naturally more adaptable than his

tools" 109. This is a persuasive argument.

Let us now add up what might have been saved in manpower

from the establishments of the RAMC, RAOC, REME, RASC and

RA in NW Europe in 1944 if we had known everything then

that we know now. We have seen that we could have saved

2,710 all ranks by reducing establishments of field

ambulances, and that there were 8,000 hospital beds more

108 Bidwell, Gunners at War, PP181-3.

109 Pemberton, P25'.

96

than proved necessary, the establishment for which would

amount to 2,400 all ranks; so that medical establishments

could have been reduced by 5,110. By reducing all the

central ordnance depots somewhat or some of them

substantially and by replacing the advanced base workshops

with a base workshop, and by abolishing tank troops

workshops with independent armoured and tank brigades,

3,000 RAOC and 3,845 REME might have been dispensed with: a total for these two arms of 6,845 all ranks. If the scale

of supplies had been reduced, a number of RASC personnel

could have been saved: a saving of a tenth would amount to

11,000 men. If divisional and corps ATk artillery had been

eliminated, another 10,815 of establishment would have been

saved. The total for these five arms is 33,770, or 5% of

the War Establishment of 21st Army Group in autumn 1944,

excluding reinforcements"O.

This would have been quite a significant saving. As was

noted in Chapter 1, during the entire NW Europe campaign

the British Army sustained 141,646 casualties. Thus, the

suggested manpower saving of 33,770 would have been enough

to provide reinforcements to replace almost a quarter of

the casualties sustained during the campaign. Of course,

most of the casualties were sustained by the "teeth" arms

and relatively few of those employed in the "tail" were

suitable for employment in the "teeth" arms. Nevertheless,

the suggested saving gives one pause, not least because

greater savings could have been suggested - not all of them

outlandish. Such as the disbandment of divisional and corps

LAA regiments, which would have saved another 8,775: taking

the saving in gunners to 19,590. And many of these men

would have been suitable for infantry duty.

This chapter has examined the manpower allocated to

certain arms and has suggested certain ways in which their

110 W0365/129.

97

manpower might have been reduced. Other arms could have

been examined - the Royal Engineers, the Pioneer Corps, the

Royal Armoured Corps and the Royal Signals for example -

and reductions in those arms might well have been

identified. While it is true that many in the Pioneer Corps

were unsuitable for combat duty, it is also true that - as

has been alluded to - there was an abundance of RAC units.

It is not contended that all the proposed reductions would

have been painless and without risk; nor is it contended

that all the proposed reductions would have materially

benefited the infantry. Reducing the RAMC, for example,

might have lowered the morale of the "teeth" arms, not

least the infantry. Transferring men from the REME to a

non-technical arm like the infantry, to give another

example, might have provoked a second Beveridge Report into

the Army's use of skilled manpower. And it is unlikely that

many medics - as opposed to gunners - would have passed

muster as infantrymen. It would, of course, have been much

better if the RAMC, REME, RA and the others had not been

allowed to recruit so many men in the first place. However,

at the time of their recruitment, their future redundancy

could not have been easily predicted and was certainly not

obvious.

Although the "tail" contained relatively few men

suitable for service in the "teeth", the number was

certainly not inconsiderable in absolute terms. After all,

the "tail" contained almost a million other ranks in the

autumn of 1944. The assumption that, certainly by the

autumn of 1944, the "tail" contained too few men suitable

for the "teeth" arms to make an appreciable difference is a

reasonable but a mistaken one. The "tail", even as late as

the autumn of 1944, contained a considerable number of men

who were suitable for the "teeth" arms. Of British Army ORs

on 31st August 1944,69.03% were both Al i. e. of peak

98

physical fitness and aged under 41111. Yet, on this date the

"teeth" arms accounted for only 62.4% of ORs112. Assuming

that all ORs in the "teeth" were both Al and under 41

(which was certainly not the case and did not need to be

the case, especially with regard to non-field sappers,

signallers and gunners), then it follows that on 31st

August 1944 an absolute minimum of 69.03%-62.4%=6.63% of

ORs i. e. 169,172 were both Al and under 41 yet not employed in the "teeth". Put another way, an absolute minimum of 17.65% of those ORs employed in the "tail" possessed the

physical fitness and age necessary for service in the

"teeth". That the "tail" needed a certain number of fit and

young men to do its job effectively is undoubted. That many

fit and young men had been - and were being - combed out of

the "tail" is also undoubted. However, it may certainly be

doubted whether - at the end of August 1944, a time of

mounting infantry crisis - the "tail" needed 169,172 men

(at the lowest computation) of peak fitness, more than a

sixth of its strength. And let us not overlook the fact

that, even if no one in the "tail" was suitable for service

in the "teeth", surplus drivers, mechanics, medics etc.

were not cost-free. They had to be fed, clothed, trained

(intensively, because of the skilled nature of their

duties), paid (well, ditto), equipped, transported etc.

They were an extra burden on the Army and served to inflate

the "tail" even more.

The detailed analysis undertaken in this chapter has

been both absolutely necessary and extremely productive.

The evidence presented above strongly suggests that in the

autumn of 1944 the supporting corps were too large and

could have been cut whilst the artillery was still too

large and could have been cut further. It is not possible

to say with precision how many suitable men the over-

111 AG's lecture of 2 "d October 1944: AG Stats branch memorandum.

112 AG Stats analysis for August 1944.

99

expansion of the supporting corps and artillery had denied

to the infantry by the autumn of 1944, although it was

undoubtedly many and must be accounted a major cause of the

infantry crisis. It seems clear that the Army should have

been much stricter in its allocation of manpower to the

"tail" and to defensive artillery, especially after the

tide of war had turned and the nature of the war had been

transformed, developments which were both manifest well

before D-Day (if not all their implications). If it had, it

is probable that the infantry crisis would have been a lot

less severe and not inconceivable that it would have been

avoided. Some may disagree with these conclusions. However,

we may all agree that, at the very least, this chapter has

demonstrated the vital importance of keeping the

establishments of an Army, especially those of supporting

or passive units, under constant review and not allowing

them to expand beyond what is strictly necessary. As

Churchill rightly said: "It is the teeth that we always run

short of, and however good the Supply, the Signals, the

Pioneers, the R. E., and the hospitals are, there must

always somewhere up in front be a certain number of people

who actually are engaged on trying to kill the enemy with 1 13. the weapons which they hold"

113 Churchill to Brooke and Ismay, 13th December 1942: Churchill, The Hinge of Fate, P914.

100

CHAPTER 3. SPECIAL AND ELITE FORCES.

In this chapter we will examine the quantity and quality

of British Army manpower absorbed by Special Forces and by

the Guards during the war. Although Table I shows that in

the autumn of 1944 only 2.11% of the British Army's

manpower was devoted to Special Forces (the Army Air Corps)

and the Guards (the Household Cavalry and the Foot Guards),

appearances can be very deceptive. Two points need to be

appreciated. A considerable quantity of manpower in the

other arms, the Infantry especially, was in fact devoted to

Special Forces. The quality of manpower devoted to Special

Forces and the Guards was out of all proportion to the

quantity of manpower devoted.

As it was much the greater, let us first examine the

quantity and quality of British Army manpower absorbed by

Special Forces during the war. As their name implies,

Special Forces were forces trained and equipped to

undertake special tasks i. e. tasks believed to be beyond

the capability of ordinary forces. At the beginning of the

war the British Army had no Special Forces. During the war

there was a proliferation of Special Forces in the British

Army: many Special Forces were created and several grew to

a considerable size. They were responsible for absorbing a

large quantity of the high quality manpower at the British

Army's disposal. They consequently distorted the British

Army's manpower distribution and contributed to its

manpower problems - especially the shortage of infantry.

As we saw in Chapter 2, within the British Army during

the war there were many calls on manpower besides the

infantry, such as the RA, the REME, the RAC and the RE. All

were "legitimate" demands. What was "not legitimate, or

even sensible", in the view of Terraine (a view which is

shared by many soldiers and historians), was "the creaming

101

off" of good men "into various "private armies" by means of

which, it was naively supposed, set-piece battle with its

heavy loss could be avoided". These "private armies" included: the "Commandos" ("Most famous"), the Airborne

Forces ("Worst of all the "offenders", it must be said"),

the "Chindits" ("aberration"), the Long Range Desert Group,

the SAS ("though few in numbers, helped to "compound the

felony"") etc. 1.

In the latter part of WWII the British Army had either

in its Order of Battle or under its direct command a great

number and a bewildering variety of Special Forces or

"private armies". There were: 4 Special Service (later

"Commando") Brigades (the 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th); 2

Airborne Divisions (the 1st and 6th) and 1 Independent

Parachute Brigade (the 2nd) -a total of 2 Airlanding and 5

Parachute Brigades; 1 Mountain - later Airportable -

Division (the 52nd (Lowland) Division of 3 Brigades), which

was later converted back into an ordinary infantry

division; an eventual total of 6 "Chindit" Brigades

(properly Long Range Penetration Groups (LRPGs): originally

the 77th Indian Brigade; supplemented first by the 111th

Indian Brigade and then by the 3rd West African, the 14th,

the 16th and the 23rd Brigades); 1 Special Air Service

(SAS) Brigade, composed partly of French and Belgian units

trained and equipped in Britain; 1 Polish Parachute Brigade

(the 1st), which was trained and equipped in Britain; 2

Brigades trained and equipped for amphibious warfare (the

29th and 72nd of the British-Indian 36th Division), which

were later converted back into ordinary infantry brigades;

and 1 Indian Parachute Brigade (the 50th), which was

expanded into 44th Indian Airborne Division by the

conversion of 2 "Chindit" Brigades when the "Chindits" were

wound up.

1 Terraine, The Right of the Line, P642.

102

In mid 1944 the British Army's Order of Battle included

19 Brigades of Special Forces. There were: 3 "Chindit"

Brigades (formed by the conversion of 70th Division: 14th

and 23rd with 3rd Indian Division; 16th with Main HQ

Special Force) in India; 4 "Commando" Brigades (the ist

with 3 Army and 1 Royal Marine (RM) "Commandos" in NW

Europe; the 2nd with 2 Army and 2 RM "Commandos" in Italy;

the 3rd with 2 Army and 2 RM "Commandos" in India; the 4th

with 4 RM "Commandos" in NW Europe - plus 1 Inter-Allied

"Commando" in NW Europe); 3 Brigades (155th, 156th, 157th

with 9 battalions) in 52nd (Lowland) Division - plus 1

battalion (the Lovat Scouts) - in the mountain role in the

UK; 7 Brigades (2 Airlanding and 5 Parachute; with 21

battalions including 1 Canadian) in 1st Airborne Division

(in the UK), 6th Airborne Division (in NW Europe) and 2nd

Independent Parachute Brigade (in the Mediterranean); and 2

Amphibious Brigades (the 29th and 72nd of the British-

Indian 36th Division) in India (with 8 battalions)2. Not in

the British Army's Order of Battle but trained, equipped

and commanded by the British Army were 6 Brigades of

Special Forces: the 77th Indian, 111th Indian and 3rd West

African Brigades converted into "Chindits"; the 1st Polish

Parachute Brigade; the British-French-Belgian SAS Brigade;

and the 50th Indian Parachute Brigade. The 77th Indian,

111th Indian and 3rd West African Brigades contained

British, Gurkha, Burmese and Nigerian battalions. The 1st

Polish Parachute Brigade contained 3 Polish battalions. The

SAS Brigade contained 2 British battalions, 2 French

battalions, 1 Belgian company and 1 British squadron. The

50th Indian Parachute Brigade contained 1 Indian and 2

Gurkha battalions. A grand total of 25 Brigades of Special

Forces with 91 battalions or the equivalent: 25 "Chindit"

(17 British, 3 Nigerian, 4 Gurkha and 1 Burmese); 17

2 General Return of the Strength of the British Army for the quarter ending 30`h June 1944, AG Stats: W073/161.

103

"Commando" (7 Army, 9 RM and 1 Inter-Allied); 10 Mountain;

27 Airborne (20 British, 1 Canadian, 1 Indian, 2 Gurkha and

3 Polish); 4 SAS (2 British and 2 French); and 8

Amphibious. As there were 9 rifle battalions in an Infantry

Division, in the summer of 1944 - either in its Order of

Battle or under its direct command - the British Army

possessed more than 10 Infantry Divisions-worth of Special

Forces.

The largest of Britain's "private armies" during WWII

was the Airborne Forces. The role of the Airborne Forces

was to assault enemy-held territory from the air, either

dropping by parachute or landing by glider. They had their

origin in Churchill's minute to Ismay (Deputy Secretary

(Military) of the War Cabinet) of 6th June 1940, following

the German's use of Airborne Forces in the conquest of

Holland and Belgium and the evacuation of the BEF from

Dunkirk. Churchill called for the "Deployment of parachute

troops on a scale equal to five thousand i3. Although

Churchill was the main driving force behind the development

of the Airborne Forces, Brooke (first as Commander-in-Chief

Home Forces and then as Chief of the Imperial General

Staff) ran him a close second4. Including the Polish and

Canadian units which were an integral part of Britain's

Airborne Forces, at the peak there were 2 Airlanding and 6

Parachute Brigades (total 8), comprising 6 Airlanding and

18 Parachute battalions (total 24: 14 British Parachute; 6

British Airlanding; 3 Polish Parachute; 1 Canadian

Parachute). Britain's Airborne Forces were organized into 1

Brigade (Parachute) and 2 Divisions (each of 2 Parachute

Brigades and 1 Airlanding Brigade) - plus 1 Polish Brigade

(Parachute).

2nd Parachute Brigade remained in Italy and was made an

Independent Brigade when 1st Airborne Division was

3 Churchill, Their Finest Hour, PP246-7.

4 Bryant, The Turn of the Tide, PP23 8,333 1 and 5 86.

104

withdrawn to the UK in November 1943 to prepare for the NW

Europe campaign. Between the invasion of Italy in September

1943 and the German surrender in Italy in May 1945 the

Brigade rendered sterling service, principally in the

ground role, in Italy, Southern France, Greece and Italy

again. Because it was almost continuously in action, it was

the only one of the Airborne Brigades which indisputably

justified the resources it absorbed. 6th Airborne Division

(6th Airlanding, 3rd Parachute and 5th Parachute Brigades

i. e. 3 British Airlanding, 5 British Parachute and 1

Canadian Parachute battalions) was used in the Airborne

role on D-Day and, because of the infantry shortage, kept

in Normandy fighting on the eastern flank in the infantry

role - for which its battalions (apart from its Airlanding

battalions) had neither the numbers nor the weapons -

throughout the campaign. It was withdrawn to the UK in

early September for rest and recuperation, having sustained

4,457 casualties5. It was rushed out to Belgium in December

1944 because of the German breakthrough in the Ardennes. It

was withdrawn to the UK again in February 1945. It was

used, for the second and last time in the Airborne role, in

the crossing of the Rhine in March 1945 (Op. VARSITY) It

took part in the subsequent advance from the Rhine to the

Baltic (March to May 1945). 6th Airborne Division therefore

spent 7 months (almost two-thirds) of the NW campaign in

theatre: except for the periods September to December 1944

and February to March 1945 which it spent in reserve in the

UK i. e. a total of 4 months. Operating as a Division and in

the Airborne role, ist Airborne Division (1 Airlanding and

2 Parachute Brigades: 3 Airlanding and 6 Parachute

battalions) saw action only twice during the war, spending

a total of 17 days in contact with the enemy: in Sicily for

8 days (9th-16th) in July 1943 (ist Airlanding and 1st

Otway, Airborne Forces, P191.

105

Parachute Brigades); and at Arnhem in Holland (Op. MARKET)

for 9 days (17th-26th) in September 1944 (ist Airlanding,

ist Parachute and 4th Parachute Brigades), where most of

its personnel were killed, wounded or captured. 1st Polish

Parachute Brigade was dropped at Arnhem in support of 1st

Airborne Division and suffered similar losses. Both

formations were "hors de combat" for the remainder of the

war in Europe, although by May 1945 1st Polish Parachute

Brigade and two-thirds of 1st Airborne Division (1st

Parachute and ist Airlanding Brigades) had been rebuilt

with new personnel6.

In mid 1944 i. e. three and a half weeks after D-Day

there were 16,623 personnel on the strength of the Army Air

Corps (AAC): paratroopers of the Parachute Regiment (14

battalions); Airlanding i. e. glider-borne infantry (6

battalions: the 12th Devonshire Regiment, 2nd Oxfordshire

and Buckinghamshire Light Infantry, ist Royal Ulster Rifles

of the 6th Airlanding Brigade; the ist Border Regiment, 7th

King's Own Scottish Borderers, 2nd South Staffordshire

Regiment of the 1st Airlanding Brigade); and glider pilots

of the Glider Pilot Regiment (on the scale of 2 per

glider). Of the 16,623 AAC personnel: 11,096 were assigned

to 21st Army Group; 2,304 were in the Mediterranean; 3,130

were in the UK (693 in the Glider Pilot Depot; 1,041 in the

Airborne Forces Depot; 1,011 in No. 1 Forces Holding Unit;

283 on the "Y" List; 102 serving with and filling

unspecified commitments in HQs and other units); and 93

were elsewhere7. The figures for AAC personnel do not convey

the full extent of the manpower deployed in the Airborne

role, as they only cover the Glider Pilot Regiment, the

Parachute Regiment and Airlanding infantry. In mid 1944

there were 2 Airborne Divisions assigned to 21st Army Group

6 Ibid, P324.

W073/161.

106

- each with a War Establishment of 12,148 personne18 - and 1

Independent Parachute Brigade in the Mediterranean. As the

latter was reinforced to enable it to operate

independently, it was probably equal to a third of a

Division. There were thus the equivalent of 2.33 Airborne

Divisions with a combined War Establishment of 12,148 x

2.33 = 28,345. This means that to the figure of 13,400 AAC

personnel assigned to 21st Army Group and in the

Mediterranean in mid 1944 must be added almost 15,000

personnel deployed in the Airborne role but belonging to

corps other than the AAC. At the end of September 1944

(immediately after the destruction of ist Airborne Division

at Arnhem and before the final loss had been computed)

there were 16,406 personnel on the strength of the AAC:

10,558 were assigned to 21st Army Group; 2,292 were in the

Mediterranean; 3,471 were in the UK; 38 were in the Far

East; 32 were in the Middle East; and 15 were elsewhere9.

The 50th Indian Parachute Brigade was formed in October

1941, comprising 1 British, 1 Indian and 1 Gurkha

battalion. The British battalion was sent to the Middle

East where, retitled, it became the nucleus of the new 4th

Parachute Brigade10. It was replaced in 50th Indian

Parachute Brigade by another Gurkha battalion. In October

1943 the formation of an Indian Airborne Division, the

44th, was authorised, using 50th Indian Parachute Brigade

as the nucleus. Little progress was made until the winding

up of the "Chindits", when 14th and 77th Brigades joined

the Division. In July 1945 the Division comprised: 50th

Indian Parachute Brigade; 77th Indian Parachute Brigade;

14th Indian Airlanding Brigade. A total of 3 British

battalions (ist King's and 1st South Staffordshires

8 Ellis, Victory in the West, Vol. I, App. IV, P535.

9 General Return of the Strength of the British Army for the quarter ending 30`h September 1944, AG

Stats: W073/162.

10 Thompson, Ready for Anything, PP71-2.

107

converted from "Chindit" into Parachute battalions; 2nd

Black Watch converted from a "Chindit" into an Airlanding

battalion); 4 Indian battalions; 2 Gurkha battalions. The

50th Indian Parachute Brigade was employed at Imphal in the

ground role from February to July 1944; the 44th Indian

Airborne Division saw no action.

Britain's Airborne Forces were created before the

infantry shortage. However, given that in war the infantry

always bear the brunt of the casualties and that an Army

always run short of infantry first, certain questions are

inescapable. Was it wise to have created 14 Parachute

battalions (each of 29 officers and 584 other ranks) and 6

Airlanding battalions (each of 47 officers and 817 other

ranks): total 20? Half of the Parachute battalions were

formed out of volunteers from other units, mostly infantry;

half of the Parachute battalions were formed by the

conversion of ordinary infantry battalions (7th Queen's Own

Cameron Highlanders, 10th Royal Welch Fusiliers, 10th

Somerset Light Infantry, 13th Royal Warwickshire Regiment,

10th Essex Regiment, 10th Green Howards, 2nd/4th South

Lancashire Regiment) - as were the Airlanding battalions.

Was it wise to have converted 13 ordinary infantry

battalions into Parachute or Airlanding battalions? Was it

wise to have enticed volunteers for 7 Parachute battalions

away from their original (mostly infantry) units? (These

figures exclude the 2 infantry battalions converted from

"Chindit" to Parachute and the 1 infantry battalion

converted from "Chindit" to Airlanding in India). It would

be possible to answer these questions in the affirmative if

it could be demonstrated that the infantry's burden was

lessened by the creation and continuing existence of the

Airborne Forces. However, it cannot. The Airborne Forces

neither obviated the need for lots of good infantry nor

saved the infantry from sustaining heavy casualties.

108

Dropping men by parachute or flying men in by glider

were undeniably hazardous, costly, inaccurate and

uncomfortable ways of getting men onto the battlefield.

Only a twelfth of the gliders used in Sicily arrived on

target and over 600 casualties were sustained before

contact was made with the enemy. Just over 30% of the

paratroopers used in Sicily landed within a mile of the

target. Although accuracy greatly improved after Sicily,

certain things stayed the same, such as nausea, incontinence and the absence of a reserve parachute. Nausea

and incontinence meant that many Airborne personnel were

rendered temporarily "hors de combat"; the absence of a

reserve parachute meant that many Airborne personnel were

rendered permanently "hors de combat"".

To the chagrin of their supporters and promoters, during

the liberation of Europe there was little scope for using

Airborne Forces in their designed role. There was however a

great need to use them in the ground role because of the

shortage of infantry. The British Army mounted only five

major Airborne operations during the liberation of Europe:

2 brigades (1st Airlanding and 1st Parachute) were used in

the invasion of Sicily on 9th and 13th July 1943; 1

division (6th) was used in the invasion of Normandy on 6th

June 1944; 1 brigade (2nd Independent Parachute) was used

in the invasion of Southern France on 15th August 1944; 1

division (1st) was used in the invasion of Holland on 17th

and 18th September 1944; and 1 division (6th) was used in

the crossing of the Rhine on 24th March 1945.2nd

Independent Parachute Brigade was (apart from the invasion

of Southern France) almost continuously employed as

infantry in the Mediterranean theatre from September 1943

to May 1945; 6th Airborne Division spent almost two-thirds

of the NW Europe campaign June 1944 to May 1945 employed as

infantry (apart from the invasion of Normandy and the

" Ellis, The Sharp End, PP63-4.

109

crossing of the Rhine); ist Airborne Division spent the

period November 1943 to September 1944 planning for

Airborne operations which did not materialise. The fact

that, because of the infantry shortage, 6th Airborne

Division and 2nd Independent Parachute Brigade spent most

of their time in the infantry role - for which their

Parachute battalions had neither the weapons nor the

numbers and which they therefore performed less well than

infantry battalions - means that the great effort that had

gone into training and equipping them for their designed

role had mostly been in vain.

During the war the Airborne Forces spent remarkably

little time in action and even less time in action in their

designed role. The worst offender was ist Airborne

Division, and in particular its 4th Parachute and 1st

Airlanding Brigades. 4th Parachute Brigade (formed November

1942) saw action twice: for a few days in the ground role

in September 1943 in Italy and for a few days in the

Airborne role in September 1944 at Arnhem. 1st Airlanding

Brigade (formed October 1941 by the conversion of 31st

Indian Brigade) saw action thrice: for a few days in the

Airborne role in Sicily in July 1943; for a few days in the

ground role in Italy in September 1943; and for a few days

in the Airborne role at Arnhem in September 1944. ist

Airborne Division (formed October 1941, comprising: 1st

Airlanding Brigade; 1st Parachute Brigade; 4th Parachute

Brigade) saw no action for an entire year: September 1943

to September 1944. It spent 10 frustrating and boring

months (November 1943 to September 1944) in the UK training

and preparing for operations in support of 21st Army Group

which were continually cancelled. Hence its eagerness to go

into action in September 1944 at Arnhem, overeagerness in

fact. Too readily it agreed to landing and drop zones up to

eight miles from the target and to being transported in two

110

lifts rather than in one12. There was another consideration

apart from frustration and boredom: "Had 1st Airborne

Division not been committed to MARKET GARDEN (or something

like it) pressure to bring it into battle as an infantry

division, or worse, to break it up, would have become

acute i13. The Division's desire to get into action come what

may had disastrous consequences. The Division flew into

Arnhem on the afternoons of 17th and 18th September. Only

1,700 men from the Division escaped to Allied lines on the

night of 25th/26th September. In 9 days the Division lost

327 men killed, 256 men wounded and 6,584 men missing or

taken prisoner 14. Its two Parachute Brigades were each

reduced to the strength of a company; its Airlanding

Brigade was reduced to less than the strength of a

battalion 15. To create a Division with a War Establishment

of 12,148 men; to have it spend a whole year out of action

training and planning; to have it engage the enemy for a

mere 9 days; and to have it effectively destroyed in those

9 days, is not the most cost-effective use of 12,148 men,

manpower shortage or not.

In the estimation of Carver, in WWII Airborne Forces did

not have a "general effect on the conduct of operations.

Occasions suited to their employment occurred only rarely,

and their use did not prove as decisive as had been hoped".

Carver regards only the German use of Airborne Forces in

Crete and the British and American use of Airborne Forces

in Normandy as crucial 16. It is hard to disagree with the

verdict of MacDonald: "The conclusion appears inescapable

that airborne forces as employed in the Second World War

'' Otway, PP263-4.

13 "Carbuncle", On an Excess of Bridges,, BAR, No. 108, P89.

14 Otway, P283.

15 Thompson, P198.

16 Carver, The Seven Ages of the British Army, P287.

111

were a luxury - spectacular, impressive, and often highly

useful, as many a luxury can be, but a luxury nevertheless.

The expense of training specialised airborne troops, the

diversion of resources from other programmes, the

leadership denied regular units by the diversion of highly

qualified and motivated men into elite units, and the cost

of providing special equipment such as planes, gliders,

parachutes - all these would have to be weighed against the

results. Even the oft-expressed contention that by their

very existence airborne troops forced the enemy to disperse

his resources and his reserves to protect vital

installations cannot be supported" 17 .

A development of the Long Range Desert Group which was

founded by David Stirling in the Western Desert in July

1941 and which first went into action in November 194118,

the role of the Special Air Service (SAS) was, operating in

small parties, to penetrate deep behind enemy lines and cut

communications, harass enemy forces and assist resistance

movements in enemy-held territory. Just before Alamein,

Stirling asked Montgomery (Commander of the 8th Army) for

more men. Montgomery refused, saying: "You want only my

best men; my most experienced and dependable men... What,

Colonel Stirling, makes you assume that you can handle

these men to greater advantage than myself? i19. This

question could have been legitimately asked of any of

Britain's Special Forces by any of Britain's Army

commanders during the war. Despite Montgomery's refusal, by

1944 the SAS consisted of 1 Brigade, comprising: 2

battalions of the SAS Regiment; 2 French parachute

battalions; 1 Belgian independent parachute company; and 1

1' MacDonald, Airborne Armies, History of the Second World War, Vol. 7, P2962.

18 Warner, The Special Air Service, Pxiii.

19 Hoe, David Stirling, P211.

112

squadron of the GHQ Liaison Regiment (known as "Phantom")20.

The Brigade - apart from a squadron which operated in Italy

from December 1944 to May 1945 - operated in France,

Belgium, Holland and Germany from June 1944 to May 1945. In

the period June to November 1944 the Brigade, with a

strength of 2,000 men, claimed to have killed, seriously

wounded or captured 12,517 enemy personnel for the loss of

only 330 men killed, wounded, captured or missing21. After

the war the War Office examined the wartime record of the

SAS, accepted its claims and so concluded that it had fully

justified its existence: "Small parties of well-trained and

thoroughly disciplined troops operating behind the enemy

lines achieve results out of all proportion to the numbers

involved.... The role of the SAS should never be confused

with the normal role of the infantry. The SAS task is more

specialised. The SAS does not necessarily drain the

infantry of its best men but will often take a person who

is no better than average in his ordinary tasks and

transform him into a specialist. A man of great

individuality may not fit into an orthodox unit as well as

he does to a specialist force. In wartime the best leaders

were independent, well-travelled men who were often good

linguists; university men, who had made full use of their

brains at and after the university and were mature, were

often successful"22. If we accept the War Office's

conclusion that during WWII the SAS absorbed insignificant

resources yet inflicted significant damage on, and caused

significant disruption to, the enemy, then we must regard

the SAS as the most cost-effective of all Britain's Special

Forces during WWII.

20 Otway, P441.

21 Ibid, P257.

22 Warner, PP 191-2.

113

The role of the Mountain Forces was to assault enemy-

held territory and fight in mountainous terrain and arctic

climate. Specifically, Britain's Mountain Forces were intended to assault and fight in German-occupied Norway.

Having been First Lord of the Admiralty during the

disastrous Norwegian campaign in 1940, the reconquest of

Northern Norway (Op. JUPITER) was a subject close to

Churchill's heart. He pushed very hard for the launching of

Op. JUPITER in 194223 and it was still in his mind as late as

February 194424. With the reconquest of Northern Norway in

mind, Churchill was primarily responsible for the creation

of Britain's Mountain Forces. Apart from a few days in the

early summer of 1940 when it served in France as part of

the 2nd BEF, the 52nd (Lowland) Division (155th, 156th and

157th Brigades with 9 battalions) spent the first five

years of the war training in Britain. During the period

1942-44 the Division, together with the Lovat Scouts (i. e.

a total of 10 battalions), trained and prepared in Scotland

to fight in the mountains of Norway. Even after the

invasion of Norway had been decided against, they continued

to train and prepare in Scotland to invade Norway as part

of Op. FORTITUDE NORTH. This deception operation is credited

with successfully tying down German forces in Norway and

preventing them from reinforcing other areas, especially

Normandy. However, given that Allied command of the air and

sea made the timely movement of significant forces from

Norway to Normandy impossible, the resources devoted to

Op. FORTITUDE NORTH might be thought unjustified. The use of

a fully manned - indeed, overmanned (22,500 men) - Infantry

Division which could have made an appreciable difference to

the fighting in Normandy might be thought especially

unjustified. It is only fair to point out, however, that

the Division's continued presence in Britain and its

23 Churchill, The Hinge of Fate, PP323,348-353,436,448,501,569-572.

Churchill to Ismay (for COS Committee) of 19th February 1944: Churchill, Closing the Ring, PP694-5.

114

absence in Normandy was not due solely to OP. FORTITUDE

NORTH: it was Britain's last uncommitted Infantry Division,

in fact if not in name Britain's strategic reserve. In the

late summer of 1944, with the ending of Op. FORTITUDE NORTH,

the Lovat Scouts were sent to fight in the mountains of

Italy while the Division began amphibious training. On 3rd

August the Division was re-designated as Airportable, for

which role it was retrained and re-equipped. On 6th

September one of its Brigades arrived in NW Europe by sea.

The Division narrowly avoided being used (and probably

destroyed) at Arnhem later that month in support of 1st

Airborne Division. Because of the infantry shortage, after

further retraining and re-equipment, the Division was

committed to 21st Army Group as an ordinary infantry

division on 10th October and its remaining two Brigades

arrived in NW Europe on 13th and 20th October

respectively25. The Division soon found itself fighting in

the polders of Holland i. e. below sea level - an ironic

fate for a Division which had spent most of the war

training and preparing for mountain warfare. The Division

served with distinction as an ordinary infantry division

during the remainder of the NW Europe campaign.

The role of the "Commando" Forces was to conduct

amphibious operations i. e. to assault enemy-held territory

from the sea. The "Commando" Forces ("Commando" is the Boer

word for a raiding party) were raised at the behest of

Churchill (a veteran of the Boer War) immediately after the

evacuation of the BEF from Dunkirk. In his minute of 6th

June 1940 to Ismay which called for a force of 5,000

paratroopers, Churchill also called for "specially trained

troops of the hunter class, who can develop a reign of

terror down these coasts, first of all on the "butcher and

bolt" policy; but later on, or perhaps as soon as we are

25 Joslen, Orders of Battle.

115

organised, we could surprise Calais or Boulogne, kill and

capture the Hun garrison, and hold the place until all

preparations to reduce it by siege or heavy storm have been

made, and then away" 26. That the "Commandos", like the

Airborne Forces, attracted and acquired many of the

toughest and most determined men in the British Army there

is no doubt. In the words of a distinguished "Commando"

leader: "The Commandos... were formed from volunteers,

selected by the officers who were to train them and to lead

them in battle. Those who failed to measure up to the most

exacting standards of training, discipline and conduct

under fire could be Returned to Unit without more ado - and

were"27 . In July 1940 there were 500 "Commandos" and 750 in the

Independent Companies28, which were units similar to

"Commando" units and which had seen action in Norway.

During the war the "Commandos" developed from a small

makeshift beginning to a large organisation fighting in all

theatres. Initially composed of volunteers from Army units

(mostly infantry), the "Commandos" developed into an inter-

service force almost equally composed of Army and Royal

Marine (RM) units. On 24th October 1940 the War Office

ordered the formation of "Commando" units, following the

disbandment of the Independent Companies. All personnel

were from the Army until the formation of 2 RM "Commandos"

in 194229. A Special Service Brigade of 5 battalions, each

comprising two 500-strong "Commandos", was formed in

November 1940. In 1941 battalions were dispensed with and

"Commandos" reduced to 450 men each30. In the four years

26 Churchill, Their Finest Hour, PP246-7.

27 Young, World War 1939-45, P160.

28 Amphibious Warfare HQ, History of the Combined Operations Organization 1940-1945, P13.

29 Ibid, P108.

30 Ibid, P109.

116

between Dunkirk and D-Day, the "Commandos" raided across

the Channel in strength only twice: one "Commando" took

part in the costly raid on St. Nazaire in March 1942; three

"Commandos" took part in the even costlier raid on Dieppe

in August 194231. An attempt by the War Office to disband

the "Commandos" after Dieppe was firmly rebuffed by

Churchill, who ordered that their losses be replaced with "good quality men" and made sure that they were 32 In

addition to their raiding activities, the "Commandos" took

part in the defence of Crete and Tobruk and in the landings

in Madagascar, North Africa, Sicily and Italy33.

The Special Service Group was formed in November 1943.

It comprised: 8 Army and 8 RM "Commandos" in 4 Special

Service Brigades; Holding Commando; Commando Depot; Special

Boat Section; and Mountain and Snow Warfare School. The

Special Service Group and Brigades were both later retitled

"Commando i34.3rd Brigade was formed in the UK and sent to

India at once. Most of the time it served in the infantry

role. In March 1944 two "Commandos" made an amphibious

landing behind Japanese lines. In early 1945 three

amphibious landings were made. 2nd Brigade was formed in

Italy. It served in the Mediterranean till the end of the

war, fighting in Italy, Albania, Greece and Yugoslavia. 1st

and 4th Brigades were formed in the UK and kept there for

D-Day35. Both Brigades (like 6th Airborne Division) landed

on D-Day and secured the left flank of the bridgehead. On

ist November 1944 4th Brigade assaulted Walcheren and

captured Flushing and Westkapelle. ist Brigade, serving

under 7th Armoured Division, took part in clearing the

31 Young, PP 161-2.

32 Churchill to Grigg and Ismay of 30th Aug. and 25`h Sept. 1942: Churchill, The Hinge of Fate, PP892-3, 901.

33 History of the Combined Operations Organization 1940-1945, PI 10.

31 Ibid, P 111.

35 Ibid. 117

Roer-Maas triangle. ist Brigade crossed the Rhine near Wesel. It subsequently took part in the crossing of the

Weser, Aller and Elbe36. In March 1944 there were 4 Brigades

each of 4 "Commandos". ist Brigade with 3 Army and 1 RM

"Commandos" was in the UK; 2nd Brigade with 2 Army and 2 RM

"Commandos" was in the Mediterranean; 3rd Brigade with 2

Army and 2 RM "Commandos" was in India; and 4th Brigade

with 1 Inter-Allied and 3 RM "Commandos" was in the UK. A

total of 7 Army, 8 RM and 1 Inter-Allied "Commandos". In

April the Inter-Allied "Commando" (No. 10) became

independent and was replaced in the 4th Brigade by a ninth

RM "Commando" (No. 48) formed the previous month, raising

the total to 7 Army, 1 Inter-Allied and 9 RM "Commandosi37 . 1st and 4th Brigades plus No. 10 Inter-Allied "Commando"

i. e. 3 Army, 5 RM and 1 Inter-Allied "Commandos" (each of

24 officers and 440 men) landed on D-Day. Because of the

infantry shortage, 1st and 4th Brigades (like 6th Airborne

Division) had to be kept in Normandy and employed as

infantry until the end of the campaign. Not surprisingly,

because "Commando" Brigades (like Parachute Brigades) were

smaller than Infantry Brigades and were not equipped to

fight as infantry, their losses were great and their

accomplishments limited when employed as infantry. After

their exertions in Normandy - one of the Brigades spent 83

consecutive days in action38 - they had to be given a long

period of recuperation. Ist Brigade does not appear to have

been employed between the end of the Normandy campaign in

late August 1944 and the clearing of the Roer-Maas triangle

in late January 1945: a period of 5 months. 4th Brigade

does not appear to have been employed between the capture

36 Ibid, P 112.

37 Ibid, App. 30, P25 1.

38 Belfield and Essame, The Battle for Normandy, P166.

118

of Walcheren in early November 1944 and the crossing of the

Rhine in late March 1945: a period of almost 5 months39.

As their name implies, the role of the Long Range

Penetration Groups (or the "Chindit" Brigades, as they were

widely known) was to mount Long Range Penetration (LRP)

operations i. e. to penetrate deep behind enemy lines and

attack enemy communications, being supplied by air

throughout. Specifically, they were intended to penetrate

behind Japanese lines and attack Japanese communications in

occupied Burma. They were thus trained and equipped to

operate in jungle terrain and tropical climate. After the

Airborne Forces, the "Chindits" were the largest of

Britain's "private armies" in WWII; they were, and remain,

the most controversial. Although the creation and expansion

of the "Chindits" did not affect the manpower situation in

North West Europe and Italy, the "Chindits" are not only

paradigmatic of the British Army's Special Forces in WWII

but they also seriously affected the manpower situation in

the Far East. It should not be forgotten that, besides

North West Europe and Italy, in 1944 the British Army was

also fighting - and experiencing an infantry crisis - in

India and Burma.

The inventor and first commander of the "Chindits" was

Lieutenant-Colonel (later acting Major-General) Orde

Wingate, who arrived in Burma in March 1942 and who died

there in March 1944. In June 1942 Wingate was allowed to

form 77th Indian Brigade to test his theories of fighting

the Japanese40. In the first LRP operation (Op. LONGCLOTH,

February to June 1943), 77th Indian Brigade comprised: 150

special troops in No. 142 Commando Company (composed of

volunteers from the infantry and the RE); 2nd Burma Rifles;

3rd/2nd Gurkha Rifles; and 13th The King's (Liverpool)

Regiment. It had 1 mule transport company and 8 RAF

39 Ellis, Victory in the West, Vol. II, PP245 and 285.

40 Woodburn Kirby, The War Against Japan, Vol. II, PP243-4.

119

sections in support41. In the run-up to Op. LONGCLOTH, 250

men from the British battalion (including the Commanding

Officer) -a considerable proportion of the battalion's

strength - were "Returned to Unit" (RTU) i. e. weeded out

and dumped on the rest of the Army by Wingate. Despite

suffering an effective personnel loss of 80% - out of 3,000

men who went in, only 2,182 came out and of these only 600

were fit for further active duty; out of the 721 in the

British battalion who went in, 384 came out in 1943 and 71

were released from Japanese captivity in 194542 - the first

"Chindit" operation was surprisingly judged a success.

Another Brigade (111th Indian, comprising: Ist The

Cameronians; 2nd The King's Own Royal Regiment (Lancaster);

and 2 battalions of the Gurkha Rifles) was added to

Wingate's force by Wavell (Commander-in-Chief in India), an

admirer of Wingate, while the operation was still in

progress and its outcome unknown43.

Following OP. LONGCLOTH (which, despite the appalling

losses, at least showed that the Japanese were not

invincible: which was more than could be said for the

concurrent operations in the Arakan), Wingate was hailed by

the British press as "the Clive Of Burma". On 24th July

1943 Churchill sent a minute to Ismay praising Wingate in

glowing terms and requesting his immediate return home for

consultation44. Meeting and being very impressed with

Wingate on the evening of 4th August, Churchill decided on

the spot to take Wingate with him that very night to the

Anglo-American Conference assembling at Quebec45. At Quebec

Wingate's advocacy and Churchill's backing resulted in a

41 NAM, The Forgotten War, P125.

42 Sykes, Orde Wingate, P432.

43 Ibid, P434.

44 Churchill, Closing the Ring, P656.

45 Ibid, PP67-8. 120

decision to create a Special Force to undertake LRP on a

large-scale, supported by squadrons of the United States

Army Air Force. Instructions were issued to GHQ India

accordingly.

Wingate had originally asked for his force to be

expanded to 6 brigades; he had subsequently amended this to

8. GHQ India was instructed to provide 6 brigades at once

and 2 more later. Auchinleck (Wavell's successor as

Commander-in-Chief in India) objected in a telegram dated

19th August 1943, a document termed "moderate and masterly"

by Sykes, Wingate's most balanced biographer. The third

section on the manpower question contained the strongest

criticism. If the instructions received were met in full

this could only be done by serious disruption of the

existing forces, Auchinleck wrote. It would be necessary

before anything else to break up 70th Infantry Division,

which had a long and distinguished record. 1st Indian

Division, being of the animal and motor transport type,

would have to be similarly dislocated, and the provision of

3 British battalions would disorganise a third division,

quite apart from what would follow the provision of about

3,500 RAF personnel, engineers, signallers and other

specialist troops. This, Auchinleck remorselessly

continued, was calculated on the assumption that 100% of

the troops provided would be found suitable for "Chindit"

operations, whereas experience showed that only 60% were

likely to survive the test of training, and then further

depredations would have to be made. The expansion would

have a calamitous effect on proposed or future operations.

Confusion would follow the establishment of an independent

Force HQ. Having proposed the formation of a brigade from

81st West African Division, Auchinleck urged that this

should be the limit of expansion, and concluded with an

eloquent plea for the withdrawal of a policy which would do

121

grave harm to an army already suffering in morale from

frequent reorganisations. In a second telegram dated 21st

August 1943, Auchinleck proposed a compromise: the whole of

81st West African Division should be converted to LRP but

without breaking up the formation, keeping it intact under

its existing command and staff. This would increase

Wingate's force to 5 Brigades but would leave 70th Infantry

Division unmolested. Wingate rejected both telegrams in no

uncertain terms. In reply to Auchinleck's first telegram,

Wingate wrote: "There are in India to-day, and have been

for a considerable time, something in the neighbourhood of

a million men under arms". Wingate was either displaying

his ignorance or being disingenuous. There may well have

been a million men in India, but only a small number would

have been both suitable and available for infantry duty in

Burma. In reply to Auchinleck's second telegram, Wingate

said he would not accept a West African Division but would

accept a West African Brigade. At Quebec, although

Wingate's call for 8 brigades was placed on hold, it was

finally decided to increase Wingate's force to 6 brigades

by the conversion of 70th Infantry Division and a West

. African Brigade 46

The force envisaged totalled 26,500: 19,000 British and

7,500 Gurkhas and West Africans. A modest expansion had of

course already begun with the creation of 111th Indian

Brigade. However, as Auchinleck emphasised, the creation of

the new force would considerably strain British manpower

resources in India, especially as 40% of the personnel of

units earmarked for conversion were weeded out as unfit for

the rigours of LRP. On 25th August the break up of 70th

Infantry Division was ordered so as to create Wingate's

Special Force, which was to be known for cover purposes as

3rd Indian Division. To complete manpower requirements it

was necessary to transfer 2 more infantry battalions and

46 Sykes, PP458-461; Connell, Auchinleck, PP745-6.

122

break up 2 armoured regiments47. When ready to implement his

masterplan (Op. THURSDAY) in March 1944, Wingate's Special

Force comprised: 77th Indian Brigade (ist The King's

(Liverpool) Regiment; ist The Lancashire Fusiliers; 1st The

South Staffordshire Regiment; 3rd/6th Gurkha Rifles;

3rd/9th Gurkha Rifles; survivors of the 13th The King's

(Liverpool) Regiment; survivors of the 2nd Burma Rifles;

and a detachment of the Hong Kong Volunteers); 111th Indian

Brigade (half of 3rd/4th Gurkha Rifles; 2nd The King's Own

Royal Regiment (Lancaster); 1st The Cameronians); 16th

Brigade (ist The Queen's Regiment; 2nd The Leicestershire

Regiment; 51st/69th Field Regiment, RA; 45th Reconnaissance

Regiment, RAC); 14th Brigade (1st The Bedfordshire and

Hertfordshire Regiment; 7th The Leicestershire Regiment;

2nd The Black Watch; 2nd The York and Lancaster Regiment);

23rd Brigade (2nd The Duke of Wellington's Regiment; 4th

The Border Regiment; 1st The Essex Regiment); 3rd West

African Brigade (6th, 7th and 12th Nigeria Regiment). With

the addition of Force HQ (a battery from 160th Field and a

battery from 69th Light Anti-Aircraft Regiments, RA), and

the large quantity of attached troops (Morris Force, an

offshoot of 111th Indian Brigade: 4/9th Gurkha Rifles and

half 3rd/4th Gurkha Rifles; Dah Force: Kachin Levies;

Blain's Detachment: Glider-borne Commando Engineers),

Special Force numbered a little less than 23,000. This

figure includes 23rd Brigade, which (fortunately for its

personnel, as events proved) was withdrawn and not deployed

in OP. THURSDAY because of the Japanese invasion of Assam,

but excludes the brigade-sized 5307th Composite Unit

(Provisional), US Army (later widely known as "Merrill's

Marauders"), which was likewise withdrawn and not deployed.

No. 1 Air Commando, USAAF was not under command of Special

Force but until its disbandment in May 1944 it was

47 Woodburn Kirby, War Against Japan, Vol. III, PP5,37 and 445.

123

exclusively used in support of Special Force for ground

strike and casualty evacuation. Excluding the unused 23rd

Brigade and the various oddments (the RA batteries, the

Kachin Levies, the Commando Engineers, the Burmese

survivors, the Liverpool survivors and the Hong Kong

detachment), Special Force comprised 20 battalions: 13

British (including 1 ex RA and 1 ex RAC); 3 West African;

and 4 Gurkha48. Including 23rd Brigade, the remains of the

2nd Burma Rifles and the remains of the 13th The King's

(Liverpool) Regiment, Special Force comprised 25 battalions

(15 British plus 2 converted; 4 Gurkha; 3 West African; 1

Burmese), plus 1 field artillery battery and 1 light anti-

aircraft artillery batter Y49.

Perry terms the creation of the Special Force "The

biggest organisational disruption which the British Army in

India suffered" during WWII50. The creation of Special Force

involved the break up of a good division with a good

record: 70th Infantry Division, which was composed entirely

of ist or 2nd i. e. Regular battalions and which had

successfully defended Tobruk in 1941. The re-organisation

of 70th Infantry Division began on 6th September; it handed

over its formations and units on 25th October; it was

disbanded on 24th November 1943. Its 14th Brigade was part

of Special Force from 25th October 1943 to 31st October

1944; from 1st February to 6th May 1944 it was assigned to

3rd Indian Division and deployed in Op. THURSDAY. Its 16th

Brigade was part of Special Force from 25th October 1943 to

31st March 1945; from 1st February to 6th May 1944 it was

assigned to 3rd Indian Division and deployed in

Op. THURSDAY. Its 23rd Brigade was likewise part of Special

Force from 25th October 1943 to 31st March 1945; from 1st

48 Sykes, PP483-4; NAM, PP125-6.

49 Otway, P358.

50 Perry, The Commonwealth Armies, P71.

124

February to 2nd April 1944 it was assigned to 3rd Indian

Division but not deployed in Op. THURSDAY. 14th Brigade

became an Airlanding Brigade on ist November 1944 and

joined 44th Indian Airborne Division. 16th Brigade reverted

to being an Infantry Brigade in October 1944.23rd Brigade

was assigned to 33rd Indian Corps from 3rd April to 10th

August 1944; it reverted to being an Infantry Brigade on

ist April 194551.

As there were 9 infantry battalions in an infantry

division, the Special Force with its 25 battalions was

equivalent to between 2.5 and 3 infantry divisions. Yet the

Special Force did not have the combat power of 2.5 or 3

infantry divisions. An infantry battalion converted to

"Chindits" produced 2 columns each of 4 rifle platoons i. e.

8 rifle platoons compared to 12 in an ordinary infantry

battalion -a reduction of 33% in combat power52. Being

smaller and more lightly armed than Infantry Brigades,

"Chindit" Brigades (like "Commando" and Parachute Brigades)

lacked endurance and robustness. The 5 "Chindit" Brigades

which were actually deployed during Op. THURSDAY, from the

fly-in of the force on 5th March to the capture of Mogaung

on 27th June 1944, suffered appalling losses from the

enemy, from sickness and from malnutrition and were

rendered "hors de combat" for many months afterwards. When

the "Chindits" were flown back to India in August, many of

them "were utterly exhausted and suffering severely from

diseasei53.

To understand fully the widespread opposition in

military circles in India to the Special Force it is

necessary to appreciate how drastically its creation

depleted the infantry resources available in India. In mid

51 Joslen, Orders of Battle.

52 Review (anon) of Rooney's Wingate and the Chindits: Redressing the Balance, BAR, No. 108, P102.

s' Carver, P273.

125

1944 there were 60 British rifle battalions in India 54" of

which 13 i. e. almost a quarter had been converted to

"Chindits". Understandably, those opposed to the Special

Force were particularly dismayed at the break up of 70th

Infantry Division, containing 9 Regular British rifle

battalions. Slim (Commander of the 14th Army) wrote after

the war: "I was convinced - and nothing I saw subsequently

caused me to change my mind - that a battle-tried,

experienced, well-knit British division, like the 70th,

would have more effect against the Japanese than a special

force of twice its size. Moreover, the 70th Division was

the only British formation trained in jungle warfare. It

was a mistake to break it upi55. However, not even Wingate's

fiercest opponents could have foreseen that the Special

Force would spend the period from the autumn of 1943 to the

spring of 1944 in training; would then see action for three

or four months in the late spring and the early summer of

1944; would then spend the second half of 1944 and the

first quarter of 1945 recuperating; and would then be

judged superfluous and disbanded in the spring of 1945. It

is a sad fact that, between its conversion from an ordinary

brigade in the autumn of 1943 and the end of the war

against Japan two years later, 14th Brigade - first

"Chindit", then Airlanding - saw action for a few months

only.

Because of the heavy manpower wastage through sickness

and battle sustained during the first half of 1944, by mid

1944 the British Army in the Far East was facing a manpower

crisis. By that time most British infantry battalions in

theatre were 18% below War Establishment. A proposal by

Giffard (Commander-in-Chief of 11th Army Group) to increase

the clearly inadequate infantry reinforcement pool in

theatre was rejected by the War Office, who warned that

54 W073/161.

55 Shim, Defeat into Victory, PP216-7.

126

they would not be able to maintain the existing level of

the pool because of the demands of the war in Europe. In an

attempt to improve the position Auchinleck had already

agreed to reduce the forces required for the defence of the

NW Frontier of India and for internal security in India to

well below what had formerly been regarded as the absolute

minimum, and had combed out all the Al men from garrison

units and sedentary employment in India. There was

consequently no further source on which to draw to meet the

growing deficit in the Far East. By the end of June 1944

British infantry units in 14th Army were 3,500 short while

the Special Force was 3,100 short: total 6,600. It was

estimated that by 1st November 1944 infantry units would be

11,000 short while the Special Force would be 7,300 short:

total 18,300 i. e. an increase of 11,700. As reinforcements

in sight totalled only 7,100, the British Army in the Far

East was facing a probable deficit of 11,200 in infantry

units alone by the beginning of November. With the numbers

at their disposal Mountbatten (Supreme Allied Commander in

South East Asia) and Auchinleck found that it would be

impossible to maintain the British infantry battalions

allotted to Indian divisions as well as the British 2nd

Division, the British-Indian 36th Division (technically an

Indian division but comprising two British brigades) and

the Special Force; they would therefore have to break up

existing formations and units56. Seen in the context of the

acute manpower shortage - especially of infantry - which

afflicted the British Army in the Far East during the

latter part of the war, the disbandment of the Special

Force in the spring of 1945 appears neither premature nor

unjustified.

That infantry, especially British infantry, were at a

premium in the Far East during the latter part of the war

56 Woodburn Kirby, Vol. IV, P26.

127

there is no doubt. Slim had to postpone his great offensive

in autumn 1944 by two weeks partly because "manpower,

especially in British infantry, was becoming an anxiety.

The flow of reinforcements from home was not nearly enough

to keep my British units up to strength. As a result of

dwindling numbers, British battalions in Indian divisions

were becoming so weak that they could not be used equally

with Indian units. This led to adverse comment from the

Indians, who had to take a greater strain. Then, too, it

was not possible to reinforce British battalions with men

of their own regiments. This gravely detracted from the

regimental spirit, which has always been the strength of

the British soldier, and morale was affected. So serious

was the situation that divisional commanders were now

calling for Indian battalions in place of British. I asked

that reinforcements from home should be speeded up, and

that the several thousand British anti-aircraft

artillerymen, locked up in the defence of rear airfields

now unlikely to be seriously attacked, should be drafted

into the infantry. I found that Admiral Mountbatten had

this already in hand. In due course, the anti-aircraft

gunners came, proving themselves to be worthy infantrymen.

Even so, the strength of British infantry continued to

fall, and I was more and more compelled to substitute

Indian for British battalions in my divisions i57.

The Special Force spent the period from August 1944 to

March 1945 in India trying, unsuccessfully, to replace the

heavy losses it had sustained in Op. THURSDAY. As no task

had been found for it, it was disbanded at the end of March

1945, a year after Wingate's death and nine months after

its last major action. Two of its Brigades (14th and 77th)

had already been transferred to 44th Indian Airborne

Division58. The remainder of its manpower was transferred to

57 Slim, PP376-7.

58 Otway, PP343-4. 128

other units. The more extreme supporters of the creation of

the Special Force and the more extreme opponents of its

disbandment tend to be startlingly ignorant of the

contemporary manpower situation in the Far East. Wingate

and the "Chindits" did not exist in a vacuum: British

manpower, especially combat manpower, was at a premium in

the Far East and there was never enough to go round. It is

important to realise that the Far East had the lowest

priority for manpower: during 1940-42 the defence of the UK

had highest priority followed by the defence of Egypt;

during 1943 it was the conquest of Italy; during 1944-45 it

was the liberation of NW Europe. In short, the Burma

campaign was fought with what could be spared from other

theatres, if anything. The manpower situation in the Far

East was compounded by three factors. Firstly, the

remoteness of the theatre. Hence the great time-lag between

submitting reinforcement demands and, assuming any were

available, receiving them. Hence also the need to

recondition reinforcements after their arduous journey.

Secondly, the unhealthy nature of the climate in theatre.

Hence the appalling sickness rate which rendered whole

units "hors de combat" for months on end. Thirdly, the

length of time which units had served in theatre. Hence low

morale and disciplinary problems. Eventually, in an attempt

to improve morale and discipline, a home leave scheme was

instituted by the War Office ("Python") - which severely

disrupted the manning of units. Given the severe manpower

problems experienced by the British Army in the Far East

during the war, especially during the latter part, the

creation of the Special Force was both unjustified and

harmful in manpower terms while its disbandment was both

justified and overdue in manpower terms. Referring to the

disbandment of the "Chindits", Sykes acknowledges that

129

"their disappearance is easily defensible on grounds of

strategy and common sensei59.

Rooney, one of Wingate's more extreme apologists,

completely fails to take account of the fact that the

British Army was short of infantry in every theatre during

the latter part of the war and that the shortage was most

acute in the Far East. Rooney, who attacks in an almost

hysterical fashion anyone (be he a superior, a subordinate

or an historian of Wingate) who has dared to criticise his

hero, is either unaware of or chooses to ignore the fact

that Wingate's was not the only "private army" to be

criticised and then - for compelling practical reasons - to

be axed or re-roled in this period. When it suits them,

supporters of the "Chindits" claim that they were not

special, just members of ordinary formations and units

doing extraordinary things. However, as the wise man said:

"If it quacks, it's a duck! " The Special Force may well

have been created by the conversion of the ordinary

battalions of an ordinary division (although, in fact, the

70th Infantry Division was a good division with a good

record). However, after Wingate had subjected them to very

rigorous training; and after Wingate had weeded out 40% of

their strength and dumped the unwanted personnel on the

rest of the Army; and after they had been given (in fact if

not in name) their own private air force totalling 11

squadrons; they had surely ceased to be ordinary. It is

perhaps fortunate that Wingate died when he did, with his

illusions unshattered. He did not live to see that the

decisive step on the road to victory in Burma was not taken

by the "Chindits" in the jungles of Burma but by the

depleted infantry of 14th Army, which fought and routed

large numbers of the enemy in pitched battles at Imphal and

Kohima in Assam. He did not live to see the latter stages

of Op. THURSDAY, during which the "Chindits" endured many

59 Sykes, PP536-7.

130

frustrations and suffered heavy losses. Unfortunately for

the "Chindits", during the latter stages of Op. THURSDAY

Wingate's plans proved seriously flawed. There is no

substance in Rooney's contention that the trials and

tribulations of the latter stages of Op. THURSDAY were

directly due to the death of Wingate and his replacement by

a less forceful and a less inspired commander (Brigadier W.

Lentaigne)60. As Liddell Hart wrote: "Even before that

tragic accident his over-elaborate yet rather ill-thought

out plan was becoming disjointed"61. According to Sykes,

Lentaigne "acquiesced in the logic of events, and his

course was, so far as anyone can see, much the same as

Wingate would have had to follow in the end"62. Rooney's

contention that during the war Slim was an admirer of

Wingate but was persuaded to criticise him after the war is

equally unfounded. Slim was never an admirer of Wingate

and, in any case, he was not a man who could be persuaded

to do something he believed to be wrong.

At the end of his life, it appears that Wingate was

suffering from "folie de grandeur", wishing to expand the

"Chindits" to outlandish proportions. On 11th February 1944

Wingate wrote to Mountbatten, sending him a long paper on

the subject of "the prospect of exploiting Operation

Thursday". "If Operation Thursday is a complete failure",

Wingate wrote, "LRP will lapse. If, however, it has any

measure of success, another good division now in India

should be turned over to LRP.... The best prospect for the

India Command will be to concentrate on progressing to

Hanoi and Bangkok by the use of Airborne LRP Brigades... .A

campaign of this nature would require some 20-25 LRP

Brigades in being, a total strength of 100,000 infantry of

60 Rooney, Wingate and the Chindits: Redressing the Balance, P207.

61 Liddell Hart, History of the Second World War, P517.

62 Sykes, P536.

131

good calibre". He went on to propose that by means of "an

LRP thrust" the army in Assam could not only occupy the

Indo-Chinese peninsula but go much further and join hands

with the Americans in the Pacific; he suggested that a

whole army group turned "Chindit" would "carry a chain of

defended airports across China to the coast where it would

meet up with the seaborne forces". Sykes admits that this

is a "curious document" and suggests two explanations for

it. Either Wingate's power of judgement had been "damaged"

by a premature return to duty following illness. Or Wingate

was intent on preserving the Special Force "in the face of

a sudden and unexpected reverse" and thus "put forward the

most extreme proposals he could devise" 63 .

It is open to dispute whether Wingate had parted company

with reality or else was deliberately exaggerating. That

Wingate's paper contained many absurdities is however not

open to dispute. Bidwell highlights some: "Such a force

approximates to ten airborne divisions exclusive of the

garrison troops, and if organized on Chindit lines would

also contain about 20,000 mules. In June 1944 the combined

resources of the USAAF and the RAF were just sufficient to

transport two and two-thirds airborne divisions from

England to Normandy" 64. Bidwell estimates that the break up

of 2nd and 36th Infantry Divisions would have provided

34,000 men at most (many of whom would have been too old or

unsuitable for LRP); the remaining 64,000 would have had to

be provided by the Gurkhas, or the British battalions

integral to Indian formations, or the RA65. Further

absurdities in Wingate's paper may be highlighted. Wingate

wrote of an advance to Bangkok and Hanoi. The distance from

63 Ibid, PP511-2.

64 Bidwell, Wingate and the Official Historians: An Alternative View, Journal Of Contemporary History

Vol. 15, P254.

65 Ibid, P256.

132

Imphal on the eastern frontier of India to Bangkok and

Hanoi is almost 900 miles and over 750 miles respectively

(for comparison, Berlin is less than 600 miles from

London). Wingate wrote of a subsequent advance across

China. The distance from Hanoi to Peking is over 1,400

miles. At the end of the war the Japanese still had a huge

number of men in China. Wingate wrote of 20 to 25 LRP

brigades. The break-up of 70th Infantry Division had

produced 3 LRP brigades, taking the total to 6. Assuming

that these 6 would still be usable at the conclusion of

Op. THURSDAY (which was not in fact the case), Wingate was

asking for another 14 or 19 LRP brigades. To produce these

it would be necessary to break up another 4.66 or 6.33

infantry divisions (1 infantry division producing 3 LRP

brigades). In short, Wingate was asking for a force

(including the existing Special Force)) equal to 6.66 or

8.33 infantry divisions. However, Wingate also wrote of

100,000 infantry (of "good calibre", a qualification

presumably intended to reject remustered artillerymen,

tankmen etc. ). The War Establishment of a rifle battalion

was (including attached personnel) 845; there were 9 rifle

battalions in an infantry division (total 7,605). The War

Establishment of the rifle battalions in the 8 infantry

divisions with which 21st Army Group helped to liberate

France was 60,840. In asking for a force of 100,000

infantry, Wingate was asking for a force (including the

existing Special Force) of over 13 infantry divisions or

more than 1.6 times the number possessed by 21st Army

Group. To recap, in order to occupy Hanoi and Bangkok

(which were crucial neither to the Japanese nor to the

British), Wingate was proposing to move a very large force

(equal to 6.66 or 8.33 or 13 infantry divisions) over very

great distances (1.25 or 1.5 times the distance between

London and Berlin). He was not of course proposing that the

force should walk and be supplied overland; he was

133

proposing that it should be flown and be supplied by air.

No. 1 Air Commando, USAAF had 11 squadrons to support the

Special Force, which had a strength of 23,000 all arms. To

support just the 100,000 infantrymen of the expanded

Special Force would require an air force more than four

times as large i. e. almost 48 squadrons. The Hamilcar, the

largest glider available, could carry 40 men66. The Hamilcar

needed a converted Halifax heavy bomber to tow it; a

Halifax could tow a Hamilcar 400 miles67 - just over and

just under half the distance to Hanoi and Bangkok

respectively. To transport 100,000 men in one lift would

require 2,500 Hamilcars and 2,500 Halifaxs. In light of

this farrago of nonsense, the wonder is not that Wingate

offended and upset, and was disliked and distrusted by,

many highly distinguished officers; the wonder is that any

of them bothered to take him seriously. The fact that

Wingate had the ear of Churchill is the most likely

explanation.

That there was an over-expansion of Special Forces in

the Far East during the war is undeniable. In 1944 there

were 9 Brigades organised, trained and equipped for special

tasks in the Far East: 2 Brigades for amphibious operations

(the 29th and 72nd of the British-Indian 36th Division,

each with 4 battalions); 1 "Commando" Brigade (the 3rd,

with 2 RM and 2 Army "Commandos"); and the Special Force of

6 "Chindit" Brigades (with 25 battalions). A total of 37

battalions or the equivalent. In the 1944 campaign the

British-Indian 36th Division, temporarily employed in the

Arakan as an ordinary infantry division, was used sparingly

so that it should avoid losses and remain available for

amphibious operations. The Brigades of the Special Force

were in action for periods of from 3 to 4 months only. They

suffered serious battle casualties, and the wastage from

66 Otway, P397.

67 Ibid, P399. 134

sickness and malnutrition was such that, on withdrawal,

they were unfit for active service for an extended period.

Because of the shortage of infantry (which the creation of

the Special Force had helped to exacerbate), in the 1944-45

campaign Special Forces almost entirely disappeared. The

British-Indian 36th Division was reorganised as an ordinary

division to meet the urgent need for such a formation on

the Northern Front. The "Commando" Brigade fought with

distinction in the Arakan but for only a few weeks. The

Special Force was "hors de combat" from mid 1944 and was

disbanded in the spring of 1945,2 of its Brigades having

already been transferred to the new Indian Airborne

Division (which, in the event, was never used). Contrary to

what Rooney and other supporters of Wingate allege, the

judgement of the Official History of the Burma campaign on

the "Chindits" is both balanced and appropriate: "The

campaign of 1944-45 amply bears out the contention, made by

Auchinleck and Giffard at the time the "Chindits" were

increased, that a well-trained standard division could

carry out any operational task with little special

training, and underlines the waste of manpower in forming

forces fitted for particular tasks which, as opportunities

for their use in the role for which they were designed are

likely to be limited, may spend the greater part of the

period of hostilities in inactivityi68.

The verdict of the National Army Museum's history of the

Burma campaign on the "Chindits" is dismissive: "Unless

they can be fought over a long timescale, with the

wholehearted support of indigenous populations, Chindit-

style operations do not win wars. Neither time nor - with

the notable exception of hill peoples such as Kachins - the

Burmese population was on the Allied side. The Japanese

collapse in the face of Slim's 1945 offensive was brought

68 Woodburn Kirby, Vol. IV, P430.

135

about by Mutaguchi's catastrophic defeat at Imphal, and the

tacit but deliberate decision by the Japanese High Command

to sacrifice remote Burma when faced with the crisis in the

Pacific. Heroic in themselves, the Chindit operations

contributed little to either calculation" 69. The judgement

of the Official History of the Burma campaign is that the

"Chindits" did not repay the heavy investment made in

them70. Being concerned with the manpower aspect, Perry's

judgement is even harsher but justifiably so: "It is

difficult to avoid the conclusion that the results achieved

by the force did not represent an adequate return for the

resources invested. Essentially a guerrilla force, it was

too lightly equipped either to capture strongly defended

points or to hold them. Arguably it inflicted more damage

and disruption on the British Army than it ever did on the

Japanese"71. The bluntest verdict of all is that of Bidwell,

who terms Wingate "a quack" and "a butcher i72. For all its

bluntness, given the absurdities of the paper Wingate sent

to Mountbatten on 11th February 1944 and given the

appalling losses suffered by the "Chindits" in OP. LONGCLOTH

and OP. THURSDAY, Bidwell's verdict is not unreasonable.

Referring to the proliferation of British Special Forces

during WWII, Perry comments: "Certainly a considerable

amount of effort was expended in developing such forces and

in the eyes of some military authorities they did not give

a worthwhile return for the resources they absorbed" 73 One

of those military authorities, Slim, was extremely critical

of Special Forces in his account of the Burma campaign. He

wrote that: "Private armies - and for that matter private

69 NAM, P 125.

70 Woodburn Kirby, Vol. IV, PP27-30.

71 Perry, P71.

72 Bidwell, Gunners at War, PP152 and 227.

'-" Perry, P59.

136

air forces - are expensive, wasteful, and unnecessary".

Slim held that Special Forces had three drawbacks. Special

Forces: reduce the quality of the rest of the army

(especially the infantry) by skimming off the best

soldiers; encourage the belief that certain operations can

only be carried out by specially trained men; can only be

employed for limited periods before they have to be

withdrawn for recuperation 74. Perry endorses Slim's list and

adds a fourth drawback: "Special Forces, because of the

exigencies of the moment, will often be called on to carry

out tasks allocated to more regularly constituted units,

when they prove to be untrained and ill-equipped for those

tasks" 75. The British Army's experience of Special Forces

during WWII provides overwhelming evidence to support the

views of Slim, one of the greatest commanders in the

history of the British Army, and of Perry, an authority on

the Manpower of the Commonwealth Armies in the World Wars.

On any rational assessment, the inflated and under-employed

Special Forces which the British Army possessed during WWII

were not cost-effective. Quite simply, the benefits did not

match the costs. They creamed off the best men from the

rest of the Army, the infantry above all. They specialised

in performing a particular role and could therefore only be

used for one purpose; they were inflexible. Large numbers

of picked troops, highly trained, were kept waiting for

long periods to be used for short periods. They refused to

perform other tasks unless forced to - and then did so

pretty ineffectively compared to ordinary infantry. Special

Forces attracted the very fittest (both mentally and

physically) and most enterprising men to the detriment of

the rest of the Army. Recruits were attracted by better

conditions; better pay (e. g. parachute pay); glamour;

danger and excitement; propaganda; escape from the

74 Slim, PP546-9.

75 Perry, P221. 137

frustrations of drill, sentry duty and fatigues76. Even when

ordinary units were converted into Special Forces (without

the option of volunteering) such as those of 70th Infantry

Division, "undesirables" i. e. those considered unfit,

elderly, difficult etc. were ruthlessly weeded out and dumped on the rest of the Army.

Inevitably, the main loser from the creation and

dramatic growth of Special Forces during the war was the

infantry. During the latter part of the war, with the

British Army critically short of infantry, many Special

Forces formations were re-roled as ordinary infantry, be

they the "Chindits", the Mountain Forces, the "Commandos"

or the Airborne Forces. Seen against the background of a

global shortage of infantry, such moves can only be

considered as entirely justified. That there was (and still

is) a need for a small, specially trained and equipped

force to raid behind enemy lines (like the SAS), few would

deny - least of all Slim or the present writer (the present

and future usefulness of the SAS -a force whose training,

equipment and methods have become public knowledge - is an

entirely different matter) It is clear however that the

creation and maintenance of Special Forces of the great

number, variety and size possessed by the British Army

during WWII - the Parachute Brigades, the Airlanding

Brigades, the Mountain Brigades, the "Chindit" Brigades,

the SAS Brigade, the "Commando" Brigades and the Amphibious

Brigades totalling 91 battalions or the equivalent (equal

to more than 10 Infantry Divisions) at the peak - was

uneconomical, unnecessary and harmful.

It is significant that the three most formidable Armies

in WWII - the German, Russian and Japanese - did not create

and maintain Special Forces on the same scale as the

British Army. The German Army employed a small number of

76 Carver, P274.

138

Airborne Forces to capture Norway, Holland and Belgium in

April and May 1940 and a larger number to capture Crete in

May 1941. The British Army, mesmerised by the success of

German Airborne Forces in Norway, Holland, Belgium and

Crete, decided to create its own Airborne Forces.

Ironically, the German Army, painfully aware of the

narrowness of its victories in Norway, Holland, Belgium and

Crete and of the heavy losses that its Airborne Forces had

suffered, decided to employ its Airborne Forces in the

ground role thereafter. After Crete, German Special Forces

as such consisted of just the Brandenburg Regiment. There

was of course the Waffen SS, which grew considerably during

the war. However, three points need to be noted. Firstly,

the Waffen SS was unlike Special Forces and like Guards in

that it was organised into armoured and motor divisions and

these fought as a matter of course alongside ordinary

divisions77. Secondly, its expansion was achieved only by

considerable dilution and eventually only a third of the

Waffen SS was German78. Thirdly, given the massive number of

divisions raised by the Germans during the war, the Waffen

SS was not a large force in relative terms.

The creation and dramatic expansion of Britain's Special

Forces during the war were primarily due to the interest,

support and determination of Churchill, who was a sucker

for any "cloak and dagger" enterprise. It is both ironic

and paradoxical that Churchill, who constantly drew

attention to and criticised the Army's declining infantry

strength during the war, should be the man most responsible

for depriving the infantry of large numbers of suitable

personnel.

Let us now examine the quantity and quality of British

Army manpower absorbed by the Guards during the war. As

their name implies, the Guards were the bodyguards of the

" Ellis, Vol. I, App. V, P553.

78 Koch, -Iitler's Foriegn Legions" History of the Second World War, Vol. 7, P2902.

139

Sovereign and the Royal Household (hence their alternate

title of Household Troops): a role they had performed since

the Restoration in 1660. As such, they were a "corps

d'elite". They comprised two Regiments of Horse Guards

(also known as the Household Cavalry: the Life Guards and

the Royal Horse Guards) and five Regiments of Foot Guards

(also known as the Brigade of Guards: the Grenadier Guards,

the Coldstream Guards, the Scots Guards, the Irish Guards

and the Welsh Guards). Importantly, the Guards were semi-

autonomous. They were responsible for their own

recruitment, training and reinforcement. Alone of the Army,

they did not participate in the General Service Corps -

responsible for the primary training, assessment and

allocation of recruits from July 1942 - and continued to

recruit and train "in house". They were extremely choosy

about their intake: recruits had to be perfect physical

specimens. In particular, they had to be tall and strong.

Recruits not up to their stringent standards were rejected.

Recruits accepted by the Foot Guards and Household Cavalry

were naturally denied to Line (i. e. ordinary) Infantry and

Cavalry units. Moreover, Foot Guards and Household Cavalry

personnel were never cross-posted i. e. they were never used

to reinforce Line Infantry and Cavalry units.

For the duration of the war, should the Household

Cavalry and Foot Guards have been allowed to remain semi-

autonomous or should they have been obliged to participate

fully in the Army's recruitment, assessment, training and

reinforcement machine? If they had been obliged to

participate fully, there would have been two major

benefits. Firstly, there would have been a more equitable

distribution of high quality manpower. The Household

Cavalry and the Foot Guards would not have been able to

cream off many of the best men and deny them to ordinary

infantry and cavalry units and the latter would not have

140

suffered as a result. Secondly, considerable economies

would have been possible in the staffing of the Army's

recruitment, assessment, training and reinforcement

machine. The Army would not have had to run and staff two

machines in parallel.

The Household Cavalry was expanded during the war but

not greatly. The Household Cavalry put two Regiments into

the field; each Regiment contained an equal number of Life

Guards and Royal Horse Guards. ist Household Cavalry

Regiment served in Italy from September 1943 to October

1944, when it was withdrawn to the UK. Equipped with

armoured cars, it provided recce for the formations of 2nd

Army in NW Europe from March to May 1945.2nd Household

Cavalry Regiment (with armoured cars) provided recce for

the formations of VIII Corps in NW Europe from June 1944 to

May 1945. Most notably, it provided recce for Guards

Armoured Division during the advance across Northern France

and Belgium in the late summer of 1944 and the advance on

Arnhem in the early autumn of 1944. In mid 1944 there were

907 Household Cavalrymen in NW Europe and a similar number

in Italy79. At the end of September 1944 there were 3,188

Household Cavalrymen in total: 857 in NW Europe; 892 in

Italy; 81 in the Middle East; 5 in the Far East; 1,337 in

the UK; and 16 in the Colonies80.

Unlike the Household Cavalry, during the war the Foot

Guards were greatly expanded: over-expanded in fact, as we

shall shortly see. In mid 1944 there were 6 Brigades of

Foot Guards: 1 Division of 2 Brigades in NW Europe (Guards

Armoured Division, consisting of 5th Guards Armoured

Brigade and 32nd Guards Brigade); 2 Brigades in Italy (1st

Guards Brigade - serving as part of 6th Armoured Division -

and 24th Guards Brigade - serving as part of 6th South

79 W073/161.

80 W073/162.

141

African Armoured Division); 1 Brigade in NW Europe (6th

Guards Tank Brigade); and 1 Brigade in the UK (201st Guards

Brigade, which had been disbanded in Italy and had been

resurrected in the UK as a Training Brigade). There were 26

battalions either in these 6 Brigades or unbrigaded. In

Italy there were 3 rifle battalions in 24th Guards Brigade

and 3 rifle battalions in ist Guards Brigade (3rd Grenadier

Guards, 5th Grenadier Guards, 2nd Coldstream Guards, 3rd

Coldstream Guards, 1st Scots Guards, 3rd Welsh Guards). In

the UK there were 5 training battalions (Grenadier Guards,

Coldstream Guards, Scots Guards, Welsh Guards, Irish

Guards), 1 garrison battalion (Westminster Garrison

Battalion Coldstream Guards) and 3 rifle battalions (6th

Grenadier Guards, 2nd Scots Guards, ist Irish Guards) In

NW Europe there were 3 armoured, 1 motor, 3 rifle and 1

armoured recce battalions in Guards Armoured Division and 3

tank battalions in 6th Guards Tank Brigade81.

Of the 26 battalions of Foot Guards in mid 1944: 12 were

rifle; 1 was garrison; 5 were training; 1 was motor; 3 were

armoured; 3 were tank; and 1 was armoured recce. It is

noteworthy that, of these 26 battalions, only 17 were

serving overseas. It is even more noteworthy that, of these

26 battalions, only 12 were rifle and of these only 9 were

serving overseas. Should the Foot Guards have been expanded

to 26 battalions? If so, in light of the infantry shortage,

would it not have been wiser for them all (with the

exception of a necessary number of training and garrison

battalions) to have remained rifle?

In mid 1944 there were almost 37,000 Foot Guards and of

these less than 27,500 were Rifle. And of these 27,500,

over half were in the UK. The large proportion in the UK

was a reflection of the historic role of the Guards (to

guard the Sovereign and the Royal Household) and of the

fact that the Guards recruited, trained and reinforced "in

81 W073/161.

142

house". To be precise: there were 27,481 Rifle; 8,505

Armoured/Tank/Armoured Recce; and 925 Motor Foot Guards. A

grand total of 36,911 (excluding 1 on the India Unattached

List; 3,037 Prisoners of War and Internees; 186 Officers

Extra Regimentally Employed; 297 Other ranks at Officer

Cadet Training Units and pre-Officer Cadet Training Units).

21st Army Group had 10,922 Foot Guards: 3,437 Rifle; 6,560

Armoured/Tank/Armoured Recce; 925 Motor. Italy had 9,667

Rifle Foot Guards; other overseas theatres had 325. Out of

27,481 Rifle Foot Guards, 14,052 were in the UK. These

14,052 were: serving in 3 rifle battalions; serving in 1

garrison battalion; serving in 5 HQ depot companies;

serving on 5 HQ regimental staffs; serving on 5 depot

staffs; serving in 5 training battalions; serving with and

filling specified commitments in other corps; serving with

and filling specified commitments in HQs and miscellaneous

units; proceeding overseas; serving in and filling

unspecified commitments in HQs and other units; on the "Y"

List. Out of 8,505 Armoured/Tank/Armoured Recce Foot

Guards: 6,560 were in NW Europe; 1,936 were in the UK

(serving in the Guards Armoured Training Wing; serving with

and filling specified commitments in HQs and miscellaneous

units; serving with and filling unspecified commitments in

HQs and other units; on the "Y" List); 9 were in Italy. All

925 Motor Foot Guards were in NW Europe82.

In autumn 1944 there were over 38,500 Foot Guards and of

these less than 28,750 were Rifle. And of these 28,750,

over half were in the UK. To be precise: there were 28,746

Rifle; 8,838 Armoured/Tank/Armoured Recce; and 958 Motor

Foot Guards. A grand total of 38,542.21st Army Group had

10,243: 3,177 Rifle; 6,277 Armoured/Tank/Armoured Recce;

789 Motor. There were 18,123 Foot Guards in the UK: 169

Motor; 2,553 Armoured/Tank/Armoured Recce; 15,401 Rifle. In

82 Ibid.

143

Italy there were 9,727 Rifle and 8 Armoured/Tank/Armoured

Recce: total 9,735. There were 51 in the Far East. There

were 142 in the Middle East. There were 248 in the

Colonies 83.

It will be noted that, as with the Household Cavalry,

only a handful of individuals and no units were serving

east of Suez. This had been the tradition down the

centuries (like the control exercised by the Guards over

their own recruitment and training). In a global conflict it was a hindrance to the War Office and should have been

set aside (as should their opt-out from the GSC). That it

was not tells us a great deal about the standing, influence

and lack of team spirit of the Guards (as does their

continued opt-out from the GSC).

The Guards made a substantial contribution to the NW

Europe campaign, fielding 1 division of 2 brigades and 1

independent brigade. Guards Armoured Division served as

part of 21st Army Group in NW Europe from June 1944 to May

1945. The Division comprised: 3 armoured battalions (2nd

Grenadier Guards, ist Coldstream Guards, 2nd Irish Guards)

and 1 motor battalion (ist Grenadier Guards) in 5th Guards

Armoured Brigade; 3 rifle battalions (5th Coldstream

Guards, 3rd Irish Guards, 1st Welsh Guards) in 32nd Guards

brigade; and 1 armoured recce battalion (2nd Welsh Guards).

After the Normandy campaign, the unwieldy Brigade structure

was dispensed with and the Division was reconfigured into

four Battle Groups (Irish; Welsh; Coldstream; Grenadier),

each consisting of an armoured or armoured recce battalion

and a rifle or motor battalion of the same Regiment. A

Squadron from the 2nd Household Cavalry Regiment provided

recce for each Group during the advance across Northern

France and Belgium in the late summer of 1944 and the

advance on Arnhem in the early autumn of 1944. The Division

was commanded by Major-General Alan Adair: the one man who,

83 W073/162.

144

because of the semi-autonomous position and the influence

of the Guards, Montgomery said he could never sack. 6th

Guards Tank Brigade also served as part of 21st Army Group

in NW Europe from June 1944 to May 1945. It comprised 3

tank battalions: 4th Grenadier Guards, 4th Coldstream

Guards, 3rd Scots Guards.

It may legitimately be asked whether the Guards should

have fielded 1 armoured, 1 tank and 1 infantry brigade in

NW Europe rather than 3 infantry brigades. Was not the

creation of a Guards Armoured Division and a Guards Tank

Brigade - involving the conversion of 8 rifle battalions to

armoured, tank, motor and armoured recce battalions - and

their continuance until the end of the war unnecessary,

especially given the great number of armoured and tank

formations in the British Army? It should be noted that in

Normandy there were no less than 4 armoured divisions

(including Guards Armoured Division) and 7 armoured or tank

brigades (including Guards Tank Brigade) to support only 8

infantry divisions and 1 infantry brigade84.

In the winter of 1944/45 a small number of Guards

battalions were disbanded and a small number were re-roled.

In NW Europe ist Welsh Guards was replaced in 32nd Guards

Brigade by 2nd Scots Guards from the UK. In NW Europe in

early 1945 6th Guards Tank Brigade was re-roled and

retitled as 6th Guards Armoured Brigade, its 3 tank

battalions becoming armoured battalions. In November 1944 2

of the 6 Guards rifle battalions in Italy were disbanded:

3rd Coldstream Guards and 5th Grenadier Guards. In Italy in

February 1945 24th Guards Brigade, which was serving as

part of 6th South African Armoured Division, was replaced

by a South African infantry brigade and thereupon joined

56th Infantry Division85.

84 Ellis, Vol. 1, App. IV: Pt. I, PP521-30.

85 Jackson, Mediterranean and Middle East, Vol. VI: Pt. II, P372.

145

That the number of Guards battalions disbanded in the

winter of 1944/45 was so small was due to the fact that the

Guards had enormous influence in political and social

circles. Considerable exertions, at the behest of Churchill, were made to maintain their strength, at the

expense of the rest of the Army - the Infantry of the Line

especially.

On 18th March 1944 Weeks (Deputy Chief of the Imperial

General Staff) warned Montgomery (Commander-in-Chief of 21st Army Group) of a looming shortage of infantry

reinforcements86. He wrote: "Within the general infantry

position the Guards present a special problem. As things

are at the moment we are very short against Guards infantry

requirements and have recently had to disband 201 Guards

Brigade in Italy. Even after this step it seems quite

possible, on present casualty forecasts, that we shall not

be able to keep up the 2 brigades out there". There was at

the moment a pool of Guards armoured reinforcements which

had been built up for "Overlord". However: "As soon as your

32 Guards Brigade starts to get casualties the infantry

position will become worse than ever, and in fact quite out

of hand". A possible solution would be to remove 6th Guards

Tank Brigade from 21st Army Group and replace it with 28th

Armoured Brigade from the UK. 6th Guards Tank Brigade could

then be broken up and its men, together with some of the

Guards armoured reinforcements, retrained as infantry. This

should provide an extra 1,200 Guards infantry

reinforcements reasonably early because all were basically

trained as infantry, and would materially improve the

reinforcement position for Italy and 32nd Guards Brigade.

An alternative would be to withdraw 5th Guards Armoured

Brigade from Guards Armoured Division, but this was full of

snags as all its battalions were regular. In his reply to

Weeks of 19th March, Montgomery wrote: "I consider that 6

86 Cabinet Office: Military narrative file: CAB 106/313.

146

Gds Tk Bde should be broken up at once and the men be

retrained as infantry. I hope that this will improve the

reinforcement position for the Inf Bde in the Gds Armd Div

(32 Gds Bde)". 28th Armoured Brigade should be given to

21st Army Group in place of 6th Guards Tank Brigade87. The

break up of the Guards Tank Brigade and the conversion of its personnel back to riflemen would not have been popular

with those concerned or easy to accomplish. However, given

the exclusivity of the Guards, it seemed the only way to

overcome the looming shortage of riflemen.

Shortly after this exchange of letters, Churchill

learned of the proposed break up of 6th Guards Tank

Brigade, apparently from Montgomery. In his minute of 4th

April to Montgomery", Churchill told Montgomery that after

a good deal of thought he was prepared to discuss the

matter with the War Office. Meanwhile he had ordered that

no action to destroy the brigade was to be taken. In his

minute of the same day to Grigg (Secretary of State for

War) and Brooke (Chief of the Imperial General Staff ) 891

Churchill said that the disbandment of the 6th Guards Tank

Brigade would be "disastrous". He proposed that it should

serve with the Guards Armoured Division in NW Europe until

it could no longer be sustained. On 7th April, as Brooke

recorded in his diary that night, after the presentation of

the D-Day plans at Montgomery's HQ, "PJ Grigg, Monty and I

had an interview with the PM to get him to face the

reduction of formations in the Guards Division, as they can

no longer find reinforcements. We had the usual difficulty.

He has been got at by MPs and produced every sort of

argument against what is an inevitable necessity"90. In his

87 Ibid.

88 Churchill, Closing the Ring, P704.

89lbid, PP704-5.

90 Bryant, Triumph in the West, P 180. 147

minute of 9th April to Grigg and Brooke (copied to

Montgomery)91, Churchill said that he had carefully

considered the points they had put to him. He implored them

not to melt down the Guards but instead keep up the Guards

at the expense of the Line. This was what the Russians and

the Germans did. He wrote: "... special terms raise "esprit

de corps". No one doubts that the performances of the

Guards fully justify the prestige which attaches to them.

Therefore, I wish that the Guards should draw upon the Line

and that the existing Guards formation shall be maintained,

not only from Guards recruits, but where necessary from

Line recruits". He had already given approval for the

pooling of the two Guards Brigades in Italy. But he did not

agree to the abolition of the 6th Guards Tank Brigade. At

least 25,000 men should be transferred from the RAF

Regiment to the infantry including the Guards. In his

minute of 18th April to Grigg and Sinclair (Secretary of

State for Air)92, Churchill said that it was necessary to

transfer at least 25,000 men from the RAF Regiment to the

infantry. In a forthright minute of 20th May to Sinclair 93 r

Churchill repeated his request that 25,000 RAF Regiment men

be transferred to the infantry, including "two thousand

good men for the upkeep of the Guards" who were required

urgently. On 30th May a special Cabinet meeting was held at

10 Downing Street under Attlee (Deputy Prime Minister) with

the sole purpose of pressurizing the RAF into transferring

men to the infantry, especially the Guards94. At the meeting

Sinclair agreed to transfer 1,500 from the RAF Regiment to

the Guards and get another 500 RAF personnel to volunteer

for service in the Guards. A far cry from the 25,000 RAF

91 Churchill, P705.

92 Ibid, PP705-6.

93 Ibid, PP710-711.

94 War Cabinet committee papers: CAB78/21.

148

Regiment men requested, but better than nothing. In his

minute of 6th June to Grigg and Brooke, as the Army waded

ashore in Normandy, Churchill assured them that he

appreciated the Army's manpower problems and promised them

that he would not relax his pressure on the RAF and RN to

transfer men95. Thanks to Churchill's intervention, 6th

Guards Tank Brigade survived to the end of the war - which is more than can be said for many Line Infantry formations

and units.

The considerable resources absorbed by - and strong

preference given to - the Guards during the war could be

justified if their performance in the field was impressive,

more impressive than that of ordinary formations and units.

However, contrary to their own and Churchill's claim, it

was not. No one denies their smartness and precision on the

parade ground, whether at Trooping the Colour or at the

Changing of the Guard. However, their combat effectiveness

has frequently been questioned. A lack of drive and

imagination on the battlefield has often been alleged.

Although it is, of course, not the sort of thing that one

finds in Guards regimental histories or even battalion war

diaries, there is no lack of evidence to show that during

WWII the Guards left a lot to be desired. One need only

cite: the complacency of a Grenadier Guards officer at

Dunkirk96, later to command the Guards Armoured Division in

North West Europe; the other-worldliness of Coldstream

Guards officers in London after Dunkirk97; the collapse of

the morale and discipline of the Grenadier Guards, and the

complacency of a Coldstream Guards officer, at Salerno98.

Critics have pointed to the failed attempt by Guards

95 Churchill, Triumph and Tragedy, PP685-6.

96 Collier, The Sands of Dunkirk, P68.

97 Firbank, I Bought A Star, P41.

98 Pond, Salerno, P 109.

149

Armoured Division to relieve the besieged 1st Airborne

Division at Arnhem in September 1944. Granted that the

Division was required to advance along a single axis and

over many water obstacles against heavy opposition.

Nevertheless, American veterans of Op. MARKET have

criticised the "by the book" approach of the Guards:

stopping when they had outrun their support, leaguering for

the night and resuming the advance in the morning rather

than forging on ahead". Throughout their history the Guards

have repeatedly been accused of placing too much emphasis

on their ceremonial role i. e. drill, spit and polish,

parades, marching etc. and not enough on their combat role.

The Guards naturally reject the accusation. Common sense

dictates however that Public Duties must interfere to some

extent with training and preparation for war.

Following the creation of a Guards division in WWI, the

creation of a Guards division in the WWII was perhaps

inevitable. Surprisingly, it appears that in neither war

was the creation the result of detailed discussion. Yet,

surely, certain questions should have been asked and

satisfactorily answered before the creation was sanctioned.

Would not the training and discipline of the Guards be put

to better use by distributing the Guards (either as

brigades or battalions) throughout the Army? Could the

strength and quality of the division be maintained? Would

the creation of an elite division cause ill-feeling in the

Army? What would be the effect on morale throughout the

Army if the division failed? loo And if the creation of a

Guards division had been decided upon after a careful

weighing of the pros and cons, surely the same procedure

should have been followed to decide whether it was to be an

99 General James M. Gavin, On to Berlin, PP181-2.

100 BCMH Conference on the Guards, RHQ Household Cavalry, 15`h November 1997: C. McCarthy of the IWM.

150

armoured division. Howard, who served with the Coldstream

Guards in Italy, believes that the creation of Guards

Armoured Division was both unnecessary and a mistake. It

was unnecessary because by then there was no shortage of

armoured formations. It was a mistake because armoured

warfare did not suit the Guards or play to their strengths.

Guardsmen were big men and unsuited to tanks. The Guards

were rightly admired for their discipline and steadiness

(sic. Salerno). Yet armoured warfare called for dash and

initiative. Guards Armoured Division displayed neither at

Arnhem'°'. Farrell, who commanded a squadron in the Guards

Tank Brigade in North West Europe, has stated: "I agree, as

do many of my war-time colleagues, that it was a mistake to

form a Guards Armoured Division. It would have been better

to have left the five Guards Brigades as Infantry to

strengthen up five infantry Divisions, or possibly to form

out of them a Guards Infantry Division as in the first

war�1o2.

Three key questions are prompted by this examination of

the Guards during the war. Should the Guards have been

allowed to continue to recruit, train and reinforce "in

house", divorced from the rest of the Army? Should the

Guards have been greatly expanded, to over 38,500 men (26

battalions)? If so, should a substantial proportion -

almost 9,800 men (8 battalions) or over a quarter - have

been converted from Rifle (which was soon to be in short

supply) to Armoured, Tank, Motor and Armoured Recce (which

was not)? Given the less than outstanding performance of

the Guards and given the scale of the infantry shortage

(which was to some extent both caused and exacerbated by

the Guards), these questions must be answered in the

negative.

101 Ibid: Professor Sir Michael Howard.

102 Major Charles Farrell: letter to the author of 29th Oct. 1998.

151

It is undeniable that the Guards, having a high profile

and glamorous reputation coupled with control over their "

own recruitment, were able to attract large numbers of

volunteers and to pick those men they wanted and reject

those men they did not. There is no doubt that, as with

Special Forces, the Guards creamed off much good material

from the Line Infantry. During the war the Guards were

greatly expanded. Extraordinary measures were taken to

maintain the over-expanded and unsupportable strength of

the Guards during the last year of the war: such as the

transfer of RAF Regiment men to the Guards to preserve 6th

Guards Tank Brigade in the summer of 1944. The number of

Guardsmen greatly increased during the war but Guardsmen

were never cross-posted, never used to reinforce non-Guards

units. Yet, because of the infantry crisis, during the last

years of the war cross-posting was common among Line

Infantry units. The Russians had Guards, as Churchill

rightly pointed out. However, they were not the same as our

Guards. They were not Household Troops. They were troops

who had earned the title of Guards in battle and who could

be deprived of the title if they failed. It is both ironic

and paradoxical that Churchill, who continually bemoaned

the Army's declining infantry strength during the war,

should be the man primarily responsible for the dramatic

expansion of the Foot Guards and the creation and

continuance until the end of the war of the Guards Armoured

Division and the Guards Tank Brigade.

In any Army only a certain number of men have the

physical fitness, youth, mental robustness and motivation

necessary for combat duty (as regards the first two

attributes, on the eve of D-Day only 70.7% of British Army

other ranks were both Al and under 41103). And these men

have to be spread among the various combat arms: the

infantry, the armour, the artillery, the engineers and the

103 AG's lecture of 29`h May 1944: AG Stats branch memorandum.

152

signals. That in the British Army during the war the

Infantry, the RAC, the RA, the RE and the Signals had to

compete for those men suitable for combat duty was inevitable. What was not inevitable however was the

diversion of many men suitable for combat duty away from

the RAC, the RA, the RE, the Signals and especially the

Infantry and into Special Forces and the Guards. It is

salutary to note that of the 47 brigades deployed by the

British Army during the Normandy campaign, 3 were Guards

and 6 Special Forces (2 "Commando", 3 Airborne and 1 SAS)

i. e. almost a fifth of the force deployed104 (not counting

the Special Forces brigades held in reserve in the UK and

deployed in the South of France). The evidence presented in

this chapter clearly demonstrates three things. Firstly,

that the diversion of a large quantity of high quality

manpower away from the infantry and into Special Forces and

the Guards took place during the war. Secondly, that,

measured by time spent in contact with the enemy or by

damage inflicted on the enemy, neither Special Forces nor

the Guards repaid the heavy manpower investment made in

them during the war. Thirdly, that the diversion of

manpower away from the infantry and into Special Forces and

the Guards greatly helped both to cause and to exacerbate

the infantry shortage which afflicted the British Army

during the latter part of the war.

104 Ellis, Vol. I, Appendix IV: Part I, PP521-30.

153

CHAPTER 4. TRAINING AND REINFORCEMENT.

In Chapter 1 it was ascertained that in the autumn of

1944 there was in the UK an appreciable number of

reinforcements who had completed their training and who

were either under orders or immediately available for

posting. The number and distribution of trained and

available reinforcements in the UK in both the summer and

the autumn of 1944 is shown in Table XI, which also shows

the numbers undergoing training and the numbers employed on

training in the UK at both those times. The discrepancy

between the strength of the Training Organization, Holding

Division and Reserve Divisions given in Table XI and the

strength given in Table III is because trained and

available reinforcements are shown separately in Table XI

whereas in Table III they are included in the figures for

the establishments where they were located. Table XI shows

that between the summer and the autumn of 1944 the number

of trained and available reinforcements was maintained; the

number of trainees rose, largely because of the remustering

programme; and the number of trainers rose, largely because

of the creation of the dual-purpose Cadre Infantry

Divisions.

During the NW Europe campaign an average of 12,877

battle casualties were sustained a month. The number of

trained and available reinforcements in the UK in the

autumn of 1944 i. e. 44,726 would therefore seem adequate

for several months' fighting in NW Europe. However, three

important points need to be made. Firstly, the British Army

was not fighting and sustaining casualties just in NW

Europe and, although NW Europe had priority, a proportion

of the reinforcements in the UK was destined for Italy and

Burma. Secondly, besides battle casualties there were those

needing replacement overseas because of sickness, home

154

leave, desertion etc. Thirdly, only a minority of the

reinforcements was infantry - the commodity in greatest

demand. There were reinforcements held in pools in the

overseas theatres additional to those in the UK, but at

this time the theatre pools were either entirely or largely

devoid of infantry reinforcements.

While it is indisputable that there was an appreciable

number of reinforcements in the UK and overseas in the

autumn of 1944, it is equally indisputable that few were

infantry. At the end of August there were only 16,738

trained and available infantry reinforcements in the UK of

all types'. A completely inadequate number with which to

sustain the infantry formations and units around the globe.

At meetings held at the end of October between the War

Office and 21st Army Group about the deficit of 14,500

infantry in the units and pool in NW Europe, it was

accepted that there was no choice but to disband a second

infantry division in NW Europe. Yet another comb out of the

Training Organization might produce at most 3,000 infantry

to supplement the infantry reinforcements 21st Army Group

was going to receive during the last two months of 1944.

Many of the latter would be men who had been wounded in NW

Europe, evacuated to hospitals in the UK and had recovered2.

What is the explanation for this situation whereby the

British Army had an appreciable number of reinforcements

but few infantry reinforcements? It has been claimed that

this situation derived entirely from using erroneous

wastage rates i. e. the rates at which personnel are lost to

units and have to be replaced. However, when we chart the

history of the wastage rates in Chapter 6, we will find

that this claim is false. The shortage of infantry

reinforcements was much more the result of insufficient

supply than of unforeseen demand. Put another way, although

1 AG Stats return for the UK: W0365/119.

Z Home Forces file on "Overlord" reinforcements: WO199/1335.

155

the latter was indisputably a factor, it was neither the

only factor nor the most important. Even the most accurate

infantry wastage rates in the world are no good if an Army

does not receive enough men suitable for infantry duty

and/or dissipates those men suitable for infantry duty it

does receive.

At the period we are considering, there was under way an

extensive programme of converting surplus reinforcements of

other corps to infantry reinforcements. The retraining

required necessitated far more instructional personnel than

normal on the establishment of the reinforcement units, and

its effect must be allowed for. The remustering of

redundant artillerymen to infantrymen has already been

discussed in Chapter 2. More will be said about remustering

later in this chapter.

Reinforcement units and headquarters dealing with them

in the UK and overseas had regular establishments,

authorized by the War Office, and increments, authorized by

the field commander. In the discussion which follows, a

distinction will be made between "establishments" and

"increments", but any figures given will be actual

strength, as taken from returns of 30th September 1944;

they will not be the establishments authorized, which may

or may not have been filled.

From Table XI we see that in the UK at the end of

September 1944 there were 134,003 personnel employed in

administering and training reinforcements. There was

therefore a ratio of 134,003 divided by 44,726 =3

administrators/trainers to 1 trained and available

reinforcement. In NW Europe at the end of September 1944

there was a similar number of trained and available

reinforcements to that in the UK: 44,328. Yet 21st Army

Group had an authorised reinforcement holding of only

24,000. However, the surplus of reinforcements was apparent

156

and not real as units were at that time understrength by

slightly more than the surplus3. It had 6 Reinforcement

Groups, each comprising a number of Reinforcement Holding

Units. Each RHU had an authorised staff of 99 and was

designed to hold 1,500 men. There was therefore on paper a

ratio of 1 administrator/trainer to 15 reinforcements in

the reinforcement set-up in NW Europe4.

The reason that the strength of the units looking after

the reinforcements in NW Europe was lower than elsewhere,

was that there were no training increments, which made up a

considerable part of the strength in the UK, and to a

lesser extent, in Italy. In the UK many personnel manned

training schools or increments; if we were to deduct this

number from the total, a much better ratio of

administrators/trainers to reinforcements would be

produced.

The fact remains that a very large input of trainees and

trainers/administrators was producing a very small output

of trained reinforcements for the infantry i. e. those

reinforcements which were in greatest demand. The aim of

this chapter therefore is to examine the efficiency and

economy of the training and reinforcement machine in

Britain during the war.

Although it is not its primary concern, inevitably this

chapter cannot avoid first examining the adequacy of the

training given to the infantry. As well-trained soldiers

tend to suffer fewer casualties, we must consider whether

the heavy infantry casualties, and thus the high demand for

infantry reinforcements, in NW Europe were due in some

measure to inadequate infantry training in Britain.

Obviously, in the space of one section of one chapter it

is simply not possible to examine the adequacy of infantry

training in Britain during the war in any depth. For those

AG Stats return for 21st Army Group: W0365/129.

Administrative History of 215` Army Group, P54.

157

seeking a detailed analysis, Harrison-Place's recent and

substantive critique of the training manuals, schools of

instruction and operational assumptions of the British Army

at home between Dunkirk and D-Day is to be recommended. We

may note Harrison-Place's conclusion that the British

Army's inferior battlefield performance in NW Europe can be

traced to flaws in its training in Britain. In this section

I intend to address briefly just three issues. Firstly, the

training required by infantrymen. Secondly, the training

received by infantrymen in Britain. Thirdly, the test of

experience in NW Europe.

Firstly, the training required by infantrymen. It was

fully realised by the British Army that, both because of

the war's technological nature (which demanded education

and expertise) and its mobile nature (which demanded

initiative and enterprise), recruits to the infantry not

only had to be of a higher quality (as we shall see in

Chapter 5) but also had to be trained to a higher standard

than had been required in any previous war, and that this

would be difficult to accomplish. The opening words of "The

Sharp End" deserve to be quoted: "World War II was by far

the most sophisticated military conflict to that date. At

every level soldiers were required to display much more

technical expertise and individual initiative than had ever

been the case before. Weapons were more complex, from the

light machine gun, through the howitzer, to the tank, while

small unit tactics laid a quite new emphasis upon

dispersal, mutual support and a flexible responsiveness to

the demands of the local situation. The skills and

imagination expected of a rifleman in 1944 would have

reduced most nineteenth-century soldiers to bewildered

inaction. Yet this war was fought almost entirely by non-

professionals, by men conscripted from civilian life i5.

Ellis, P10.

158

Fraser assesses the WWII British infantryman thus: "He was

the most difficult of soldiers to train to a really high

standard, so delicate was the combination required of

discipline and intiativei6.

Secondly, the training received by infantrymen in

Britain. It was of two main types: that for the individual

destined to be a reinforcement, and that for men organised

into divisions that had not yet gone overseas. The latter

lasted much longer, as the men had not only to master their

weapons but also had to take part in company, divisional

and corps exercises as their officers familiarized

themselves with the manifold problems of command. Even so

as the war went on the time allotted was reduced.

Reinforcements on the other hand only went through a short

course and, when the shortage of infantry became acute,

some infantrymen were arriving in NW Europe having received

only rudimentary training7.

Individual training had three main purposes: to rid the

conscript of civilian preconceptions about his "rights" and

personal freedom; to familiarize him with the weapons that

he was likely to have to operate, mainly the rifle, mortar

and machine gun; and to give him some experience of the

noise and confusion of actual combat. Armies succeeded best

in the first of these tasks, not least because it was in

that area that they had had the most practice8.

The form of doing things was deemed pre-eminent and

efforts to prepare men for the shock of combat often

degenerated into "catechismic parrottings, militarily valid

only in terms of a Pharisaic deference to the "book" and

the "manual""9. Those concerned with weapons instruction in

6 Fraser, And We Shall Shock Them, PP92-3.

Ellis, P 13.

8 Ibid.

9 Ibid, P16.

159

the British Army received many complaints from participants

and observers about the way in which such instruction was

often reduced to virtual gibberish, a time-honoured

incantation rather than any attempt to actually explain the

workings and use of a particular weapon. One Sergeant

complained: "Much of the material crammed up from technical

hand-books is delivered as monotonous sing-song catalogues

and the class is expected to remember an explanation given

verbatim. Any departure from the wording or the order in

which it is given, even though the answer may be perfectly

correct, is as wrong as the wildest guess... [Another

Sergeant had] known instructors when interrupted by a

question go back to the point at which they stopped in

order to recite again... [The "naming of parts" became

sacrosanct and, according to another trainee] there

appeared to be a tendency among instructors to regard the

names of parts with the same awe as a child regards his

catechism"10.

Some efforts were made to improve the situation.

Valentine, an eminent child psychologist, just quoted, was

placed in charge of British efforts to improve the quality

of basic infantry training, though it is doubtful that he

was able to achieve much during the war itself. The Army

also paid increasing attention to combat simulation, and

basic training came to include short courses in which men

were exposed, as nearly as possible, to the conditions they

would encounter on the battlefield".

Battle Schools were set up by the Army in Britain, in

response to the "Blitzkrieg" and at the instigation of

General Paget, C-in-C Home Forces, who called infantry "the

cutting-edge of the battle" 12. These gave a 3-week course in

'o Valentine, The Human Factor in the Army, PP36-8.

11 Ellis, PIT

12 Bryant, The New Infantryman.

160

which the recruit, to quote one trainee, Andrew Wilson:

"... was put through the "tough" things. Clawing through

wire with a machine gun firing a couple of feet above their

heads. Crawling upside down along a seemingly endless pole

of scaffolding, while instructors threw sticks of

gelignite. Panting uphill with bursting eardrums and

thumping hearts to lunge with bayonets at straw-filled

sacks. Bursting through the "haunted house" with tommy guns

blazing at dummy figures which sprang without warning from

doorways, floors and ceilings i13. The very first of these

courses rather went overboard in that the Army tried to

base them upon "hate" training, emphasising the brutality

of the enemy and attempting to brutalise the trainees by

taking them on visits to slaughterhouses and liberally

strewing the blood therefrom around the actual assault

courses. This experiment, in 1942, was not deemed a success

and was abandoned after the first attempt 14. Despite this

initial hiccup, as Thomas Firbank recalled, with the advent

of Battle Schools "a breath of fresh air had come to

flutter the cobwebs of Army training" and now "the soldier

was taught to be a mixture of poacher and gangster, and yet

to remain a soldier" 15. At 43rd Infantry Division's Battle

School, new boys were ordered to dig in and then to their

surprise they were mortared by the mortarmen, who landed

bombs within 60 yards of the startled young soldiers'

positions. As the Battle School instructors cracked:

"Death'll come as a happy release to you lads after

this! X16

In an article entitled ""The New Infantryman" - which was

commissioned, approved and circulated by the War Office's

13 Wilson, Flamethrower, PP19-20.

14 Ellis, P17.

15 Firbank, I Bought A Star, P69.

16 Whiting, The Poor Bloody Infantry, P239.

161

Directorate of Infantry in late 1944 - Bryant wrote in

glowing terms of the revolution in infantry training which

had taken place in Britain during the war. It deserves to

be quoted at some length: "A Director of Infantry was

appointed at the War Office with a staff in every theatre

of war to study the special needs of Infantry and ensure

its proper weapons -a matter of life and death in close

fighting. Divisional and GHQ Battle Schools were

established to set the standard of a new Infantry training.

Superlative physical fitness, instinctive battle discipline

- not rigid, but natural and flexible - an assured mastery

of weapons and vehicles to give maximum firepower while

preserving maximum mobility, quick movement and quick

thinking, practised use of concealment, dispersion and

observation, obedience and co-operation at the slightest

signal, and a spirit of individual awareness and initiative

that should be proof against all mishaps on the swiftly

changing battlefields of today, were the objectives set.

Above all, Infantry were taught how to bridge the fatal gap

between the barrage and the bayonet, by the combined use of

their own fire and movement. Visualising battles which

would have to be fought by day, not on open plains and

deserts, but in close country like the Normandy bocage

against seasoned, well armed and resolute defenders, the

Infantrymen were trained to act as individuals, avoiding

all needless crowding, denying the enemy easy targets,

covering each other as they advanced by skillfully directed

fire, and using their initiative to infiltrate the enemy's

positions and get forward under his guard. It is men so

trained who are fighting down the Wehrmacht today on the

battlefields of Holland and Italy. Individualism,

initiative, capacity for responsibility - the qualities

that made England great - these are the virtues which the

training of modern Infantry has evoked". Unfortunately,

neither infantry training in Britain nor infantry fighting

162

on the Continent bore much relation to the idealised

picture painted by Bryant, as infantrymen who trained in

Britain and then fought in NW Europe have testified.

Thirdly, the test of experience in NW Europe. To the end

the only really effective combat training was that received

on the battlefield itself. Reinforcements only got to know

their job properly when they were absorbed into a real

front-line platoon, whilst battalions and divisions,

trained en bloc, never functioned to full effect until they

had actually been at the sharp end for some months. There

they abandoned such of the "book" that was not pertinent

and evolved procedures related to real life, and these

procedures were in turn passed on to the constant flow of

reinforcements. The truth of this is demonstrated by the

generally poor performance of the Army at the beginning of

the NW Europe campaign when "green" divisions - trained

according to largely theoretical precepts, having spent

four long years in Britain playing at war - first

encountered the enemy'7. In fact, even though divisions and

battalions, as organic units, improved immensely during the

remainder of the war, the inadequate training of the

individual reinforcement continued to be a problem18.

Sydney Jary and Rex Wingfield, who arrived in Normandy

as infantry reinforcements in June and August 1944

respectively, have both testified that the training that

they had received in Britain was not only of limited

utility but was often positively dangerous.

Jary provides a sustained and damning indictment of

Battle Schools, as the following extracts make clear.

According to Doug Proctor, one of Jary's section

commanders, when Jary arrived to command 18 Platoon of 4th

Somerset Light Infantry: "He quickly discarded much of the

17 Ellis, P18.

18 Ibid, P19.

163

dogma instilled into junior officers at Battle Schoolsi19.

Jary writes with bemusement: "Battle Schools in England had

insisted that infantry officers should wear the same

equipment and dress as their soldiers, the idea being that

they could not then be so easily identified by enemy

snipers. They also decreed that one should carry a rifle or

Sten gun. Clearly this was ridiculous. How on earth could

your own soldiers recognise you in the heat of battle if

you went to such lengths with disguise?. . . On the landing

craft ... I had met one of the instructors from 45th Infantry

Division Battle School, under whom I had previously

suffered. Already wearing a heavily camouflaged steel

helmet, he was dressed in full infantry private soldier's

battle order, with neck tightly buttoned, and sported the

most minute badges of rank which, except under the closest

scrutiny, were invisible"20. Upon meeting his platoon for

the first time, Jary writes: "if I failed to use my

imagination and slavishly followed the Battle School

drills, most of the platoon would not survive another major

battlei21. He writes of: "the Battle Schools which, without

exception, had despaired of my future as an infantry

soldier"22. He declares: "I now have little doubt that, for

the first two months in Normandy, we lacked two things:

comprehensive and imaginative training and personal

experience of battle. Too many junior officers did not

think for themselves and persistently relied on the narrow

teaching of the Battle Schools, whose dogma had assumed the

proportion of holy writ i23.

19 Jary, 18 Platoon, Pxvii.

20 Ibid, PP4-5.

21 Ibid, P6.

22 Ibid, P12.

23, Ibid, PP17-18.

164

Jary continues: "... The British infantry platoons and

companies were over-trained in and bored stiff with basic

infantry tactics which, as far as they went, were good.

Much of this training unfortunately had been in the hands

of Battle School instructors who themselves lacked battle

experience and imagination. These tended to become

pedagogues: disciples of the DS (Directing Staff) solution

about which no argument was tolerated i24. He writes with

feeling: "I recall, with embarrassment, an incident at 45th

Infantry Divisional Battle School during the Spring of

1944. An exceptionally tall and good natured Canadian

officer had been sent to the School to give a talk on the

street fighting he had experienced in Italy. It was an

interesting talk but some of his advice ran contrary to

that being taught at the School. When the lecture was over,

the Chief Instructor, with insulting condescension, thanked

this shy and kindly man for a vivid "word picture" and,

turning to the students, warned us that, as this officer's

experience was probably unusual, we had best not stray from

the DS solution, as taught at that School. The poor

Canadian did not even notice this refined English insulti25.

He writes of a new company commander: "He had been Chief

Instructor of a Battle School at home and some of us feared

that the "Directing Staff Solution" might be imposed on us

with the consequent unacceptable casualty rate" 26. He writes

with contempt: "This was the only operation of war that I

have ever known to go precisely as planned ... The only

thing lacking was an enemy ... The whole affair was

preposterous ... This sort of nonsense, born in the Battle

Schools of England, annoyed mei27. He writes that: "Battle

24 Ibid, P 18.

25 Ibid, PP 18-19.

26 Ibid, P23.

27 Ibid, P33.

165

School teaching at the time prescribed a strength of twelve

to twenty for a fighting patrol. Here again, my instincts

and experience did not conform to their teaching. How can

you command and control that number of men in the dark,

particularly in a skirmish? i28. He finally writes of:

"Having to improvise tactics to overcome the shortcomings

of Battle School training ... i29.

When Wingfield and the other members of his

reinforcement draft arrived at lth/6th Queens Royal

Regiment, they were addressed by a Sergeant thus: "You will

have to learn a lot, and you will have to get rid of a lot

of the Blighty training ideas. For example: in Blighty they

tell you that Bren magazines are distributed throughout a

section. Each man who is killed means one or more mags

short if the Bren needs them. Here they are all carried in

a box by Number Two on the Bren. If he cops it, someone

else takes the box, but the box always stays near the gun.

Here's another thing of the same sort. You spent quite a

long time learning how to give Fire Orders such as "Church

Tower. Five o'clock. House. Bottom right-hand window. Range

500. Rapid fire! " By the time the dimmer members of the

section have got on to the target, either they've been

wiped out or the target's gone. We do it quicker. Whoever

spots it shoves a round of tracer up the spout and says, as

he fires, "Watch this bastard! " You learnt to search ground

carefully, didn't you? Foreground, middle distance and

background. Here you haven't got time. When a shot is fired

it cracks over your head. That isn't all. A second or two

after the crack a thump sounds from the origin of that

shot. Listen for that. That tells you where to look i3o.

28 Ibid, P68.

29 Ibid, P168.

30 Wingfield, The Only Way Out, P31.

166

In view of the above testimony, well might Belfield and

Essame (who commanded a brigade of Jary's division) say of

units during the middle of the Normandy campaign: "many of

their men, sent as replacements, tended to be imperfectly

trained, and were new to the conditions"31. And well might

it be said that: "however rapidly reinforcements may

arrive, reinforcements cannot restore a battalion to its

previous efficiency without a period for rest and training

during which its newcomers can be absorbed into and

identified with their fighting teams If 32 .

What conclusions may we draw from the above examination?

It was fully realised by the British Army in WWII that

infantrymen had to be trained to a high standard and that

this would not be easy to accomplish. Consequently, great

thought and great effort was devoted to training in Britain

prior to the NW Europe campaign. However, the training

received by infantrymen in Britain was shown by combat

experience in NW Europe to have been inadequate. The

inadequacy of the training received in Britain as revealed

by combat experience in NW Europe must be accounted a cause

of the high infantry casualties and consequent high demand

for infantry reinforcements in NW Europe, and thus of the

infantry reinforcement crisis.

The training stream as it functioned during the last

years of the war can be simply described. Every Army

recruit (excepting, as we saw in the previous chapter,

those for the Foot Guards and Household Cavalry) was

enlisted into the General Service Corps and did 6 weeks

primary i. e. basic training while his strengths and

weaknesses were assessed. He was then posted to the corps

considered most suitable. Only those judged to have the

intelligence and ability required for skilled work were

posted to the technical corps. Only those judged to have

3 Belfield and Essame, The Battle for Normandy, P 166.

'' Linklater, The Campaign in Italy, P169.

167

the physical and mental fitness necessary for combat were

posted to the combat arms. Each corps was responsible for

the individual training of the men posted to it.

Infantrymen received 10 weeks training at an Infantry

Training Centre (ITC) Signallers received three times as

much training. Once a man had been trained by his corps, he

was posted to a Reserve Division to undergo 5 weeks

collective training. Thus an ITC trained a man to be an

infantryman while a Reserve Division trained infantrymen,

signallers, engineers, artillerymen etc. to work together.

Finally, a man was sent to the Holding Division to await

drafting as a reinforcement, during which time his

collective training was continued. For an infantryman it

took a minimum of 22 weeks (including 1 weeks leave between

primary and corps training) from being recruited into the

Army to reaching the Holding Division33.

Training in the British Army was not streamlined until

1942. That year saw firstly the creation of the General

Service Corps to handle primary training and then the

creation of the Reserve Divisions to handle collective

training. Before the war infantry training was the

responsibility of each Regiment: there were 64 Regimental

Depots able to handle an intake of 18-19,000 to the

infantry each year. These became ITCs on the outbreak of

war. In August 1941 the ITCs were reduced to 25, each

catering for several Regiments on a regional basis. With

the creation of the General Service Corps in summer 1942,

Primary Training Units (PTUs) were formed to give all

recruits basic training prior to their posting to a corps.

PTUs were attached to and administered by corps training

centres; in 1944 200,000 men went through PTUs and ITCs34.

The War Office created Reserve Divisions at the end of 1942

33 Gibb, Training in the Army, PP33-4.

34 Ibid, PP 114-5.

168

to carry out the collective training and then drafting of

those emerging from corps training centres. They were

created to relieve field formations in the UK of this task.

Reserve Divisions were organized like Infantry Divisions,

except that eventually they had 2 Brigades instead of 3.

All Reserve Division units - artillery, engineers,

infantry, signals etc. - had trained cadres to which the

trainees were attached. There were 4 Reserve Divisions

originally (the 48th, 76th, 77th and 80th). One (the 77th)

became the Holding Division in September 1943. The Holding

Division was created to centralise the drafting of those

who had completed their training. It also acted as a

clearing house for certain categories of men: recovered

wounded; repatriated prisoners; men on home leave. In the

summer of 1944 formations in the UK were drastically

reorganized and reduced. The 80th, 76th and 77th Divisions

were disbanded and three Infantry Divisions (the 38th, 47th

and 45th) were converted to take their place. As of

September 1944 there were 3 Reserve Divisions (the 38th,

47th and 48th) and the Holding Division (45th)35. There were

also 2 Cadre Infantry Divisions (the 55th and 61st), which

besides being employed on home defence were employed on

retraining, especially of recovered wounded.

Although the reasons may be disputed, there is no

dispute that during the period 1944-45 the Army found

itself with not enough infantry. During the same period,

the Army also found itself with too many anti-aircraft

artillerymen (as we saw in Chapter 2) and coastal

artillerymen, thanks to the greatly diminished threat of

enemy aerial and seaborne attack. Consequently, large

numbers of redundant artillerymen were remustered as

infantry during the period 1944-45. In the UK the

conversion course lasted 10 weeks. By February 1945 17,000

had almost finished retraining (by then the course had been

35 Ibid, P 120.

169

extended to 12 weeks). Over 2,000 NCOs were needed to carry

out the corps training of these men. Before training the

men, 1,000 ex-Royal Artillery NCOs had to be retrained as infantry instructors. Remustering in the Middle East was

carried out on the spot. By the autumn of 1944 19,000

redundant anti-aircraft artillerymen had been retrained in

the Middle East: half were drafted to the infantry. The

conversion course in the Middle East lasted 8 weeks; the

classes contained 24 men (double the size of those in the

UK). Some men were trained "on the job" by the 5th and 78th

Infantry Divisions while they were resting in the Middle

East after service in Italy. In Italy itself 30,000 men

were retrained, 60% of whom were sent to the infantry. In

Italy the conversion course lasted 12 weeks; the classes

contained 24 men36.

In addition to the remustering of existing Army

personnel to alleviate the infantry shortage, large numbers

of RAF and RN personnel were transferred to the Army and

retrained as infantrymen after D-Day. 11,200 RAF and RN

personnel were transferred to the Army in August 1944

(6,200 RN and 5,000 RAF). Of these two thirds went to the

infantry. At the same time 6,000 men were also transferred

from the RAF Deferred List (containing men waiting to join

the RAF as aircrew). For ex-RN and RAF personnel infantry

conversion training was 10 weeks (plus 2 weeks primary

training if necessary). During March-June 1945 a further

24,000 RN and RAF personnel were transferred to the Army

(8,000 RN and 16,000 RAF). A sixth of these men were

trained by defunct Royal Artillery units. 500 underwent

training as of f icers37 .

It will be readily appreciated that the large-scale

remustering undertaken in the period 1944-45 not only

36 Ibid, PP324-5.

37 Ibid, PP325-6.

170

placed a heavy strain on existing training resources but

also necessitated the deployment of additional training

resources. Before we leave the subject, one crucial point

must be made about remustering. Remustering was not a

panacea, a quick and simple solution to the infantry

shortage. As the War Office was well aware, remustering had

two big drawbacks: not all the transferred gunners, airmen

and sailors were fit and suitable for infantry duty in the

field; it took much time and effort to train up and make

even approximately battle-ready those who were. Hence, the

War Office's preference for cannibalisation i. e. breaking

up infantry formations and units and using the men so

released as reinforcements for other infantry formations

and units38. It is a sad fact that, after the infantry

crisis became acute, ex-AA gunners (many not fully fit for

infantry duty) were being posted to infantry units in NW

Europe after a mere 6 weeks of retraining39.

Some inflation of the establishment of training centres

and reinforcement units may have been due to the Army's

chronic inefficiency in the matter of fatigues -

housekeeping duties. Units normally get these done by the

labour (if that is not too strenuous a word for the efforts

of a soldier on fatigue) of the men in the plentiful time

they have to spare from fighting, or preparing to fight.

But in a training centre, a more rigid schedule is

prescribed for the recruit, and must be adhered to if he is

to be graduated "trained" in the planned period. The

interruptions to training by being taken for guard duty,

kitchen, coal, and sanitary fatigues and so on may

seriously interfere with his training progress. At any

rate, this was the excuse frequently given for failure to

turn out sufficiently trained reinforcements in the time

required. The remedy adopted was to supply "duty men" of

38 Directorate of Staff Duties file on manpower: W032/10899.

39 Wingfield, PP134-5. 171

low physical category, or intelligence, who would remain in

the training centre or reinforcement unit permanently, and

would do all the chores, while the reinforcements

concentrated on their training. This plan was probably good

from one point of view, but it added to the manpower

required as a fixed "capital" to produce a given volume of

reinforcements.

Better morale, discipline and organization in

reinforcement training and holding units would reduce the

need for these additions to the permanent establishment. By

working the men only a little harder, they could do their

training and the necessary chores too. Generally speaking,

as WWII went on, the cadres of reinforcement training and

holding units were filled with the less fit and the least

able, those who did not reach the standards of character

and energy required for the field units. Of course, there

were in such units very many excellent officers, NCOs and

men whose only reason for not being at the front was age or

physical handicap, persons who were really efficient, and

whose efforts to make others so were deserving of all

praise. But by and large, a constant fight had to be waged

against the apathy and slackness of those who had been in

the depot too long, and saw no prospect of getting any

further.

Again, a closer linkage between field and reinforcement

unit is probably the best corrective that can be devised.

Closer identification with, and exchange of officers and

NCOs with the fighting unit cannot but improve morale and,

with morale, efficiency.

Let us now examine the recruiting, training and holding

establishments in Britain, and the numbers of men in the

training stream flowing through them at the end of

September 1944. Table XI gives the figures. On the

establishment of the Training Organization, Holding

172

Division, Holding and Reserve Units, ATS Training Units,

Reserve Divisions and Cadre Infantry Divisions, 134,003

personnel were looking after 44,726 trained reinforcements,

147,112 recruits under training and 26,494 being retrained.

Without going into detail, it can be said to be far, far

too high a ratio. It is in the proportion of 1.63

reinforcements and trainees to 1 on the training and

administrative staffs.

However, the recruiting, training and holding

establishments were built up, in their general structure,

when the British Army was being formed, was being expanded from its peacetime rudiments of less than a quarter of a

million to the almost three million which was the maximum

strength (vide Table XII).

We should therefore consider whether the size of the

recruiting, training and holding establishments was

appropriate to the build-up phase of the British Army, and

for this purpose we require a picture of the intake of

personnel during the war years. Table XXI gives such a

picture.

The table shows for each year, from September 1939 to

the end of 1945, the intake of men into the Army. From the

table, it will be seen that the intake into the Army was

massive during 1940 and modest during 1943-45. However, the

period with which we are most concerned is 1941-42 when the

intake into the Army was neither massive nor modest but

steady.

The figure of particular importance in the present

discussion is the average intake per month during 1941-42,

which was 447,700 + 431,600 divided by 24 = just over

36,600. The training apparatus during that period therefore

should have been adapted to this intake with a margin for

higher than average recruitment. Assuming an eight months'

period of training in schools and training centres on the

173

average, there should have been about 8x 36,600 in

training continuously, or around 293,000.

The approximately 106,700 who comprised the

establishment for recruitment, training and holding at the

end of June 1944 (vide Table XI) would have been very

roughly a third of this number. Interestingly, Burns opined

that a ratio of 1 trainer/administrator to 3 trainees "may

be about the proper proportion of trainers and

administrators to trainees" and that it "should be quite

possible to get along well with this proportion, provided

instructors and administrators know their jobs, and are

. competently commanded"40

However, we note from Table XXI that during 1944 the

average monthly intake was 251,900 divided by 12 = just

under 21,000, which would give an eight months' population

of 8x 21,000 = 168,000. And if we apply the 1: 3 ratio of

permanent training and administrative staff to trainees, we

find that the approximately 134,000 trainers and

administrators at the end of September 1944, while

appropriate to a trainee population of 402,000, is far too

high for the actual trainee population of approximately

173,600 shown in Table XI.

It was too high by 76,100 personnel and should have been

only 57,900. It is a fact that considerable reductions in

training establishments had been made since the peak of the

recruitment and training programme; and that most of the

young and fit men employed on training had been "combed

out". But it is a slow and difficult task indeed to scale

down any organization which has become largely redundant.

It is also a fact that the Cadre Infantry Divisions did not

exist solely to train and some or all of their

approximately 22,000 personnel should perhaps be deducted

from the figure for trainers and administrators. If all

their personnel were deducted, the number of trainers and

ao Manpower in the Canadian Army, P84.

174

administrators in September 1944 would only be around 5,300

or 5% greater than in June. It would however still be

almost double the number that investigation suggests was

actually needed.

On the outbreak of war the Government had no idea of

what the strength of the Army would be eventually. It was

thought that Britain would be putting forth a fairly

limited effort on land to support the French: furnishing 32

divisions at the peak41. The collapse of France in 1940 not

only negated all these assumptions but also scared the

Government into taking the strenuous measures that should

have been taken a year earlier. Many of these were

inappropriate. To give one example. In the summer of 1940

no less than 275,000 men were called up to the Army. It was

impossible to equip properly this number of men. Therefore,

most were directed into the infantry. Almost overnight, 120

infantry battalions were created, most of which were short-

lived42. Britain did not have a really coherent plan of what

forces it should field until the spring of 1941, when (as

we shall see in Chapter 7) Churchill placed a cap on the

Army - which at the time had just over two million men -

and told it to organize itself accordingly. Unfortunately

for the Army, it was subsequently called upon to undertake

more and more tasks and, although it was given more and

more men, these were supplied to it in dribs and drabs. It

ended the war, as we have seen, with almost three million

men i. e. nearly 50% more than the cap placed by Churchill.

It was the lack of a decision until the spring of 1941 as

to how large an army Britain was going to field, coupled

with the fact that that decision was greatly in error, that

created many of the inefficiencies which are criticized in

this thesis.

41 Perry, The Commonwealth Armies, P51.

Pigott, Manpower Problems, P 16.

175

The lesson is obvious. Recruiting, training and holding

establishments should be designed to deal with the numbers

of men required to build up the Army to the designed

strength in an optimum period; after which they should be

reduced to the strength required to provide reinforcements

for the designed Army.

There is another way in which the manpower held in the

reinforcement stream and pools, and the manpower required

to administer and train them, could in theory have been

reduced below the 1944 figures. Britain's holding of

reinforcements overseas was very large. This was mainly

owing to the policy, decided upon in the early stages of

the war, that large numbers of reinforcements should be

held close to the fighting fronts. These made up the

authorised reinforcement pools in NW Europe, Italy, the

Middle East and the Far East, which all officers dealing

with reinforcements were concerned to keep up to strength.

Why did the Army allow tens of thousands of

reinforcements to be held in pools overseas? Because it

could not be sure of being able to transport reinforcements

from Britain to overseas bases and so to field units as and

when they needed them. Shipping on regular schedules was

not available. Convoys were hard to organize, and came

along at infrequent intervals. To send single ships,

unescorted, was too risky, except for the big, fast ones,

such as the famous "Queens". Because of enemy action, for

much of the war there was a severe shortage of shipping.

Also because of enemy action, for much of the war the

Mediterranean was closed and convoys to the Middle East and

the Far East had to make a long and arduous detour round

the Cape. Between June 1940 and August 1943 33 troop

convoys to the Middle East and Far East went around the

Cape. As it could take 8 or 10 weeks for reinforcements to

176

arrive from Britain, the necessity for overseas pools to be

allowed a cushion of reinforcements is obvious43.

Let us assume that, in 1944, the Army had to send

overseas some 5,000 reinforcements per month to keep the

theatre reinforcement pools up to strength. With the air

transport of the day, these 5,000 troops could have been

carried in one hundred trips; say four aircraft loads a day

on twenty-five days of the month. It would seem that a

fleet of fifteen or so transport aircraft should have been

able to carry 5,000 reinforcements a month overseas on a

regular schedule. There might have been some losses due to

aircraft accident or enemy attack, but only fifty men would

be lost in each aircraft. There would not be so many eggs

in one basket as under the sea transport arrangements, and

the economy in naval force required to protect sea convoys

would be very considerable.

Why did the Army not use transport aircraft instead of -

or as well as - ships? Firstly, the Army was not

well-supplied with transport aircraft (thanks to the

Anglo-American obsession with producing bombers) and those

transport aircraft that it did have tended to be

monopolised by the Airborne Forces, "Chindits" etc.

Secondly, unlike modern transport aircraft, the transport

aircraft of the day were small, slow, had short-ranges,

were mechanically unreliable and could not operate

effectively at night or in bad weather. Accepting that the

movement of reinforcements from Britain by air was out of

the question as regards the Far East and Middle East, what

about the much closer NW Europe? Large numbers of men were

in fact moved by air from NW Europe to Britain. During the

NW Europe campaign 82,000 British and Canadian casualties

were evacuated to Britain by air - without a single

accident44. However, these (specially fitted) aircraft did

43 Ibid, PP49-50.

44 Ellis, Victory in the West, Vol. I. P483. 177

not fly out to the Continent empty: they carried medical

supplies and medical personnel. During the NW Europe

campaign no less than 205,353 British reinforcements were

sent from the UK to the Continent45 i. e. almost 18,700 a

month. There appears to have been only one instance of

reinforcements being transported from the UK to the

Continent by air: 4,000 as an emergency measure in February

194546. There are two reasons why the overwhelming majority

of 21st Army Group's reinforcements went by sea and not by

air: the huge numbers involved; the closeness of the

Continent to Britain and thus the short journey time. The

former made regular air transport impossible while the

latter made regular air transport unnecessary.

It goes without saying that, with the assurance of

regular transport of reinforcements by air, when and as

required, the pools overseas could have been cut down

considerably. They could have been held in reinforcement

units, with the necessary headquarters overseas only; and

the personnel required for training and administration

could have been considerably reduced.

If, unfortunately, Britain finds itself having to fight

another great war, it is clear that all reinforcement

training, except that required to keep them up to the

proper pitch and to absorb the very latest field

experience, should be in Britain, where on the average a

year's reinforcements should be in the stream. The

administration and training personnel should amount to no

more than a third of this figure.

Close touch between field army and the reinforcement

training establishments in Britain would be essential, but

with a regular air transport service for forward movement

45 Administrative History of 21S` Army Group, PP24,54,86 and 122.

46 Ibid, P 122.

178

of reinforcements, and rearward movement of casualties,

this should not be difficult.

What conclusions may we draw about the British Army's

training and reinforcement machine in 1944?

In 1944 the training and reinforcement machine was inefficient and uneconomical. It was not producing enough

reinforcements of the type most required i. e. infantry; it

was not producing infantry reinforcements to the standard

required; and it was employing too much manpower relative

to the reinforcements it was producing. That it was

extremely difficult, if not impossible, for the machine to

be efficient and economical is indisputable, for several

reasons. First, there was the impossibility of knowing in

advance precisely how many recruits (and of what quality)

were to be received and how many reinforcements (and of

what type) were to be required. Second, there was the

unplanned and haphazard way in which the British Army had

been and was being built up. Third, there was the very long

stay in Britain of most of the Army, which meant that

training had to be largely theoretical. Fourth, there was

the need to rely almost entirely on infrequent and slow sea

transport. With the air transport of personnel, the Army

could have greatly reduced the holding of reinforcements

and the organization looking after them, but the regular

air transport of personnel was not a practical possibility

during the war. Fifth, there was the remustering programme,

which necessitated the deployment of extra resources. For

all these reasons, the fact that the training and

reinforcement machine was in 1944 inefficient and

uneconomical is, while very regrettable, not surprising.

179

CHAPTER 5. NORMAL WASTAGE.

The next two chapters will examine wastage. What exactly is wastage?

Before the war, manpower was lost to the Army through

run-out and wastage. Run-out comprised men leaving at the

end of their engagement. Wastage comprised desertion;

discharge soon after enlistment through mis-statement of

age or mis-statement of marital status or medical

unfitness; death and invaliding; purchase of discharge; and

discharge because of misconduct. In an all-volunteer force,

discharge or transfer to the reserve on compassionate

grounds was rare.

During the war, naturally, the causes of manpower loss

changed very greatly. Run-out was embargoed and discharge

by purchase was suspended. Discharge because of misconduct

was rarely invoked. Wastage through death, invaliding and

medical unfitness all increased greatly. In a largely

conscript army, compassionate release developed into a

matter of great importance. By December 1940 new

applications were running at the rate of almost 1,000 a

month; by December 1941 almost 2,000; by December 1942

3,800; by December 1943 almost 7,000; by December 1944

8,100; by March 1945 almost 10,000; and by September 1945

almost 19,500 (plus over 2,500 new applications from the

ATS). Applications for postings home from overseas on

compassionate grounds also increased greatly. As did

releases (to be precise, transfers to the W and W(T)

Reserves i. e. the men could be recalled if necessary) to do

work of national importance, commonly called industrial

releases. At one time just over 52,000 were on release for

this reason; the figure later stabilized around 42,000. In

both absolute and relative terms, battle casualties during

WWII were far fewer than during WWI: just under 145,000

180

killed or died of wounds and just under 240,000 wounded, of

whom about 35,000 were invalided. Over the whole war,

thanks to advances in medicine, discharges on medical

grounds averaged about 2% per year. Under 500 other ranks

were discharged for misconduct, mostly gross depravity. The

commissions of about 1,800 officers were terminated

following their conviction by court-martial or civil court,

although many would subsequently have been called-up to the

ranks. Regrettably, over 97,000 other ranks were struck off

as deserters, although many rejoined or were apprehended.

Surprisingly, over 70,000 men were discharged in the period

September 1939 to June 1945 on the grounds of "Services no

longer required"'.

Although battle casualties are of course normal in war,

normal wastage is defined as wastage other than that caused

by battle. This chapter will examine all the types of

wastage suffered by the Army mentioned above with the

exception of battle casualties, which will be examined in

the next.

Table XIII shows the outflow of men from the British

Army during the war. The number is broken down into

casualties and other deaths; discharges for medical

reasons; transfers to the reserve, releases to civil life

etc.

It may be stated as a general proposition that every man

who was discharged from the Army before the end of the war

meant a waste of effort in some degree. The exceptions to

this proposition, were deaths, transfers to other services

and discharges for medical reasons to the extent that these

represented positive deterioration of physical condition,

by reason of wounds or disease, to the point where service

could not be rendered. Before a man from civil life was

sufficiently trained to be a useful soldier, he had to do

not only his individual training, but also collective

1 Pigott, Man power Problems, PP55-64.

181

training to fit him for the unit he belonged to. It is

difficult to fix precisely the average period required to

make a man a trained soldier, but let us say a year. Few

experienced officers would say that a man was likely to be

reasonably well trained as a member of a fighting unit in a

shorter time.

If the recruit were discharged before he had a year's

service, the time he had served would be a total loss or

waste, because it was necessary to enlist another man, and

spend a year training him to the required standard. If the

man had served more than a year before being discharged, a

year of that service was wasted, for similar reasons. Thus

it is possible to calculate the approximate total loss in

man-days, because of discharge before full value had been

received for the time and effort invested in training.

Looking at Table XIII, we note that from the start of

the war until the end of 1945 1,643,300 men were lost to

the Army for one reason or another. Of these, no less than

457,700 were discharged from the Army on medical grounds,

which was 12.08% of the 3,788,000 men who served in the

Army during the ware. This is a very high percentage loss.

Naturally, because of the end of the war, the outflow

figures for 1945 were greatly distorted. If we deduct the

figures for 1945, we find that 901,900 men were lost to the

Army up to the end of 1944. Of these, more were lost for

medical reasons than for any other reason: 354,500 or

almost 40% of the total. Medical discharges equalled or

exceeded casualties in all but one year i. e. 1942, the year

of Singapore and Tobruk.

The medical reasons break down into a considerable

number of sub-categories. First, and most obvious, are the

wounded whose bodily power could not be restored to the

point where they would be useful again as soldiers: 35,000,

2 Strength and Casualties of the Armed Forces and Auxiliary Services of the United Kingdom, Cmd. 6832, June 1946, P2.

182

as stated above. Table XIII is derived from Parker and he

does not specify what is and what is not included under the

headings "Casualties and other deaths" and "Medical

discharges". It is clear that "Casualties and other deaths"

includes only some of the 569,501 battle casualties and

19,935 natural deaths suffered by the Army during the war3.

It is very likely therefore that those who were invalided

due to wounds are included under "Medical discharges". If

this category is indeed included under "Medical

discharges", then it would account for only 7.65% of such

discharges during the war. Then there are the men who had

met with accidents, not in battle, or had contracted

disease, and who similarly suffered a deterioration in

physical condition below the admissible standards. Then

there are those whose disability was mental or nervous,

such as the psychotics and those who, because of poor

motivation, personality defects, and inability to withstand

wartime stresses, were placed into the catch-all category

of psycho-neurosis. From these we pass to types - the

mentally-retarded and the psychopathic - that in civil life

are not generally regarded as sick, though they often come

in for a good deal of attention from the medical

profession. After the war, the psychiatrists came to the

view that these types should definitely not be treated as

sick when they are in the armed forces, though there was a

distinct tendency to do so during the war.

The term "psychopath" seems to be misunderstood by many

people. Contrary to what many might think, psychopaths

rarely make good soldiers. For present purposes, it is

necessary to view those psychopaths in the Army during the

war as the War Office's Directorate of Selection of

Personnel (DSP) - which was responsible for assessing

personnel and ensuring their optimum use - viewed them at

? Ibid, PP6-7.

183

the time. The most vivid and succinct appreciation of the

problems posed by psychopaths that I have found is that by

Major-General Chisholm, the Canadian Army's Director of Selection of Personnel: "The cause for rejection is not the

fact that the individual has been in prison or has a police

record, but the fact that the police record is visible

evidence of a deep-seated personality defect of the

psychopathic type. Such men had shown, from their case histories, that they were unable to profit by experience.

Their whole life consisted of a series of anti-social

activities that have not improved under the discipline of

the community. Furthermore, ... these men with police

records, with a long history of an inability to support

themselves by a lawful means, with a history of vagrancy,

alcoholism, etc., are not wanted in the Army. The Army is

not primarily a disciplinary organization nor a substitute

for a prison. A number of men of this type enlisted in the

early days before adequate screening was in force. The

detention barracks in the Canadian Army Overseas contains a

high percentage of men of this type who are being returned

to Canada and being discharged from the Service. Recent

surveys of soldiers under sentence in detention barracks in

Canada reveals that 20-30% of those in the detention

barracks are of psychopathic type with a long record of

crimes in civilian life, AWL's, drunkenness and

insubordination in the Army. When the documents of these

men are carefully examined it becomes apparent in many

cases that the soldier has spent more time in detention

than in training. Occasionally one finds men who have been

in the Army for two years but who have not yet completed

Basic Training. These men are a liability in the Army and

not any asset. For the occasional man of this type who does

settle down and serves with distinction there are several

who have proven themselves entirely valueless. Experience

has proven in every war that the best soldiers come from

184

those individuals who have been the best citizens and that

a first class army can only be made from the best men in

the community" 4.

There were also those who although not of the

incorrigible or anti-social type were diagnosed as having a

condition termed "psychopathic personality inadequate".

These men so lacked aggressiveness that it soon became

obvious that they were useless as soldiers, and an inquiry

into their civilian work records usually demonstrated that

this defect existed prior to enlistment. Very often the

man's only motivation at enlistment was his desire to

escape from civilian life where he had been a failure. He

continued to be a failure in the military setting since he

could not be depended upon to perform any duty properly.

It will be wondered why such unsatisfactory material had

not been screened out at the first medical examination. The

psychiatrists' answer to this is that it is possible to

detect only the grosser forms of mental and emotional

disorders in the short time that can be allowed for a

psychiatrist's examination in the medical procedures at

enlistment. They make it clear that no psychiatrist has any

magical means of determining the military value of a

doubtful case, no matter how long the examination may last.

They are of the opinion that it should be possible to

eliminate the majority of men who are valueless if they are

carefully observed by training officers, competent

psychologists or personnel selection officers during the

first few months of training. The psychiatrist should

function in an advisory role to interpret the significance

of the data produced by this teams.

It is clear that it would be advantageous to do this, in

accordance with the theory given at the beginning of this

chapter, that man-days are wasted when men have to be

4 Burns, Manpower in the Canadian Army, PP 103-4.

Ahrenfeldt, Psychiatry in the British Army in the Second World War, PP29-50.

185

discharged for unsuitability. If a man is going to be

discharged, better to do it after three months than a year; better waste only 90 man-days than 365, and get on sooner

with training a suitable man in his place.

Table XIV shows a breakdown of the medical discharges

from the British Army during the period 1943 to 1945. We

want to know the proportion of discharges due to mental and

nervous factors, plus stomach and duodenal ulcers, which

were mostly ascribed to nervous causes also. Of medical

discharges in the period 1943 to 1945, about 80% were due

to disease. Of those due to disease, about half were due to

mental disorders (in order of importance: anxiety state,

hysteria, psychopathic personality, schizophrenia, mental

deficiency and manic depressive psychosis) and ulcers. In

other words, about 40% of medical discharges were due to

mental and nervous factors.

40% of 354,500, being the number of medical discharges

between the start of the war and the end of 1944, is

141,800. This could mean - assuming that each man

discharged served a year - that 141,800 man-years were lost

by enlisting men who proved to have this disability.

According to one calculation, the number of man-years

served in the British Army up to December 1944 was

12,740,0006. So the 141,800 man-years lost as above would be

just over 1% of the total Army manpower effort.

The difficulty, as already mentioned, is to detect the

disability at enlistment or in the early stages of

training. Any improvement in the effectiveness of screening

would result in a saving of manpower.

The voluntary recruiting system has a disadvantage which

becomes particularly apparent at times of relatively high

employment, or after a war has been in progress for a year

or more, and that is that recruits for the army tend to

6 AIRIO/3866: British Bombing Survey Unit, The Strategic Air War Against Germany, P38.

186

come chiefly from the unemployed or those who are not very

satisfied with their employment. Now, from time to time

many men who make good soldiers have been unemployed,

through no fault of their own, as for example, when the

principal industry in a small town is closed down by

irresistible economic pressures. The following observation

does not apply in such cases. But by and large the ranks of

the unemployed contain a large proportion of those who are

economically less capable; those who have less mental and

physical ability; less energy, stability, and other

characteristics which render them valuable to employers.

Such marginally employable men, when they come to the

recruiting office, cannot be refused enlistment, if they

can pass the medical examination. There is no way of

telling that they may not make acceptable soldiers. But

statistical averages operate, and it turns out that most of

the men who were not much good in civil life are not much

good as soldiers either. So they have to be discharged, in

the hope that someone better can be got in their place. (It

is true that throughout its history the British Army had

had to accept unpromising material - some of it "the scum

of the earth"- or go without and had managed, by the use of

firm discipline, to turn much of this material into "good"

soldiers. However, more was required of soldiers, including

infantrymen, during WWII than had been required of "the

Thin Red Line" or even "the Thin Khaki Line" and fewer

means were available to deter or punish slackness and

misconduct, as we shall see later in this chapter).

This is not the popular conception of how the voluntary

system works. The supposition is that all the best young

men, burning with patriotic ardour, rush to the defence of

the flag as soon as the call for recruits goes out. There

is enough truth in this to give colour to the popular

notion. In the early days of a war, a very considerable

proportion of those who enlist are actuated by pure

187

patriotism, and are willing to risk their lives for their

country, in accordance with the traditions in which they

had been brought up. They deserve the honour we give to the

volunteer. But the experience of WWI shows clearly that

`patriotism is not enough" to both create and maintain the

mass army necessary to fight a World War7, although it

suffices for relatively small expeditionary forces, such as

those Britain sent overseas before WWI and has sent

overseas since WWII. Hence the introduction of conscription

on the very first day of WWII, as we shall see in Chapter

7.

When, as in the World Wars, Britain was forced to create

a mass army, recruiting officers, including the medical

officers who examined recruits, had it impressed upon them

that they must not be too choosy and that they must not

nullify the efforts to multiply the size of the army by too

strict application of standards which had an element of

flexibility in them. So unsuitable men got taken in, and - in addition to causing disciplinary problems - went to

swell the discharge statistics.

We must also consider that it is frequently very

difficult for the medical officer or the lay officer to

distinguish between a real disability, or inability to

perform military duties, and unwillingness. Psychiatrists

and psychologists in their attempts to explain human

behaviour have made these distinctions far less clear,

insofar as the Army is concerned than they were, or seemed

to be, in 1914-18. At that time a man did what he was told,

encouraged by the kindly admonitions of his sergeant and

sergeant-major - or else. If he reported to the medical

officer with nothing visibly the matter with him, he was

malingering, a crime under the Army Act8.

Simkins, Kitchener's Army, PP104-62; Beckett and Simpson, A Nation in Arms, PP1-36.

8 Copp and McAndrew, Battle Exhaustion, PP67-8.

188

Psychiatrists, mulling over their 1939-45 experience,

suggest that there is a danger that the Army may be

injudicious, though well-meaning, in its application of the

information which psychiatry and psychology have unearthed

concerning human behaviour9. Some individuals, because of

congenital mental and physical characteristics and

unfortunate experiences early in life all too frequently

utilize methods of "escape" when faced with hard work or danger. In civil life this may not be of very great

consequence to society, but in military life it is more

serious. Actually, when necessary, and when he is under

proper discipline, the type of individual above described

can do a good many things, even when he wishes to do the

opposite. Therefore, the psychiatrists deduce, in the

military setting he must be forced to carry on at his

maximum potential, even if it is contrary to his desire, so

as to maintain the morale of other marginal types, who will

follow the path of least resistance if they see that other

men are escaping duty by exaggerating their inadequacies.

The Army does not wish to be brutal to such unfortunates

who have found their way into its ranks, and it is

difficult to fix the point beyond which disciplinary

measures can have no good result, either exemplary, or in

producing a reasonably useful soldier from indifferent

materiallo.

The psychologists point out, and the Army must agree,

that it is of no use training a man as an infantryman or

for one of the other more hazardous military postings if,

in the first hours of stress, in combat, his weakness of

nerve and brain will render him useless and, what is more,

a bad example for others who do not have his excuse. The

difficulty is that it seems somewhat unjust that the brave

and the steadfast must be sacrificed, while the

9 B. Shephard, Seminar on Psychiatry in the British Army, IHR, Univ. of London, 27`h Jan. 1998.

10 Copp and McAndrew, P70. 189

poor-spirited are allowed to avoid hardship and to preserve

their lives".

The problem of psychiatric casualties was acute in Italy

in early 1944. A considerable number of "S" casualties

accumulated at the base. "S" stood for stability, and was

the final factor in the PULHEMS profile of a man's physical

and mental abilities, or disabilities, used by the British

and Canadian Armies from 1943. PULHEMS was not the name of

an individual who invented the profile. P stood for

physique, U for upper limbs, L for lower limbs and

locomotion, H for hearing and ears, E for eyes, M for

mental capacity, and S for stability. Soldiers were graded

from 1 to 5 for each of these factors: 1 being fit for

service anywhere; 2 fit for anywhere except frontline

combat; 3 fit for line of communications duties; 4 fit for

home service; and 5 unfit12. "S" casualties were those who

had to be evacuated from battle owing to mental, nervous or

emotional instability and who, the doctors had concluded,

should not be sent back because they would simply break

down again. S3 was fit only for employment in the rear

areas; S4, it had been arbitrarily decided, should be

returned to the UK, while S5 was unfit for any military

employment and meant that the man should be discharged.

These men were sitting in a special group at the base;

they had no particular occupation, and it was reported that

their chief interest lay in discussion of what symptoms

they should manifest to get themselves downgraded to S4 or

S5 so that they could get out of the Army, or at least out

of Italy. A medical officer, whose duty it was to accompany

to the port of embarkation men sent home, has stated that

these men were highly interested in psychiatry in its

popular and practical aspects and used to talk among

" Ibid.

12 Ibid, P40.

190

themselves, when they thought they were not overheard,

about their success in being sent home by simulating

psychiatric symptoms. Confessing that nocturnal enuresis

had persisted into adolescence was a favourite gambit.

It was decided to form a special pioneer company, or

companies, which would be employed in labouring work, such

as road-making, and handling heavy stores at depots. This

was done, and the scheme seemed to work out relatively

well. Many of the men were benefited physically and

mentally and could be reallocated to corps and units where

they would not be in physical danger, and consequently able

to keep their emotions in control, and could carry on doing

some necessary duty.

It was felt that if the troops were allowed to believe

that evacuation because of nervous or emotional conditions

was a passport for the UK, the weak and the wavering would

he encouraged to let their pride go and take the easy way

out. Whether or not it got to be known that instead of a

ticket to Blighty, an S evacuation only meant hard labour

at the base, is not known; but it is probable that it did,

and it may have encouraged some men to hang on, who

otherwise might have given up. In any case, the front-line

men were never heard to complain that the special companies

were being treated harshly or unreasonably13.

The great disadvantage of this plan was that all these

S3 cases were counted as reinforcements; there were several

hundreds of them so they were by a no means negligible

factor. Yet to send them home, and strike them off the

reinforcement strength, would possibly have had the bad

effect of encouraging more of the same which, on balance,

seemed the worse alternative.

It would seem that widely available books like

Psychology for the Fighting Man had a lot to answer for.

13 Ibid, P71.

191

To conclude this section, let us outline the wartime

lessons drawn up by Ahrenfeldt, Deputy Assistant Director

of Army Psychiatry. First, personnel selection. It was

essential to have: a thorough medical (physical and

psychological) examination at induction; scientific

selection of those fit and their appropriate allocation;

scientific reallocation when necessary. Second, officer

selection. Scientific selection can increase the success

rate by a third. Third, mental dullness. Stable dullards

should be employed on labouring duties in the Pioneer

Corps. Unstable dullards should be discharged because it

was not cost-effective to retain them. Fourth, the

treatment and disposal of psychiatric cases. Military

psychiatric hospitals should cater for those liable to be

made fit for further service. Civil psychiatric hospitals

should cater for those not liable. Fifth, forward

psychiatry. On average, psychiatric casualties accounted

for 10% of battle casualties. The role of forward

psychiatry is to: prevent psychiatric casualties from

impeding operations and the evacuation and treatment of the

wounded; select and treat mild cases; prevent the

deterioration of bad cases; conserve manpower. By the use

of Exhaustion Centres, 56%-70% of cases were returned to

the front within a week (and only 5% broke down again

during the same battle). Psychiatric casualties are

inevitable in modern warfare. Sixth, morale and discipline.

To maintain morale it is essential to have adequate

selection and allocation, thorough training, good

leadership and attention to good welfare facilities,

regular mails and provision of frequent and adequate

information. The Army should cease to be regarded as a

penal colony for social misfits. Seventh, the

rehabilitation of repatriated POWs. Special units should be

provided. Eighth, the organization of army psychiatry at

home and overseas. It is essential to have an independent

192

central organization (Directorate of Army Psychiatry) as

part of the Army Medical Department and a separate

department in charge of personnel selection (Directorate of

Selection of Personnel) as part of the Adjutant-General's

branch of the War Office14.

While we may agree with Ahrenfeldt that the war

demonstrated the value of psychiatry to the Army, we may

also agree with 21st Army Group's Director of Medical

Services that Army psychiatrists were sometimes guilty of

zealousness or gullibility and were thus sometimes

responsible for unnecessary manpower wastage 15 .

During the war the British Army embraced Personnel

Selection (PS) and developed it considerably. The aim of PS

was to match the right man to the right job i. e. put round

pegs in round holes and make sure that round holes

contained round pegs. PS was considered necessary because

few men are good judges of their own abilities; because

jobs in modern armies are highly specialized; and because

the quality of manpower assigned to the Army left a lot to

be desired. PS tried to ensure that the right man was in

the right job i. e. that each man did a job for which he was

fitted (mentally, physically, educationally etc. ) and that

each job was done by a man who was fitted for it. It did

not succeed, but it made substantial progress.

Ungerson, the War Office's Chief Psychologist, writes

persuasively of the high quality of manpower required by

the Army during the war: "The increased demand for skilled

manpower arose primarily from mechanization and the very

great use of radio-communications. By the autumn of 1941,

there were more than 500 trades and other highly skilled

employments, in addition to a very great many extra-

regimental duties. This would not have mattered very much

if the jobs had been relatively simple, but in fact they

14 Ahrenfeldt, PP254-8.

15 Holden, Shell Shock, P94. 193

demanded a growing proportion and variety of skilled men

such as radar operators, tank crews in the greatly

expanding RAC, electrical and mechanical engineers,

paratroops, and so on. About one quarter of all troops were

employed as tradesmen, while perhaps as many more did work

which called for particular skills. Even among the

remainder there was also some marked need for skill. The

ordinary infantryman, for instance, had more elaborate

training and more weapons to master than his counterpart of 1914-1918. And over and above all this was the incessant

need for more officers. Compared with the state of affairs in the First World War, not only did the ratio of officers

to other ranks rise - from about one to twenty to about one

to twelve - but the absolute numbers rose too. Altogether,

then, the nature of the work to be done made a far fuller

and more differentiated call on abilities than had been the

case twenty years earlier" 16 .

As we shall see in Chapter 7, Ungerson writes with equal

persuasion of the mediocre quality of manpower actually

received by the Army during the war. The great disparity

between the quality of manpower needed and received by the

Army was the principal reason why it embraced Personnel

Selection during the war.

DSP was established at the War Office in June 194117. It

was Adam's first initiative upon taking up the post of

Adjutant-General, responsible for personnel matters in the

Army. In July 1942 the General Service Corps (GSC) was

created. The GSC was created to ensure that recruits were

sent to units for which they were suitable and that units

were not sent unsuitable recruits18. With the creation of

16 Ungerson, Personnel Selection, P4.

" ECAC minutes ECAC/M(41)16 of 9`h June: W0163/84; AC minutes AC/M(41)8 of 17`h June 1941: W0163/50.

18 ECAC minutes ECAC/M(42)8 of 5th May 1942: WO163/88.

194

the GSC, all recruits (except, as we have seen, those to

the Guards) were enlisted into the GSC and not, as had been

the practice for centuries, into a particular Regiment or

Corps. While in the Primary Training Centres (PTC) and

Primary Training Wings (PTW) of the GSC, recruits received

basic training and were subjected to PS tests. Only after

their strengths and weaknesses had been ascertained and

measured were they allocated to a particular Corps or

Regiment - the one considered the most suitable for them.

It goes without saying that a much more rational allocation

of manpower was achieved as a result of PS and the GSC.

Between July 1942 and June 1945 the GSC handled 710,000

recruits. Of these: only 5.8% were assessed as being

well-educated; only 5.8% as having officer potential; and

only 5% as having a high combatant temperament. Physical

fitness was divided into five categories (A, B, C, D, E)

and several sub-categories. Only 76.2% of recruits were

assessed as being fully fit (i. e. Al). Intelligence was

divided into six grades: SG1,2,3 plus, 3 minus, 4 and 5.

Only 44.4% of recruits were assessed as having above

average intelligence (i. e. SG3 plus and above): only 10.5%

were assessed as being very intelligent (i. e. SG1)19. These

figures powerfully demonstrate both the unpromising nature

of much of the material that the Army had at its disposal

during the war and the necessity for the Army to identify

and make the very best use of what good material it had.

Naturally, besides measuring the "pegs", the "holes" had

to be measured as well. Consequently, every role in every

unit was assessed and graded by the DSP. For instance, it

laid down that 47% of the men in a rifle battalion

(excluding officers and attached personnel) had to be SG3

plus or above 20 .

19 Ungerson, PP47-8,96-7.

20 The Infantry, DSP. April 1945.

195

PS testing was not confined to army recruits. From

September 1943 to June 1944 all 21st Army Group units were

subjected to testing to ensure that those in the invasion

force were up to scratch. In the period August 1944 to June

1945 25,200 men were transferred from the RN and the RAF

and 14,000 men were released from the RAF Deferred List

(which contained men waiting to join the RAF as aircrew) to

the Army to be retrained as infantrymen. The transferred

men were transferred in two batches. The first batch were

assumed to be up to scratch and were not tested prior to

their allocation. Because many of the first batch were not

in fact up to scratch and had to be reallocated, the second

batch were tested at special centres before being accepted

for transfer: many were rejected. The transferred men were

assessed to be of mediocre quality: only 72.2% were

suitable to be posted to the infantry, which was the object

of their transfer to the Army. The men released from the

RAF Deferred List went through the PTCs and PTWs of the GSC

like ordinary army recruits. They were assessed to be of

excellent quality. They were fit, intelligent,

well-educated and had officer potential21.

From the beginning of the war, a proportion of the

officers and men had been found unsuitable for employment

in field units, and these officers and men tended to

accumulate in reinforcement holding units. During 1942 and

1943, Middle East Forces kept trying to send these

personnel back to Britain, and have them replaced with

useful reinforcements. The War Office agreed in principle,

though not very happy at the prospect of discharging, for

ill-defined causes, considerable numbers who had served for

long periods.

In 1943, during a visit to the Middle East, Adam pointed

out that the demands on the remainder of the British

manpower pool by industry and agriculture, as well as the

21 Ungerson, PP95-7.

196

armed forces, were then such that men of the top physical

category, and satisfactory in every other way were scarce.

If unsatisfactory men were sent back, they would have to be

discharged, and it was doubtful whether the replacement

would be much better. Besides, the replacement would

require training ab initio22.

A reallocation centre was authorized and set up, not

unlike the four Army Selection Centres that had just been

established in Britain (to reallocate misplaced personnel,

those medically downgraded and those whose units had been

disbanded)23. Its function was to study the cases of the

unsuitable personnel and determine whether they could not

be fitted into establishments where lower physical, mental,

and stability factors could be tolerated. The unit was

staffed by PS officers and a psychiatrist. Later,

reallocation centres were set up in Italy and NW Europe to

deal with "S" casualties and those who had been lowered in

category, whether by reason of wounds, disease or any other

cause. By the reallocation of lower category men, it was

possible to release from units with an administrative or

service function, a certain number of higher category men

to reinforce fighting or forward units.

There is little doubt that during the latter part of the

war a large number of men in the reinforcement pools in the

UK and in the overseas theatres were in fact "unfit for the

field".

If Britain is again engaged in a total war, the function

of PS will be of increased importance. If it is possible to

detect those men whose emotions and nerves will not stand

combat strain, they can be used in less dangerous

employment, and may go through the war without breakdown.

22 AG's report on his overseas tour April-May 1943 (ECAC/P(43)68): Adam papers VII/2, LHC.

23 Ungerson, P68.

197

As Crang has shown, the introduction of psychiatrists,

PULHEMS, PS and reallocation to the Army were all

initiatives taken by Adam. Churchill, who harboured deep

and not unreasonable suspicions about both psychiatrists

("'charlatanryi24) and Adam ("subversive to morale "25) , told

Adam that his first job was to reduce the Army's wastage26.

It is clear that, thanks to Adam, psychiatrists, PULHEMS,

PS and reallocation, normal wastage from the Army was

reduced during the war. However, it was still unaffordably

high during the last part of the war. We have looked at

medical discharges, let us now look at discharges to the

reserve, releases etc.

Table XIII shows that up to the end of 1944, while

354,500 men were medically discharged from the Army and

287,900 men became casualties, 259,500 men were lost to the

Army by being relegated to the reserve, released to

civilian life etc. and that such losses exceeded casualties

in all but two years. If we add up the totals of those

medically discharged and those relegated to the reserve,

released to civilian life etc., we get a total of 614,000

men lost to the Army for reasons other than casualty up to

the end of 1944. Assuming each man discharged served a

year, this would equate to a loss of 614,000 man-years or

4.8% of the Army's manpower effort in the period -a loss

it would be well worth striving to avoid another time. It

will be noted from Table XIII that non-casualty wastage

from the Army in 1944 was appreciably higher than in 1943

and only fractionally lower than in 1942.

With regard to losses of manpower for reasons other than

medical unfitness or casualty, as stated at the beginning

of this chapter, 2,300 (1,800 officers and 500 other ranks)

24 Churchill to Anderson, 19`x' December 1942: Churchill, The Hinge of Fate, P918.

25 Churchill to Grigg, 13`h March 1943: Ibid, P938.

'`' Adam papers VIII, Chapter III, P2.

198

were discharged for misconduct; 70,000 were discharged

under the "Services no longer required" clause in King's

Regulations; and 97,000 deserted. Naturally, the last

category is additional to and not included in discharges to

the reserve, releases etc.

During the war the "Services no longer required" clause

was very frequently invoked. There is no doubt that a

number of those discharged for this reason were of such

poor intelligence or such bad character as to be useless or

worse. However, there is equally no doubt that commanding

officers also used this method, quite improperly, to get

rid of lazy or troublesome characters with whom they could

not be bothered27. Commanding officers also turned many

recruits whom they considered unsuitable over to the

medical arm for discharge as of too low mental or stability

characteristics. Prior to the creation of the GSC, a

recruit's suitability or unsuitability for military service

was a matter of opinion and was not scientifically

determined.

Unfortunately, when a man was discharged because he was

"Services no longer required" or "unlikely to become an

efficient soldier", there was nothing much to stop him

travelling to the next county and enlisting again, in some

other Regiment or Corps, under another name. This practice

was considered to be prevalent, and although the Army Act

prescribed penalties for false answers on attestation, and

concealing previous enlistments, it was seldom that anyone

was punished for these offences. At any rate, the

occasional punishments were insufficiently severe to act as

effective deterrents. It was not until the system of

fingerprinting all the army personnel, and checking

newly-enlisted men, was instituted that this abuse and

waste of training effort was brought under control.

2' Pigott, P63.

199

After the war, the British Army decided that when "incorrigible soldiers" had no specific mental or nervous disease they were not to be given medical, but

administrative discharge. This resulted in a more accurate knowledge of the real dimensions of the problem of the

psychotic or psycho-neurotic soldier, but it did not solve

the problem of what should be done with the incorrigible

"bad actor" who is drawn into the forces by the operation

of national service in an emergency. It is obviously unfair

that well-behaved and valuable citizens should have to risk

their lives and submit to the restraints of life in the

forces if criminals and psychopaths are allowed to be

discharged to civil life. Furthermore, soldiers of marginal

character who are bored would be tempted to procure their

discharge by bad behaviour28.

Capital punishment for most military crimes, such as

desertion, or refusing to obey an order, or cowardice, was

abolished between the wars at the height of anti-war and

pacifist feeling. This method of deterring misbehaviour and

disposing of the corrupting influence of useless soldiers

was therefore no longer open to the British Army during

WWII, although it was available to and was extensively used

by its enemies and Russian ally. The same applies to

another device, the penal battalion, although behind the

lines there was much necessary and arduous labour to be

done.

It has been claimed that desertion was less not only in

absolute but also in relative terms during WWII, in the

absence of the death penalty, than it had been in WWI, in

the presence of the death penalty29. This claim not only

flies in the face of common sense but is also based on a

misuse of the statistical evidence (comparing desertion in

WWII with desertion and AWOL in WWI). But whether desertion

28 Copp and McAndrew, P70.

"' Ahrenfeldt, App. B, PP271-5. 200

in WWII was relatively less than in WWI or not, desertion

in WWII was certainly not insignificant.

The incidence of desertion and its less serious but more

numerous partner in crime AWOL was not spread evenly

throughout the war, throughout the theatres and throughout

the arms. If that had been the case, then there would have

been no great problem. Unfortunately, desertion and AWOL

principally affected the infantry and were at one of their

peaks in Italy in the autumn and winter of 1944. Because of

this unhappy combination of circumstances, desertion and

AWOL played a significant part in causing and exacerbating

the infantry crisis. Therefore, the subject of desertion

and AWOL from infantry units in Italy in the autumn and

winter of 1944 deserves to be examined closely.

As Adam reported to the Army Council after his overseas

tour in early 194530, desertion was a very serious problem

in Italy. "The main point raised was that of desertion,

which obsessed most Commander's minds". According to

figures produced by Adam, 8th Army's Field General

Courts-Martial convicted 4,471 men in the period 1st

January 1944 to 10th January 1945: 12 for cowardice; 60 for

mutiny; 2,237 for desertion; 840 for absence; and 1,322 for

other offences. 78th Division had 680 cases of desertion

and 249 of absence; 4th Division had 360 cases of desertion

and 74 of absence; 46th Division had 256 cases of desertion

and 22 of absence. Of course, these figures greatly

understate the problem. They naturally exclude those who

were not apprehended, who did not surrender themselves and

who were acquitted.

Although the desertion problem in Italy did not reach

crisis proportions until the autumn of 1944, it had been in

existence and a matter of concern throughout 1944. When

Eighth Army reached the River Sangro at the end of 1943,

3o Adam papers VII/4: AG's report on his overseas tour Jan. -Feb. 1945 (AC(G)(45)4).

201

its commander, many subordinate commanders and three of its

best divisions were recalled to Britain to take part in the

invasion of France. The departure of so many good officers

and formations, coupled with the confirmation their

departure provided that Italy was now a secondary theatre,

had a bad effect on the morale and discipline of those who

remained. When he succeeded Montgomery as Commander-in-Chief of Eighth Army, Leese reported to

London: "78 Div was very tired and depleted of men after

the Sangro battle, when they had 350 desertions in a fortnight"31.

The capture of Rome on 4th June 1944 was followed by a

wave of desertion. In July Sparrow - later author of the

Morale Monograph - was dispatched by London to investigate

the desertion problem in Italy. He came to the conclusion

that the chief cause was prolonged action which was greatly

increased by close contact with the enemy. He also

classified deserters and absentees into two broad

categories: the "deliberate", who preferred disgrace and

imprisonment to the continued dangers of battle; and the

"involuntary", men with nervous breakdowns who would often

welcome a second chance to prove themselves. Most deserters

belonged to the second group, Sparrow believed32. Sparrow's

findings are of interest but cannot be accepted

unreservedly. Firstly, he visited Italy in the summer

during a relatively quiet period, well before the desertion

crisis exploded in the autumn during Operation "Olive".

Secondly, he only interviewed 16 deserters awaiting trial.

Thirdly, given the inadequacies and uncertainties of

present-day psychiatric evaluations, one must be extremely

wary of placing too much faith in the psychiatric

evaluations of more than half a century ago.

31 CIGS file: W0216/168 180559.

32 AFHQ file W0204/6701 and War Office file 110/Gen/6371 (W032): 17`'' July 1944.

202

Regardless of motive, it was not easy to desert,

especially from the front. Soldiers at the front had to get

back from the line and beyond the rear area, avoid military

police patrols, and find somewhere to hide. After the war

an American officer recalled during the Third Battle of

Cassino meeting a British officer patrolling the area

immediately behind the 8th Indian Division. The British

officer had a drawn pistol and told the American he had

orders to prevent men, except the seriously wounded,

leaving the front and to shoot them if necessary33. Despite

the difficulties involved, a great many men made the

attempt and a substantial number were successful. That so

many men did successfully desert from the British Army

during WWII - especially during the Italian campaign -

testifies either to their luck or determination or

planning. Naturally, desertion was not a problem for

Fourteenth Army in Burma, because there was nowhere to

desert to. It was however very much a problem for Eighth

Army in Egypt and in Italy and for Second Army in Belgium:

the cities of Cairo, Naples, Rome and Brussels (or, more

particularly, their bars and brothels) serving both to

entice and to hide large numbers of deserters.

In his account of the Italian campaign, Morris

implicitly criticises those who, like Ahrenfeldt, seek to

minimise the problem of desertion in WWII when he makes the

point that: "Most men who deserted were fighting soldiers,

particularly infantry, so their absence was all the more

keenly felt and represented a more serious loss than when

presented as an overall percentage of the army's ration

strength" 34. The same point had been made earlier by Ellis 35 1

who has graphically shown us what it was like for the

33 Ellis, The Sharp End, P246.

34 Circles of Hell. P398.

15 Ellis, P244.

203

hard-pressed and understrength "Poor Bloody Infantry" in

WWII, and - as we shall see - by Jackson.

There is no doubt that in Italy many British (and

Allied) soldiers were pushed beyond the limits of endurance

in an arduous campaign -a campaign characterised by fierce

fighting, bad weather, mountainous terrain and a formidable

opponent - which they realised (unlike Churchill) had lost

much, arguably all, of its purpose after the simultaneous

fall of Rome and launch of D-Day. Some absconded in the

midst of battle; the majority however did not return to

their units after being sent to the rear. In Naples or Rome

a man could escape detection for weeks, months or even

years. Not every deserter was living in Naples or Rome:

many were living in the countryside. However, most of those

living in the countryside did not remain at large after the

onset of winter or the establishment of government which

brought some order out of chaos after the front line had

moved northwards. "The problems were not insuperable,

however, and quite a few hard cases managed to vanish from

the ken of authority, mainly by organising themselves into

large gangs i36. Like those gangs of British deserters

preying upon the base areas in the Middle East, with names

like the Dead End Kids and the British Free Corps, in Italy

gangs of British (and Allied) deserters took over villages

and harassed roads. A group of such brigands known as the

Free English were supposed to have deserted shortly after

Salerno37.

After mid 1943 (and its return to the Continent via

Sicily) the British Army suffered about 40,000 recorded

cases of desertion38. Of these, according to Morris, 80%

were from infantry companies and 70% were in Italy in the

36 Ibid, P385.

3' Watts, Surgeon at War, P63.

38 Ellis, P244.

204

last winter of the war. Indeed, according to Morris:

"Eighth Army experienced the highest recorded percentages

of desertion amongst the Western Armies in the Second World

War. The losses were felt all the more keenly because they

occurred in infantry companies already depleted of

manpower. The recorded figures are misleading. Such were the numbers involved, that battalions frequently chose to

deal with the problem in-house rather than through official

channels"39. One must however make the point that the

majority of infantrymen did not desert. Facing the same dangers and enduring the same hardships as those who deserted, they chose to grin and bear it. They did so for a host of reasons, which included personal and regimental

pride, but more especially because they did not want to let

their mates down. Many paid the ultimate price for their

devotion and loyalty.

Jackson confirms both the existence and the seriousness

of the desertion crisis in Italy during late 1944 and early

1945. As he says: "Most of the field commanders believed

that it had been exacerbated by the abolition of the death

sentence for desertion but appreciated that its

re-introduction was politically impracticable" 40. Wilson

(Supreme Allied Commander in the Mediterranean, based at

Allied Force Headquarters) doubted that abolition had

increased desertion, believing that most desertion was

involuntary41. However, it should be noted that Wilson was a

theatre commander, not a field commander, and was

therefore, inevitably, somewhat detached from the problem.

Moreover, whether Wilson expressed his view in early 1944 -

as Jackson says42 - or in July 1944 (to Adam) - as the

39 Morris, P399.

40 Jackson, The Mediterranean and Middle East, Vol. VI Pt. II, P373.

" Ibid, PP373-4.

ý' Ibid, P373.

205

evidence shows43 - he expressed his view well before the

desertion crisis exploded in the autumn. If he expressed his view in July 1944, perhaps he did so under the

influence of the Sparrow report, about which reservations have been expressed above.

In June 1944 Adam corresponded with Alexander (C-in-C

Allied Armies Italy) about the desertion problem44. Grigg

was preparing a memorandum for Churchill. Grigg would not

recommend the death penalty but he would try to have the

question of a post-war amnesty for deserters dealt with firmly. Adam would try to see that service prior to

desertion would not count towards qualifying service for

demobilisation. Unfortunately, Grigg failed to get an

amnesty for deserters ruled out and Adam failed to get

service prior to desertion discounted for demobilisation

purposes.

The demobilisation scheme was presented to Parliament on

22nd September45. The presentation of the scheme, or rather

the publicity given to it - and the interpretation placed

on it - by the notorious46 Army Bureau for Current Affairs

(ABCA), produced a dramatic escalation in the desertion

crisis. McCreery (Leese's successor as C-in-C Eighth Army)

complained to Alexander about the encouragement given to

would-be deserters by ABCA's interpretation of the scheme.

An ABCA pamphlet showed that the only penalty for desertion

was the loss of time spent absent and in prison or

detention. The average deserter might drop 8 places in the

demobilisation queue but as there were 75 places the

resulting delay would be very short. Added to this was the

widespread belief that there would be an amnesty for

43 W0204/6701: Wilson/Adam, 25th July 1944.

44 Alexander papers W0214/62: Adam/Alexander, 27th June 1944.

45 Cmd. 6548.

46 Churchill to Margesson, 6`h and 17`h October 1941: The Grand Alliance, PP823 and 827; Churchill to Grigg, 17 ̀h April 1943: The Hinge of Fate, P950.

206

deserters after the war. McCreery requested that a

declaration should be made that there would be no amnesty;

that all convicted deserters should serve their sentences

(unless they had been suspended) to enable them to be sent

to the Far East; that those whose sentences had been

suspended should not be demobbed until they had earned full

remission (which they could only do in the Far East); and

that the automatic review of sentences should be stopped

and only undertaken in special cases47. Alexander supported

McCreery in a renewed approach to AFHQ at the end of

October, urging that strong action was needed at once48.

Finally, on 14th December - six weeks after Alexander's

correspondence with AFHQ and six months after his

correspondence with Adam - Churchill made a statement in

the Commons. Churchill said: "... it is not the intention to

grant any remission of sentences. Offences such as

desertion which comprise the bulk of these sentences,

involve at the best an added strain upon man-power of this

country, and at the worst forfeit the lives of other

soldiers who have filled the places of those deserters". He

added, comfortingly and misleadingly: "Such very serious

offences are happily rare". As Jackson says, although

deserters and absentees amounted to only 0.1% per month of

the one million men in Central Mediterranean Forces: "As

far as commanders were concerned the offence was certainly

not insignificant" 49. This was because the great majority of

deserters were infantrymen, the commodity in shortest

supply in the theatre. Churchill's speech had little if any

effect. The desertion crisis only abated in February 1945

when the demobilisation regulations were published,

penalising future deserters. To the surprise of many, the

47 W0204/6714: McCreery/Alexander, 22nd October 1944.

48 Ibid: Alexander/AFHQ, 30th October 1944.

49 Jackson, P376.

207

post-war Labour Government did not declare an amnesty for

deserters. An amnesty was finally declared in honour of the

Queen's Coronation in 1953, the Queen and Churchill having

overruled the objections of the Service Departments5o.

Tables XV and XVI show the extent and nature of the

desertion and AWOL problem which afflicted Eighth Army in

Italy during the autumn and winter of 1944. Table XV shows

that there were more than 900 desertion/AWOL cases a month in June 1944 and from September 1944 to January 1945. At

the peak, in December 1944, there were more than 1,200

cases. Table XVI shows that the burden of desertion/AWOL

was borne primarily by the infantry. The bulk of deserters

and absentees came from the infantry divisions. Even the

resting of such formations in the Middle East did not

reduce the problem: 78th Infantry Division had the highest

monthly figures of all divisions when it returned to the

front in October. The armoured formations were much less

affected. Judging by comparative figures produced by

Sparrow, most of the deserters and absentees from 6th

Armoured Division probably came from its infantry unit S51.

As Jackson says, as early as June 1944 desertion/AWOL

had become a serious problem. It is true that, even at the

peak, the overall desertion/AWOL rate was only 0.1% of the

total force in theatre. However, as Jackson also says, the

overall rate is misleading. Most deserters and absentees

were infantry and the desertion/AWOL rate experienced by

infantry units was much higher than the overall rate. Given

that most deserters and absentees were infantry and given

that infantry battalions had a paper strength of 845 during

the latter part of the war (of whom, it should be noted,

only 392 were riflemen or light machine-gunners), the loss

of 900-1,200 men each month through desertion/AWOL during

50 Moran, Churchill: The Struggle for Survival, PP425-6.

51 Cabinet Office: Military Narrative of the War file: CAB 106/453.

208

the autumn and winter of 1944 was clearly extremely

serious. Indeed, considered in context such a loss was

critical. It was very fortunate that the Germans remained

on the defensive in Italy and did not mount an

Ardennes-style counter-attack. All too often the desertion

crisis in Italy has been examined and pronounced upon in

isolation, without any consideration being given to the

precarious state of the British Army in Italy at the time.

As the Official History of the Italian campaign shows,

throughout the campaign the British Army in Italy suffered

from a shortage of manpower, especially infantry, and in

the autumn of 1944 the shortage was particularly bad52. Just

as the Italian campaign commenced in the autumn of 1943,

Britain's manpower reached full mobilization: it was no

longer possible to sustain, still less increase, Britain's

war effort. Starting in late 1943 Italy lost a steady

stream of veteran formations, first for Operation

"Overlord" and then for (the superfluous) Operation

"Dragoon". More went in early 1945 under Operation

"Goldflake". Long before the capture of Rome and the D-Day

landings in June 1944, Italy had ceased to be the primary

theatre. With the capture of Rome and the D-Day landings,

Eighth Army in Italy became a Forgotten Army, almost as

forgotten as Fourteenth Army in Burma. Long before its

launch, "Overlord" had priority for manpower and other

theatres were placed on a starvation diet: most available

manpower was concentrated on the NW Europe campaign. Drafts

from the UK to Italy were few and far between. Many units

had to be disbanded and many others had to be reduced in

strength because of the shortage of manpower. Battle

casualties were heavy and sick casualties were much heavier

still, largely because of malaria and venereal disease (the

large number of malaria and VD cases being the result of,

52 Molony, The Mediterranean and Middle East, Vol. V, PP421-3; Molony, Vol. VI Part I. PP447-50;

Jackson, PP371-2.

209

and a testament to, poor discipline). In Italy in 1944 the

British Army's total casualty rate - that is, battle

casualties plus accidental casualties plus sick casualties

- was 647 per 1,000 ration strength per annum53. With a

casualty rate of this order, a unit of a thousand men would

see almost two-thirds of them become casualties in a year. Many casualties would of course recover and return to duty.

In the meantime however, given the scarcity of

reinforcements, the unit would almost certainly have to

fight on without them. Like the desertion rate, the

casualty rate was much higher for the infantry than for the

Army as a whole. Infantry units did most of the fighting

and consequently sustained most of the casualties yet they

received the fewest reinforcements. Drastic measures were

taken to reduce the demand for, and boost the supply of,

infantry reinforcements. In March 1944 the strength of

infantry battalions was temporarily reduced by a company

and it was ordained that infantry drafts from the UK would

go to where they were most needed, irrespective of their

regimental affiliation; from April 1944, as we have seen,

many anti-aircraft artillery units were disbanded and their

personnel retrained as infantrymen54. These measures were

only partially successful and in September 1944 the

strength of infantry battalions was again temporarily

reduced by a company and many formations and units were

disbanded55. Besides high casualties and few reinforcements,

the Italian campaign was increasingly beset by the problem

of home leave. Under various schemes, large numbers were

allowed to leave Italy and return to the UK for a period of

home leave (many of whom, unfortunately, never returned).

This was considered not only just to those who had been

53 Ellis, P181.

54 Molony, Vol. V, P423: Molony, Vol VI Part I. PP448-9.

55 Jackson, PP371-2.

210

serving away from home for many years but also advisable

for both morale and discipline reasons; one of its aims

(which was manifestly not achieved) was to forestall a

desertion/AWOL crisis. Those in the "teeth" arms -

especially the infantry - were favoured over those in the

"tail".

Against this background of veteran formations being

withdrawn; manpower being withheld and concentrated on NW

Europe; units being reduced in strength or disbanded; heavy

casualties being sustained; and men being withdrawn on home

leave schemes, the desertion problem that afflicted the

British Army in Italy during the autumn and winter of 1944

was of crisis proportions. Indeed, given the brilliance and

resourcefulness of German commanders and units in Italy, it

was potentially catastrophic. Seen in the context of the

time, a belief by the responsible commanders in Italy that

discipline was too lax and should have been much tougher

appears neither inexplicable nor inappropriate. Such a

belief was shared by many at the sharp end. One wrote after

the war: "Some months spent in daily contact with deserters

in Italy taught me that, although there were a few very sad

cases caused by a nervous strain or domestic troubles, the

offence was usually a carefully thought-out plan, and the

belief in a pardon after the war was widespread. Any

Infantry Officer who served there knows what a serious

problem desertion was in that campaign. It is alarming to

think what the position would be in another war if

desertion should have been proved to be a paying

proposition" 56. While causes and remedies will continue to

be debated, there can be no doubt that the desertion crisis

in Italy greatly increased both the burden on the infantry

units and the demand for infantry reinforcements in that

theatre.

56 McPherson, Discipline, PP57-8.

211

In this chapter we have examined the non-battle wastage

suffered by the British Army during the war. We have found

that such wastage was very high and, although reduced

during the war, was still unaffordably high during the last

part of the war. Two types stand out. Those who were

discharged for mental or nervous disability. Those who

deserted or went AWOL. It is clear that those responsible

for the high administration of the Army - Grigg and Adam in

particular - were, for various reasons, too ready to take a

soft line on mental or nervous disability and too reluctant

to take a tough stand against desertion and AWOL, ignoring

those in the field. While Churchill shared the reluctance

(no doubt for political reasons: although he believed in

the military death penalty57, many of those in the Coalition

Government did not58), he at least opposed the readiness.

Thanks to this readiness and this reluctance, non-battle

wastage was in 1944 a substantial drain on manpower. It

must be accounted a significant factor in causing and

exacerbating the manpower crisis which struck the British

Army in the autumn of 1944.

57 Moran, P 147.

58 McHugh, The Labour Party and the Parliamentary Campaign to Abolish the Military Death Penalty, '

Historical Journal, March 1999, PP233-49.

212

CHAPTER 6. BATTLE WASTAGE.

In this chapter we will examine in detail the battle

wastage suffered by the British Army during WWII. In

particular, we will examine in detail the wastage rates

used by the British Army in WWII to predict its battle

wastage and thus its reinforcement needs. We will ascertain

how the rates were determined and how they were reviewed,

what flaws they contained, what amendments were made to

them and how well they operated in the various theatres.

The aim being to establish whether the wastage rates were

adequate or whether, as some have asserted, they

underestimated infantry casualties - and consequently the

need for infantry reinforcements - and thus caused the

infantry shortage.

We examined normal wastage in the previous chapter, or

rather normal wastage defined as the permanent loss of

personnel from the Army for reasons other than battle.

Normal wastage can also be defined as the permanent or

temporary loss of personnel from units for reasons other

than battle and will be so defined in this chapter. Normal

wastage is more or less constant and is due to personnel

being evacuated because of disease, sickness or accidental

injury (collectively known as non-battle casualties), being

transferred, or leaving the unit for a variety of other

reasons (such as desertion). Battle wastage, on the other

hand, is intermittent and is due to personnel being killed,

evacuated wounded, taken prisoner or posted missing as the

result of enemy action (collectively known as battle

casualties).

Battle casualties are especially difficult to forecast.

Nevertheless, the provision of adequate reinforcements

depends on how accurately battle casualties have been

forecast. Which is not to say that, as noted in Chapter 4,

213

the provision of adequate reinforcements depends entirely

on the accurate forecasting of battle casualties: common

sense tells us that correct prediction of demand does not

guarantee sufficiency of supply. As we saw in Chapter 4,

the best part of a year must elapse from the time when the

recruit is enlisted until he is trained to the point where he is ready to replace a casualty. Therefore, the programme

of recruiting and training reinforcements must be planned

about a year ahead. It is very seldom that the high

authorities directing a war can say how many battles are

going to be fought in the ensuing year or how fierce these

will be. Since no one can predict the exact course of the

fighting, and its precise cost in terms of men killed,

wounded, prisoner and missing, a formula is usually sought

from the experience of previous wars to assist planners in

forecasting casualties and thus reinforcement needs.

As in earlier and later wars, in WWII wastage rates were

employed to assist planners in forecasting casualties.

Derived from past experience, wastage rates are the rates

at which officers and men of the various arms, both

fighting and support, are presumed to become "ineffective"

(i. e. lost to units because of battle, sickness etc. ) and

have to be replaced. Wastage rates are expressed in terms

of percentage of unit strength per month.

Battle casualties are especially difficult to forecast

because they are intermittent and they fluctuate greatly.

They fluctuate greatly because of the many variable factors

involved. The number of battle casualties is influenced by:

(1) ratio of enemy to own strength; (2) weapons employed

and ratio of enemy to own firepower; (3) experience and

training of troops, both in general and in particular types

of combat; (4) terrain; (5) tactical advantage and

excellence of plan, enemy and own (availability of prepared

positions; possession of terrain advantages e. g. high

ground; intelligence); (6) tactical and strategic support,

214

both air and naval; (7) logistic support; (8) climate; (9)

nature of operations (defensive; offensive)'. Because war

usually consists of long periods of inaction punctuated by

short periods of action, casualties from sickness and

accidents are usually higher than casualties from battle.

However, battle casualties are in the nature of things

usually more serious and less recoverable than non-battle

casualties.

Two points about the British Army's battle wastage and

wastage rates in WWII are worth stressing at the outset.

Firstly, the British Army's battle wastage in WWII was very

much less than it had been in WWI. It is true that, when it

embarked upon its greatest and costliest campaign of the

war in June 1944, the British Army had a million fewer men

than it had had at the end of WWI (2,720,000 instead of

3,760,000) . It is clear, however, that not only in absolute

terms but also in relative terms the battle wastage

suffered by the British Army in WWII was very much less

than it had suffered in WWI. During the six years of WWII

the British Army suffered 570,000 battle casualties while

during the four and a quarter years of WWI it suffered

2,527,000 i. e. nearly 4.5 times as many2. On the first day

of the Battle of the Somme it suffered 57,000 i. e. one

tenth of the battle casualties it suffered during the whole

of WWII. In WWII the British Army, fortunately, did not

have to bear the brunt of the fighting, as it had had to do

in WWI. There can be no doubt that for the British Army

battle wastage was of much less consequence in WWII than it

had been in WWI; it had much less impact on the strength of

the Army, particularly the infantry. Which is not of course

to say that in WWII battle wastage was unimportant, that it

had no impact on the strength of the Army, particularly the

infantry.

1 First 7 factors: Beebe and DeBakey, Battle Casualties, P 14.

2Pigott, Manpower Problems, P81.

215

Secondly and paradoxically, as will soon become

apparent, the wastage rates used by the British Army in

WWII were based mainly on its WWI experience. During WWII

the wastage rates used by the British Army were remarkably

consistent. They were only reviewed twice: in the autumn of

1939 and in the autumn of 1942. A comparison between the

rates approved, following the first review, by the War

Committee in January 1940 (during the Phoney War) and those

approved, following the second review, by the Executive

Committee of the Army Council (ECAC) in April 1943 (at the

end of the North African campaign) reveals few substantial

differences. The only substantial differences were

increased rates for artillery, armour and infantry officers

and artillery other ranks. Rates for "tail" were

substantially unchanged. While it might be thought unlikely

that the autumn 1942 review (conducted by the Research

Committee under Major-General Evetts) ignored the North

African campaign, the results of that review (the so-called

Evetts rates) indicate little if any influence on the part

of the North African campaign. Given that the autumn 1939

review had confirmed the use of the pre-war rates (albeit

in modified form), it is true to say that during WWII

wastage rates were based mainly on WWI experience. Whatever

the rights and wrongs of basing WWII rates mainly on WWI

experience, it is hard to see how rates ultimately derived

from WWI underestimated casualties - particularly infantry

casualties. Yet certain Canadian (and subsequently

American) historians have asserted precisely that.

Before we examine the development of the wastage rates

during the war, it might be helpful to explain the chain of

responsibility within the War office during the war (as

given in the "War Office List"). Both material and manpower

wastage rates - the technical name for which was Field

Force Conspectus (FFC) rates - were throughout the war the

216

responsibility of the Director of Staff Duties (DSD) DSD

was also responsible for War Establishments (WEs) and

Orders of Battle (ORBATs). Eventually, DSD had four

deputies: DDSD (A) , (B) , (C) and (D) . DSD was responsible to

the Deputy Chief of the Imperial General Staff (DCIGS). The

Director of Military Operations (DMO) was responsible for

operational planning, including activity forecasts. DMO was

responsible to the Vice Chief of the Imperial General Staff

(VCIGS) . Naturally, with regard to manpower wastage there

was very close liaison with the Department of the Adjutant-

General (AG), who was responsible for personnel. AG had two

deputies: DAG(A) and (B) Under them were: the Director of

Manpower Planning (DMP) (created March 1943), the Director

of Organization (D of 0), AG Co-ordination (AG Co-ord), the

Army Medical Directorate (AMD) and the Statistical Branch

of AG's Department (AG Stats). AG Stats (which was

responsible for the co-ordination and maintenance of

statistics of personnel of the military forces, namely

strengths, normal and battle wastage, intakes etc. )

produced a great number of strength, casualty and wastage

returns, forecasts and analyses during the war. Casualty

forecasts were produced on the basis of information

supplied by DSD (latest wastage rates) and by DMO (latest

activity forecasts). Naturally, from March 1943 the main

customer of AG Stats was DMP. From early 1943 DSD (Chair),

DMP and D of 0 met formally every week to discuss manpower

matters, including wastage, reinforcements, WEs. ORBATs

etc. Occasionally during the war other War Office directors

or their deputies, such as the Deputy Director of

Recruiting and Organization (DDRO) or the Director of Air

(D Air), were asked for or volunteered their opinions about

the wastage rates.

In August 1939, on the eve of war, Mobilization Secret

Instructions were issued3. An appendix contained the wastage

79/Mobn/3019: A4836: W033/1639. 217

rates. They are reproduced in Table XVII. They expressed

wastage as a percentage of unit strength per month. The

rates were divided by arm, by theatre and by rank. There

were sixteen arms divided by three theatres (the Field

Force i. e. the British Expeditionary Force preparing to

embark for France; Egypt; Palestine and Sudan) and two

ranks: Officers; Other Ranks (ORs). The rates for the Field

Force and for Egypt were identical; the rates for Palestine

and Sudan were half those for the Field Force and for

Egypt. There were flat rates (irrespective of arm or rank)

for: India; Colonial Garrisons; Air Defence, Coastal

Defence and Headquarters in the UK; Other Units and

Establishments in the UK. There was no division by

activity. However, the different rates for theatres implied

that the Field Force and Egypt would be very active,

Palestine and Sudan moderately active and other theatres

inactive.

The War Committee discussed a paper by DSD on the

calculation of personnel wastage on 5th January 19404. DSD

proposed an activity forecast for the coming year and new

rates of wastage. The forecast was approved; the rates were

also approved with a few amendments (relating to the RA, RE

and to forces in the UK) . Appended to DSD's paper were: a

table of the existing rates; a table of the proposed new

rates; a paper by AG; a paper by DDRO on infantry wastage

on the Western Front during WWI; and a proposed activity

forecast for 1940. DSD's paper said that the current

wastage rates were too high. As DDRO's paper demonstrated,

they were based on heavy casualties during major operations

on the Western Front during the last war. They did not

reflect the existing situation and made excessive demands

on manpower. DSD therefore proposed to introduce reduced

rates for "Normal" activity and very much reduced rates for

' War Committee papers January 1940: WO 163/66.

218

"No" activity: this was agreed. DSD also proposed that the

existing rates become the rates for "Intense" activity:

this was also agreed, with a couple of changes (the

Committee decided on lower rates for the RE and RA). The

introduction of rates for "Normal" and "No" activity would

more accurately reflect the existing situation (namely, the

Phoney War: the BEF in France but no fighting; Italian non-

belligerency in the Middle East; Japanese neutrality in the

Far East) and would enable manpower demands to be greatly

reduced. The resulting rates contained seventeen arms

divided by two theatres (France and Egypt; Palestine and

Sudan), sub-divided by three scales of activity (Intense;

Normal; No), sub-divided by two ranks (Officers; ORs). They

are reproduced in Table XVIII. The rates for India,

Colonial Garrisons and the UK were divided by activity but

not by arm or by rank. The existing rates for Infantry ORs

were: 20% in France and Egypt; 10% in Palestine and Sudan;

5% in India; 2.5% in Colonial Garrisons; 2% in the UK (air

defences, coast defences, HQs); 0.25% in the UK (other

forces). The new rates for Infantry ORs were: (France and

Egypt) 20% Intense, 6% Normal, 0.5% No; (Palestine and

Sudan) 10% Intense, 4% Normal, 0.5% No; (India) 5% Intense,

2% Normal, 0.5% No; (Colonial Garrisons) 2.5% Intense, 2%

Normal, 0.5% No; (the UK) 1% Intense, 0.25% Normal, 0.25%

No. Although DSD had proposed two rates for the forces in

the UK, as per the existing situation, the Committee

decided on one rate. The activity forecast for 1940

predicted 7 months Intense activity in NW Europe (March-

September), 4 in the Middle East (March-April and

September-October) and 2 in the UK (April-May).

The exhaustive investigation into infantry wastage rates

undertaken by DDRO (completed 4th November 1939) showed

that the existing rates were based on the casualties

sustained during major operations on the Western Front

during WWI. The first mention of the existing 20% wastage

219

rate for infantry was as far back as 1926. The wastage

rates issued on ist July 1937 had included a 20% one for

infantry. Research into infantry casualties during 1916 and

1918 had shown that infantry casualties (battle and non-

battle) were an average of 12.5% per month: 20% per month

during major operations (which tended to take place in late

spring, summer and early autumn) and 5% per month at other

times (i. e. late autumn, winter and early spring). During

the Somme (July-October 1916) infantry OR battle casualties

were 17.7%; infantry Officer battle casualties were 21.72%.

In 1918 infantry OR battle casualties were between 0.89%

and 22.4% (an average of 7.78% overall; an average of 13.6%

during the heaviest months); infantry Officer battle

casualties were between 0.72% and 22.67%. DDRO's conclusion

was that during the Somme infantry OR casualties were 17.7%

while in the heaviest months of 1918 infantry OR casualties

were 13.6%. Adding a sick rate of 3% per month would give

an total rate of 20.7% and 16.6% respectively. In other

words, the existing rate (henceforth the Intense rate) was

correct for the Somme and generous for 1918. Although DDRO

showed that on the Some the infantry casualty rate for

Officers had been higher than for ORs, no suggestion was

made that the infantry wastage rate should be higher for

Officers than for ORs. This point was eventually addressed

by the autumn 1942 review.

DDRO found that the average sick rate in 1918 was 4.3%

per month for infantry Officers and 4.65% per month for

infantry ORs. As 1918 was a year of influenza epidemic, he

decided (not unreasonably) on an average sick rate of 3%

per month instead. It should be noted that this figure only

covered those sick cases evacuated to the UK for treatment.

It is curious that although the figure of 3% was decided

upon for the sick rate, the No activity rate (i. e. normal

wastage, principally sickness) was set at only 0.5% per

month (it was very slightly raised at the end of 1940 but

220

was then left unchanged by the autumn 1942 review). This

implies that when there is no fighting there is less

sickness - or that when there is no fighting there is just

as much sickness but more sick cases are treated locally.

The Normal rate proposed and approved for armour in

France and Egypt and in Palestine and Sudan was very odd: it was very low, the same as the "No" rate (0.5%). It was

obviously a misprint. It was very slightly raised later but

it was not corrected until the autumn 1942 review.

Although contemporary evidence is lacking, following

approval by the War Committee in January 1940, the wastage

rates were presumably issued shortly thereafter.

Revised wastage rates for both material and personnel

were issued in June 1941. As far as personnel wastage was

concerned, the rates issued in June 19415 were almost

identical to the rates approved in January 1940. They are

reproduced in Table XIX. The only differences were as

follows. The Pioneer Corps and Recce Corps were added. The

No activity rate was now 0.75% instead of 0.5% - it had

been raised on 11th December 1940 in fact6. "France and

Egypt" was now called "Primary" theatre (including, as of

mid 1941, the UK, Egypt and Palestine). "Palestine and

Sudan" was now called "Secondary" theatre (including, as of

mid 1941, Sudan, East Africa and the West Indies) . "India"

was now called "India and Burma" (the rates for India and

Burma were sub-divided by activity but not by rank or arm).

The rates issued in June 1941 were left substantially

unchanged by the autumn 1942 review. The rates were to be

used in conjunction with an operational activity forecast

predicting the level of activity in each theatre over the

next 12 months, as were the Evetts rates. As with the

Evetts rates, there were different rates for each arm (the

rates for "teeth" arms being higher than the rates for

5 FFC Sub 73C: A5583: W033/1687.

6 AG Stats return: WO 162/305.

221

"tail" arms) and different rates for Officers and ORs (the

rates for Officers being as high or higher than the rates for ORs). Like the Evetts rates, they gave casualties

(defined as killed, died of wounds, wounded, prisoners of

war and sick) as a percentage of unit strength per month.

Like the Evetts rates, they were gross: they made no

allowance for recovered wounded and sick returning to duty.

They had 3 scales (Intense/Normal/No): the 3 scales were

kept by Evetts but renamed more accurately

Intense/Normal/Quiet. The main difference between the rates

of June 1941 and the Evetts rates was the further division

by theatre: into Primary (areas where operations were

underway or which were liable to attack); Secondary

(colonial garrisons); India and Burma. This further

refinement was abolished by Evetts but a separate scale for

the Far East was later reintroduced in practice.

Naturally, the operational activity forecast for 1942

had to be greatly amended when Japan entered the war at the

end of 1941. The operational activity forecast for the

Western Desert for 1942 (Intense during January to April

and November to December; Normal during May and August to

October; No during June to July: a total of 6 months

Intense, 4 months Normal and 2 months No) shows the

difficulties and dangers of forecasting operations and

therefore casualties a year ahead. While you may be able to

forecast your own operations fairly accurately, you can

rarely forecast the operations of your enemy with any

accuracy. However, it is impossible to forecast casualties

without some idea of future operations and an operational

activity forecast remained an essential part of calculating

wastage post-Evetts.

The wastage rates issued in June 1941 were amended seven

times: the last amendment was in September 1942. Only the

222

fifth amendment affected the personnel rates and it was

trivial.

In the autumn of 1942 wastage rates were urgently

reviewed by the General Staff Research Committee. The main

concern of the review was to ascertain the wastage of

material so that sufficient could be ordered in the US by

Lyttelton (Minister of Production) during his forthcoming

visit (November 1942). The opportunity was taken to review

personnel wastage rates as well.

The Committee was chaired by Major-General Evetts. Its

members were Colonels Churchill and Haddock. Its secretary

was Major Goode. Evetts, Churchill and Goode were

infantrymen; Haddock was a gunner. The Committee was

assembled (or possibly reassembled) on 10th September. It

finished work on 7th December.

Evetts left papers but they do not concern the work of

the Committee7. Only Goode is still alive. He is adamant

about certain points. Namely: during WWII wastage rates

were based on WWI casualties; experience in the Desert was

disregarded as unrepresentative; RA losses in the Desert

were abnormally high; the Army had too much "tail" and not

enough "teeth"; DSD was efficient; AG's Department was

incompetent and despised (the Department was "totally

unreliable" and AG a "conceited ass"); heavy casualties

were always expected on D-Day8. While not wishing to accept

without question Goode's views over fifty years after the

event, his views are naturally entitled to very serious

consideration.

The Committee issued twelve Interim Reports, the 10th

being in the way of a summary and the last to be completed;

it was the only one to be concerned with personnel wastage9.

Evetts papers, LHC.

8 Major Francis Goode: letters to the author of 22 °d January and 4`h March 1996.

9 ECAC papers December 1942: WO163/89.

223

As soon as they had been produced, "working copies of the

Reports had been circulated to War Office branches with a

covering slip drawing attention to their tentative

character".

Although the records of its deliberations do not appear

to survive, the Committee presumably used casualty and

strength returns and analyses compiled by AG Stats to

arrive at its conclusions with regard to personnel wastage

in its 10th Report. Many of those returns and analyses

presumably related to the Western Desert: for the past year

and a half the only place where the British Army had been

in contact with the German and Italian Armies. However,

Goode says that Western Desert experience was dismissed as

unrepresentative, and the small number of major changes to

the rates made by Evetts does suggest that Western Desert

experience was very sparingly used, if at all. In 1944 the

extraordinarily productive AG Stats produced about 100

returns and analyses per month. In 1942 AG Stats was less

productive and less informative and it is possible that for

this reason its output was little used by the Committee. It

is perhaps significant that the 10th Report recommended

that AG Stats keep records to enable reviews to be made.

Although the "War Office List" places the responsibility

for wastage rates (both material and personnel) on DSD both

before and after Evetts, Evetts placed the responsibility

for personnel wastage rates on AG's Department. Paragraph

10 of the 10th Report concerned the "Responsibilities of

the AG's Branch in connection with FFC rates". It stated:

"(a) The assessment and revision as necessary of the rates

of wastage applicable to personnel. (b) The maintenance by

means of a Statistical Branch (AG Stats) of all necessary

records to enable periodical reviews and adjustments to be

made of the FFC Rates for personnel as now laid down in

1° this book". With the creation of DMP within AG's

10 Ibid. 224

Department in March 1943 (perhaps as a result of the 10th

Report), the question of responsibility was not made any

easier.

The 10th, 11th and 12th Interim Reports were submitted

to the ECAC on 18th December 1942 by the DCIGS. With regard

to the 10th Interim Report (dealing with principles,

definitions and machinery for future application, and

including the Committee's recommendations on personnel),

ECAC "approved in principle" the formulae and definitions

and agreed that they "might now be despatched outside the

War Office" but DCIGS was, in conjunction with AG, invited

to "give further consideration" to the method of computing

personnel wastagell. The 10th Interim Report was resubmitted

by DCIGS to ECAC on 16th April 1943, after four months

further examination12. DCIGS had examined the rates

recommended, the dead loss ratio proposed and their

applicability to the Far East. In his paper DCIGS

recommended that the rates be approved for issue, subject

to two minor changes, which were agreed by ECAC. The rates

were approved for issue, with the two changes proposed by

DCIGS (both indicative of a concern with future operations

in Europe). First, the Intense rate for the Pioneer Corps

was increased from 3% to 4%, because of their direct

involvement in future amphibious landings in Europe.

Second, the dead loss ratio was decreased from 55% to 50%

(the dead loss ratio of only 40% in the 6th Libyan campaign

i. e. the 2nd Battle of Alamein and the pursuit, October-

November 1942, being dismissed as untypical), because of

shorter LOC in Europe than in Africa and the Far East and

therefore speedier medical treatment. In other words, the

dead loss ratio proposed by Evetts was considered unduly

pessimistic. ECAC accepted the abolition of a special rate

" Ibid.

12 ECAC papers April 1943: WO163/90.

225

for the Far East but said that it would be reintroduced if

evidence suggested the need to do so. The 10th Interim

Report was further discussed by ECAC on 4th June and 6th

August but nothing of relevance to personnel was discussed.

After approval but before issue, three additions were

made to the Evetts rates: Support Infantry; Army Air Corps;

Glider Pilot Regiment. Also before issue, three

clarifications were made (all prompted by a desire to be on

the safe side): unit strength was WE i. e. authorised

strength not actual strength, so as not to penalise

understrength units; there was no longer a special rate for

the Far East; the Intense and Normal rates included and

were not additional to the Quiet rate i. e. normal wastage

(all three clarifications were proposed by DMP) .A proposal

by D Air that the dead loss ratio be increased to 75% for

the Parachute Regiment was rejected by DSD'3.

The Evetts rates were finally issued in late May 194314.

They are reproduced in Table XX. The rates were gross i. e.

they made no allowance for recovered wounded or sick

returning to duty. They gave wastage as a percentage of

unit strength per month. They included casualties (defined

as killed, died of wounds, wounded and POWs) and normal

wastage. They covered twenty arms (Light and Heavy Armour

combined into one; Support Infantry added to MG Infantry;

REME added to RAOC; AAC added; GPR added) , were divided by

three scales of activity (Intense, Normal, Quiet) and sub-

divided by two ranks (Officers; ORs) . The Quiet rate was

not sub-divided by rank. There was no longer any division

by theatre. In addition, a breakdown of casualties was

given: 15% would be killed; 15% would be missing and POW;

20% would be non-recoverable wounded (presumably died of

wounds and invalided); 50% would be recoverable wounded

(recoverable within 6 months) i. e. 50% of casualties would

13 DSD file on Evetts rates: W032/10201.

14 FFC Sub 73D: A6603: W033/2065.

226

be dead wastage. From the casualty breakdown given by

Evetts, the following extrapolation can be made: five

sevenths (71.4%) of the wounded would recover; two sevenths

(28.6%) of the wounded would not.

From the above three things are clear. First, the rates

were issued after the end of the North African campaign.

They had however been used on a provisional basis during

the final part of the campaign: ECAC had agreed that they

could be despatched outside the War Office on 18th December

1942; New Zealand forces in North Africa - and presumably

British forces as well - began using the new rates,

including the 55% dead loss ratio originally proposed, on

1st January 1943. Second, the rates were discussed and

examined in the period December 1942 to April 1943, when

the end of the North African campaign was clearly in sight

and when all eyes were turning towards future operations in

Europe. Third, the rates were produced by Evetts a month

after 2nd Alamein and were examined and discussed during

the Tunisian campaign i. e. the attritional phase of the

North African campaign. Therefore, if they were influenced

by the North African campaign, they were more likely to

have been influenced by the final attritional phase than by

the earlier fluid phase.

It is clear that what Evetts did was a repair and not a

rebuild. There were few substantial differences between the

rates issued in June 1941 and the rates issued in May 1943.

The main differences were: "No" activity was more

accurately renamed "Quiet"; one rate was introduced

irrespective of theatre and separate theatre rates were

abolished (although with the possibility of their

reintroduction if evidence suggested the need); a dead loss

ratio was introduced (although the concept already

existed) . Reflecting changes in the Army's organization,

Evetts combined the separate rates for Heavy and Light

227

Armour into one; added the REME to the RAOC; added the AAC;

added Support Infantry to MG Infantry; and added the GPR.

The Quiet rates were the same as the previous No rates i. e.

0.75% across the board. The Normal rates were changed

slightly (the Normal rates for Armour were corrected).

Before Evetts there was a flat Intense rate of 5% and flat

Normal rate of 2% in the Far East. After Evetts the rates

were no longer differentiated by theatre: the rates in the

Far East, North Africa and Europe were all the same. Before

Evetts there had been an Intense rate for Infantry of 20%

in a Primary Theatre and 10% in a Secondary; a Normal rate

of 6% in a Primary Theatre and 4% in a Secondary. After

Evetts there was an Intense rate for Infantry of 25% for

Officers and 20% for ORs; a Normal rate of 7% for Officers

and 6% for ORs. The post-Evetts Intense rates and the pre-

Evetts Primary Theatre Intense rates were largely the same.

The most important differences were that Evetts

substantially raised the Intense rates for Armour (Officers

only), Artillery (Officers and ORs) and Infantry (Officers

only). The rates for Infantry and Armour Officers were

raised to 25%. The rates for RA Officers and ORs were

raised to 15% and 8% respectively. One might assume that

the RA rates were raised to reflect the fact that in the

Western Desert RA casualties had been very heavy, because

many RA units had been wiped out or overrun. However, this

has been explicitly denied by Goode who insists that

Western Desert experience was for this very reason

dismissed as unrepresentative and WWI experience was used

instead15. In any case, the raising of the rates for RA

merely took them back to pretty much where they had been

prior to January 1940. Moreover, less than four months

after being issued the Evetts rates were reduced for many

RA personnel. The rates for "tail" arms were substantially

15 Letter to the author of 22 °d January 1996.

228

unchanged by Evetts, despite their heavy losses at the

hands of the "Panzers" and "Stukas" in the Western Desert.

The most important difference between the rates before

and after Evetts - and the most important change introduced

by Evetts - was the casualty breakdown and especially the

dead loss ratio. The Evetts rates laid down that 50% of

casualties would be dead loss - effectively irrecoverable.

Evetts actually proposed a dead loss ratio of 55%; it was however reduced to 50% by ECAC (on the advice of DCIGS)

prior to issue, as we have seen. Although the dead loss

ratio did not appear in the wastage rates until Evetts, the

concept was not invented by Evetts but had already existed

for sometime. Clearly, the concept must have been invented

sometime after the old rates had been issued in June 1941.

The dead loss ratio appears to have been 50% originally. In

February 1942 (immediately after the Fall of Singapore) the

dead loss ratio was increased from 50% to 75%: 15% Killed,

25% non-recoverable Wounded, 35% Missing and POW16. In June

1942 the VCIGS and AG agreed on a dead loss ratio of 45%:

25% Killed, Missing and POW, 20% non-recoverable Wounded 17 -

In July 1945 AG Stats referred to the dead loss ratio of

50% used since 1943 as "a reasonable over-insurance for

planning purposes against actual losses sustained" i. e. it

had erred on the side of caution18.

It cannot be denied that the Evetts rates were flawed.

One flaw was inherent; two flaws were omissions.

Being designed for medium-term (i. e. monthly) planning,

the rates could not predict or accommodate short-term (i. e.

weekly or daily) aberrations. It is difficult to conceive

of a system which could. Now and again very heavy losses

are sustained within a very short period of time. The

16 WO162/305.

17 Ibid.

18 AG Stats file on casualties: W032/10810.

229

opening of the Battle of the Somme (July 1916), the Dieppe

landing (August 1942), the Battle of Wadi Akarit (April

1943), for example, all saw many months infantry wastage

sustained in a single day. The use of the "Double Intense"

rate by 21st Army Group during the assault phase of

"Overlord" was a sensible (but as it turned out

unnecessary) attempt to accommodate the possibility of very

heavy losses on D-Day.

Although it was stated that the rates included normal

wastage, it was not specified what counted as normal

wastage: all absences from the unit (those on the so-called

"X" List) or just long-term absences (those on the so-

called "Y" List) . The Quiet rate of only 0.75% (which of

course Evetts had not introduced but had merely confirmed)

strongly suggests that normal wastage actually referred to

"Y" List absences only. Perhaps at the time everyone made

the same deduction. However, if (as seems likely) the rates

did not cover "X" List absences, why were they not

vehemently criticised by users and then speedily changed?

(When produced, AMD2 (Stats) had queried the Quiet rate but

AG Co-ord had confirmed it19). It is not possible to say

with certainty. Perhaps for most units most of the time the

rates were high enough to cover "X" List absences. Most

normal wastage was after all sickness, a very large

proportion of which was not serious and was quickly

recoverable. Except in the Far East, where the rates were

eventually changed.

They did not make clear that not all recoverable wounded

would be fit enough to return to front-line duty. It is

difficult to measure the practical effect of this omission,

if any. Especially as the proportion of wounded who would

recover was underestimated by Evetts and the time it would

take for them to recover and return to their units was

overestimated by Evetts. Before D-Day the recovery period

19 W032/10201.

230

for wounded was lowered (from 6 months to 4-6 months) to

reflect the fact that the wounded recovered more quickly

than Evetts had assumed. During the NW Europe campaign 79%

of wounded ORs recovered and returned to duty (i. e. did not

die; were not invalided) - instead of the proportion

(71.4%) assumed by Evetts - and this proportion was lower

than in previous campaigns because of an understandable

reluctance to keep men in harness when the end of the war

was in sight20. In North Africa no less than 83% of the

wounded had recovered and returned to duty21.

After their issue, the Evetts rates were amended, as was

the way in which they were applied. This shows that they

were in need of amendment. Equally it shows that they were

not set in stone and were capable of amendment when the

need was perceived, as intended by Evetts. A mechanism

existed whereby the rates could be amended if amendment was

thought necessary: from early 1943 a formal weekly meeting

between DSD (Chair), DMP and D of 0.

Only a matter of weeks after the issue of the Evetts

rates, at their meeting on 6th July 1943, DSD, D of 0 and

DMP agreed to reassess the rates for anti-aircraft

artillery. On 31st July 1943 DMP wrote to DSD saying that

study showed that RA losses had been less than forecast in

North Africa but he was disinclined to act. At their

meeting on 10th August 1943 DSD, D of 0 and DMP agreed to

reduce substantially the rates for anti-aircraft artillery.

On 10th September 1943 the rates were amended for the RA:

new, much lower rates for anti-aircraft and coastal

artillery (the reduction for coastal artillery having been

suggested by DDSD(B) on 20th August 1943) were introduced

to distinguish them from the rates for field artillery,

20 Franklin Mellor, Casualties and Medical Statistics, P268.

21 W032/108 10.

231

which were left untouched22. Whether the rates for field

artillery should have been lowered as well is a moot point.

What is not debatable is that the rates for a substantial

proportion of the artillery were drastically reduced well

before D-Day, just after the invasion of mainland Italy in

fact. Consequently, for many artillery units much lower

rates prevailed in the Italian and NW Europe campaigns than

had prevailed in any earlier campaign, including the North

African.

On 12th February 1944 a "Double Intense" rate was

introduced by 21st Army Group into its "Overlord" casualty

forecast.

In May 1944 AG Stats introduced an allowance for malaria

into its casualty forecasts for the Far East and Middle

East. Also in May 1944 the recovery period of wounded was

amended to reflect the fact that the wounded recovered and

returned to duty more quickly than had been assumed. Evetts

had laid down that five sevenths of the wounded would

recover and return to duty in the 6 months after being

wounded. From May 1944 it was laid down that of the wounded

who would recover, a quarter would return in 4 months; a

half in 5 months; and a quarter in 6 month S23.

On 31st August 1944 the rates were amended for the GPR.

The Intense rate was equalised i. e. decreased for Officers

and increased for ORs. This had been agreed by DSD, D of 0

and DMP at their meeting on 22nd August 194424. The

amendment, which clearly reflected operational experience

in Normandy (especially on D-Day), demonstrates that the

rates could be amended in under three months from start to

finish.

22 W032/10201.

23 Ibid.

24 Ibid.

232

The rates for use in the Far East were amended in

October 1944 to reflect the large numbers of non-battle

casualties (principally caused by malaria) and the small

numbers of battle casualties. This amounted to a de facto

reintroduction of separate rates for the Far East theatre.

As from 16th November 1944 AG Stats casualty forecasts

reflected the fact that not all recovered wounded would be

fit for combat duty. For "teeth" arms the proportion of

recoverable wounded was lowered from 50% to 40% of

casualties (i. e. in the infantry, artillery, armour etc.

only 57.1% of the wounded would recover and be fit enough

for further duty with their old units). As the Canadians

had raised this matter with DSD just before D-Day (and had

been told just after D-Day that only 78% of recovered

wounded would be fit enough for combat i. e. only 55.7% of

the wounded would recover and be fit enough for combat), it

is difficult to understand why it was not until November

1944 that casualty forecasting at the War Office was

amended accordingly. It would appear that Canadian planners

were put in the picture but British planners were left in

the dark for another five months. There is no evidence that

the wastage rates themselves were ever amended to show that

not all recovered wounded would be fit enough to return to

combat. However, it is unlikely that this omission had much

practical effect, if any, given the generally pessimistic

nature of the rates.

In February 1945 AG Stats suggested that it would make

casualty forecasting simpler - and would not materially

affect the accuracy of casualty forecasts - if recovered

wounded were credited as returning to duty in one month

rather than phased over three as at present. This was

agreed and as from 6th June 1945 recovered wounded were

credited as returning to duty in the fourth month after

wounding25.

25 AG Stats branch memorandum. 233

Let us now look at how well the Evetts rates worked in

the various theatres in which the British Army fought.

Firstly, North Africa. From June 1940 to May 1943

British forces fought Italian and later German forces in

North Africa. It is however both inaccurate and misleading

to generalise about the campaign as a whole. In the Western

Desert warfare was mobile and fluid. German air attacks and

armoured incursions caused many casualties to the "tail"

arms. Armoured units suffered heavily at the hands of

German anti-tank guns. Artillery units were frequently

wiped out or overrun by Germans. However, as 1st Alamein

showed, by July 1942 warfare had become static and

positional. When the fighting moved from the Western Desert

and into Tunisia, warfare naturally became even more static

and positional. There were few casualties to the "tail"

arms. Because of the mountainous terrain, there was very

little scope for armour. Attacks were carried out primarily

by the infantry and infantry casualties predominated. The

fighting in Italy closely resembled the fighting in

Tunisia; the fighting in NW Europe closely resembled

neither the fighting in the Western Desert nor the fighting

in Tunisia.

AG Stats carried out three studies of wastage in the

North African campaign: December 1940 - October 1941 (29th

June 1942); November 1941 - June 1942 (8th February 1943);

July 1942 - May 1943 (3rd May 1944)26. None produced

conclusive proof that the rates needed amendment. The third

study was widely circulated. It analysed 21 operations,

including 4 where casualties were very heavy (2nd Alamein,

Metameur, Mareth/El Hamma, Wadi Akarit). It showed that the

proportion of killed was well above the 15% laid down by

Evetts; and that the officer casualty rate was nearly

always much greater than the OR casualty rate. The battles

26 Copies of last two held by Army Historical Branch.

234

of Metameur and Wadi Akarit were exceptional: they saw old-

style infantry assaults in mountainous terrain, resulting

in very heavy losses in a very short period of time (one

day). At Wadi Akarit 85% of 8th Army casualties were infantry. The study showed that if the heavy infantry

losses at Wadi Akarit were taken as the norm, the wastage

rate for infantry would have to be increased from 20%/25%

to a ridiculous 195%/282% per month. The second study

showed that the monthly casualty rate for infantry ORs

varied between 26.5% and 61%. It reminded the reader that

the Evetts rates "are purely a basis for long-term

calculations and cannot expect to apply to individual

operations lasting a matter of a few days". It concluded

that there was "little evidence to warrant any amendments

to the existing laid-down rates of wastage... that casualty

rates differ widely according to the nature of the

operation, and that wastage rates can only be based on

experience over a fairly long period".

Although Churchill is heavily criticised elsewhere in

this thesis, it is undeniable that he believed the Infantry

was the Queen of the Battlefield and that you cannot have

enough of it. He was very alert to heavy infantry losses

and to proposals to reduce the size of infantry units. He

was particularly perturbed by high infantry casualties

during the Tunisian campaign, November 1942 to May 1943

(the evidence of which was unmistakable, thanks to the

ever-industrious AG Stats). On 3rd January 1943 he had a

long conference with DCIGS and DSD. He wrote to Grigg and

Brooke the following day27. The infantry comprised only

27,000 out of the 211,000 in 1st Army (one eighth) yet the

infantry had borne one half of the casualties. The infantry

component should be strengthened. Battalions should not be

cut from 4 to 3 companies, as proposed; on the contrary,

battalions should be increased by 100 men. He remarked that

27 Churchill, The Hinge of Fate, PP925-6.

235

during the war the Army had moved a long way from the maxim "The Infantry is the Army and uses the other arms as its

assistants". He concluded by saying: "The proportion of Infantry to other arms requires to be carefully reviewed". On 9th April Churchill wrote to Grigg requesting a visit to

an infantry battalion to examine its WE28. On 3rd May he

wrote again to Brooke about infantry casualties in ist

Army: 75% of the casualties had been borne by the Guards

and rifle battalions in recent fighting, 64% over the

longer period. There was an "extraordinary disparity"

recently between the infantry losses sustained and the

infantry reinforcements sent. The "fighting troops are not being replaced effectively". He concluded: "The first duty

of the War Office is to keep up the rifle infantry

strength Y29 . What effect did Tunisian casualties and Churchill's

intervention have? The Evetts rates were not issued until

after the fall of Tunis (although they had been used on a

provisional basis since January 1943). Although issued in

May 1943, the Evetts rates were not a response to the

Tunisian fighting. The timing was coincidental: as we have

seen, they had been framed in the autumn of 1942 and their

issue had been delayed while they had been subjected to

close scrutiny. The War Office did not change the wastage

rates in response to Churchill's intervention and the

statistical evidence adduced in his minutes. Of course,

some of the wastage rates were changed in May 1943 - for

example, the rate for infantry officers was increased - but

not in response to Tunisian casualties or Churchill's

intervention. Which suggests that either the War Office was

guilty of appalling negligence or callous indifference

(which is what some have implied) or else the evidence was

28 Ibid, P945.

29 Ibid, P956.

236

not considered conclusive of long-term inaccuracy (which is

a more reasonable assumption). In fact, other measures were

taken to meet Churchill's oft-expressed concerns. At the

end of the Tunisian campaign the WE of an infantry

battalion was raised (by 39 to 845)30.

Secondly, Italy. The war in Italy was primarily an

infantry war; there was very little scope for armour in the

mountainous Italian peninsula. Infantry wastage in Italy

was accordingly high. The all-arms wastage rate in Italy in

the period September 1943 to June 1944 varied between 5.6%

and 1.5% per month. The infantry wastage rate was

occasionally 15.3% per month but was usually about half

that. However, at Anzio in February 1944, because of fierce

German counter-attacks on the cramped Allied bridgehead,

the all-arms wastage rate was 20.9% and the infantry

wastage rate was 35.4%31. In the period 3rd September 1943

to 31st March 1944,57.6% of British battle casualties in

Italy were infantry: 26,50032. Wastage at Anzio was double

that estimated33; infantry wastage at Anzio was 2.5 times

that estimated34. No doubt in response to Anzio, the

composition and location of the reinforcement pool in Italy

was changed in February 1944.

Besides battle casualties, units in Italy suffered

heavily from disease and sickness, malaria especially. The

impact of malaria was greatest in Sicily (July-August

1943). On 15th January 1944 AG Stats produced a comparison

between the Evetts rates and the actual casualties

sustained in Sicily. The comparison showed that, despite

5,000 hospital admissions per month because of sickness

30 WEII/233/2: notified by Army Council Instruction of 19th May 1943.

31 AG Stats branch memorandum.

32 Molony, Mediterranean and Middle East, Vol. V, P421.

33 Ibid, P423.

34 AFHQ file on reinforcements: W0204/6627.

237

(mostly malaria), the Evetts rates had been too

pessimistic: actual infantry casualty rates had been only 20%/14% (Officers/ORs) per month35. The figure for hospital

admissions was supplied by AMD2 (Stats). It must be said however that it does not convey the true scale of the

sickness, principally malaria, problem in Sicily36. Apart

from battle casualties, sickness and disease, during the

autumn and winter of 1944 two other forms of wastage

assumed frightening proportions in Italy: home leave (3,000

men per month from the entire theatre, of which two thirds

were from Italy itself) and desertion/AWOL (a peak of over

1,200 men per month at the end of 1944). The numbers may

not appear large but the impact of both forms fell mainly

on the "teeth" arms, the infantry especially. We discussed

desertion/AWOL in Italy in the autumn and winter of 1944 in

the previous chapter.

Thirdly, the Far East. Evetts abolished separate rates

for the Far East. After having further study carried out

and after some hesitation, ECAC approved their abolition

but held out the prospect that separate rates might be

reintroduced.

On 15th July 1944 DSD asked for a report on wastage in

the Far East. A report was produced by DMP on 23rd

September, based largely upon No. 10 Indian Operational

Research Section's study into manpower wastage in Burma

during the period 1943/44: "Investigations regarding Rates

of Wastage of Manpower (Jungle Warfare) 1944", ist July

194437. This study showed that the Far East theatre was

unique: battle casualties were much lower than elsewhere

while non-battle casualties were much greater than

elsewhere. The study identified 7 types of normal wastage

35 AG Stats branch memorandum.

36 Crew, Army Medical Services: Campaigns, Vol. III, P56.

37 W032/10201.

238

in the Far East: sick; unfit/invalided; deserters;

repatriations; occasional battle casualties e. g. patrols;

men in prison; postings, transfers, promotions. It

concluded that only sickness (due to malaria and long LOC)

and repatriations were appreciable and quantifiable. The

combined sick and repatriation rate was considerable: 1%-4%

per month. It recommended that the Intense rate be greatly

lowered and the Quiet rate be greatly raised (the Normal

rate was not actually used in the Far East). In his report,

DMP examined three aspects of wastage in the Far East:

amphibious operations; land operations; malaria. With

regard to amphibious operations, he decided not to

recommend a Double Intense rate. Instead he recommended a

flat rate of 30% for "teeth" arms and 10% for "tail" arms

for the first month of an operation. With regard to land

operations, he recommended that the Quiet rates should

henceforth be additional to and not included in the Intense

rates. He recommended that the Quiet rates should be

substantially increased (to 1%-1.5%) and the Intense rates

should be substantially decreased (halved) for "teeth" arms

(for "tail" arms the Intense rates should stay the same).

With regard to malaria, he recommended that during the

monsoon period (May to October) there should be a Quiet

rate of 3% rising monthly to 15% to cover malarial

casualties. On 10th October 1944 DSD, D of 0 and DMP agreed

to reintroduce special rates for the Far East. They also

agreed that for the proposed amphibious landing in southern

Burma, the rates should be 2 months x Intense for the

assault phase ("Double Intense" in fact though not in name)

with half x Intense for "teeth" arms and Intense for "tail"

arms thereafter38.

Not surprisingly, a vast amount of operational research

was undertaken into personnel wastage in the Far East

because of its many peculiarities: the large number of non-

38 Ibid.

239

battle casualties; the small number of battle casualties;

very long LOC; inhospitable terrain and climate; endemic

disease. As mentioned above, in 1944 No 10 Indian

Operational Research Section produced a report into rates

of manpower wastage in jungle warfare. The following year,

Operational Research Group, 14th Army under Lieutenant-

Colonel Leitch produced a detailed seven part report on

Manpower Wastage in the Far East 1944/45, examining

hospital utilisation, reinforcement procedure, unit wastage

and battle wastage39. Leitch concluded (Part VII: Summary,

May 1945) that during the period 1944/45 quiet wastage for

infantry was 0.9% for Officers and 2.3% for ORs per month

(of which 0.25% and 0.75% respectively was dead wastage);

and that battle wastage for infantry was 11.5% for Officers

and 8.5% for ORs per month (of which 10.2% and 7.5%

respectively was dead wastage). Later in 1945 Brigadier

Welch of G Research Directorate, HQ ALFSEA made a study

into casualty evacuation and the provision of

reinforcements in the Far East. Welch concluded that in

heavy fighting a force of three divisions would need to

evacuate 85 sick and 115 wounded a day (total 200) . He

estimated that 13% of the wounded and 20% of the sick could

be treated locally and would not require evacuation. He

worked on the basis that a high of 5% of officers and 9% of

ORs would be sick per month and that in heavy fighting up

to 13% of infantry officers and 11% of infantry ORs would

be wounded per month4o .

The primary cause of non-battle wastage in the Far East

was malaria. Thanks to medical advances, this was in time

brought down to manageable proportions. Hospital admissions

in Burma because of malaria declined drastically between

1943 and 1945: from 5.2% per month to 1% per month. Whereas

39 ALFSEA papers: W0203/592-7 and 702.

ao Copy held by Army Historical Branch.

240

malaria accounted for over a third of the sick rate in

Burma in 1943 (14.5%), in 1945 it accounted for less than a

sixth (6.5% ) 41.

Lastly, North West Europe. 21st Army Group issued its

long-term (6 months) and short-term (2 weeks) forecasts of

casualties during "Overlord" on 12th February 194442. They

were produced against the background of the Anzio

operation, by which they were almost certainly influenced.

In its forecasting, 21st Army Group used the Evetts rates

but introduced a new "Double Intense" rate for those

formations landing on D-Day. In the first month such

formations would lose, for example, 50% of their infantry

officers and 40% of their infantry ORs. Hastings is in

error when he says that the "Double Intense" rate was

introduced as a result of experience in Normandy43. Although

infantry (of all types, including the Guards and

"Commandos") comprised only 16% of the force, it was

forecast that they would account for 45% of casualties in

the first month, 38% in the second and 35% in the third

i. e. an average of 39% during the first three month S44. In

its detailed casualty forecasting, 21st Army Group took the

Evetts rates as the basis but introduced many refinements.

It laid down that: on D-Day 60% of those in landing craft

which were lost or damaged would become casualties; 0.17%

per day of the force ashore would be hospitalised because

of sickness or injury (i .e. 5.1% per month) ; 30% of battle

casualties would be killed, captured or missing on D-Day

and D+1 and 25% thereafter; half the wounded would be

walking wounded (i. e. not serious)45.21st Army Group also

41 Franklin Mellor, Casualties and Medical Statistics, PP105-6.

42 21st Army Group papers: W0205/152.

43 Overlord, P210.

44 W0205/152.

45 Administrative History of 21 S` Army Group, P7.

241

laid down that battle casualties would be assessed on a

daily basis. For the first two weeks of the campaign this

would be done according to the severity of the fighting

(light; severe; maximum) and to unit (regiment or brigade;

division; corps; army; LOC). The daily casualty rate up to

D+14 would vary between 25% (for a regiment on a maximum day) and 0.25% (for LOC troops on a light day) For the

rest of the campaign the daily casualty rate would be

assumed to be 0.35% from D+15 to D+29; 0.25% from D+30 to

D+59; 0.20% from D+60 to D+90; and 0.15% thereafter46.

On 8th March 1944 AG Stats drew up an "Overlord"

casualty forecast which substantially increased the figures

put forward by 21st Army Group, both all-arms and infantry.

AG Stats predicted almost 100,000 battle casualties in the

first three months (over half in the first month), of which

almost 41,000 (41%) would be rifle infantry. In the event,

between D-Day and the end of August less than 70,000 battle

casualties were sustained, of which less than 39,000 (56%)

were rifle infantry i. e. infantry casualties were far

greater in relative terms than forecast but marginally

lower in absolute terms. Heavy infantry losses (double

those forecast, in both absolute and relative terms) in the

middle of the Normandy campaign were more than balanced by

light losses in the beginning and at the end. Taking the

campaign as a whole, all-arms casualties were massively

overestimated while infantry casualties were marginally

overestimated47 . It has become fashionable in recent years to say that

for the British, American and Canadian Armies casualty

rates in NW Europe were comparable to casualty rates on the

Western Front. While agreeing wholeheartedly with Ellis

46 Cabinet Office narrative of NW Europe campaign: Section D Chapter I Plans and preparations: CAB44/242.

" Cas. returns: AG Stats file W032/11172; comparisons between forecasts and returns: AG Stats analysis W0365/46.

242

that WWII was not a "cakewalki48 for British, American and

Canadian infantrymen, who suffered heavy casualties, it has

to be said that some historians have overstated the case -

especially with regard to the Normandy campaign. Thompson49

states that the daily casualty rate during the Normandy

campaign i. e. 2,723 was higher than that during the Third

Battle of Ypres i. e. 2,221. Thompson's point has been

quoted approvingly by Sheffield50 while Copp has made

exactly the same point, although with slightly different

figures51. However, in their attempt to emphasise the

undeniable ferocity of the "bocage" fighting, Thompson,

Sheffield and Copp have overstated the case. They are in

fact comparing apples and oranges: they are comparing

British and Canadian casualties in the period 31st July to

10th November 1917 i. e. 240,00052 with British, Canadian and

American casualties in the period 6th June to 31st August

1944 i. e. 209,672 Even then, such a simplistic comparison

takes no account of the number of casualties sustained

relative to the size of the force involved: around half a

million at the peak during Third Ypres54; around two million

at the peak in Normandy55. During the middle, attritional

phase of the Normandy campaign casualties, especially among

the infantry, were very high; however they did not surpass

in either absolute or relative terms those sustained during

the Western Front battles and any attempt to suggest

otherwise is futile. We may agree with Ellis that: "In

48 The Sharp End, P159.

a9 The Imperial War Museum Book of Victory in Europe, PPxii and 138.

50 Addison and Calder (Eds. ), Time to Kill, P35.

51 Ibid, PP 148-9.

52 Falls, The First World War, P285.

5' Ellis, Victory in the West, Vol. I, P493.

54 Mitchell and Smith, Medical History of the War, P38.

55 Ellis, Vol. I, P478.

243

terms of battle casualties the Western Front will always

remain a Golgotha of unequalled proportionsi56. As we shall

shortly see, the casualty rate during the NW Europe

campaign was in fact much less than during the Western

Front campaign.

Battle casualty rates in NW Europe (as a percentage of

troops engaged) were: 10.7 in June; 9.8 in July; 8.8 in

August; 9 in September; and 5.1 in October57. These rates

can be misleading. Fighting was fiercer and casualties were

heavier in July than in June. However, the rate is higher

in June because there were fewer troops ashore and engaged

than in July. During June and July 30% of casualties

requiring medical treatment were sick, 10% were suffering

from exhaustion or fatigue (a major problem during the

middle, attritional phase of the Normandy campaign) and 60%

were wounded or injured. Of the sick, a third were treated

locally. Of the wounded and injured: 7% died; 5% were

invalided; 7% returned to duty in a low medical category;

and 81% returned to duty in a high medical category58. There

can be no doubt that the infantry suffered most in NW

Europe. According to their published histories, during the

NW Europe campaign British infantry divisions suffered

between 9,758 and 11,870 battle casualties each i. e. an

average of between 887 and 1,141 per division per month.

Although rifle infantry comprised only two fifths of an

infantry division, most of these casualties were infantry.

Of British OR battle casualties in NW Europe, 60% were

rifle infantry, including the Guards59.

Unlike in the Far East, little operational research was

devoted to personnel wastage in NW Europe. Report 19 of No.

56 The Sharp End, P 159.

57 AG Stats branch memorandum.

58 Crew, Army Medical Services: Campaigns, Vol. IV, P619.

59 Hansard, 25`x' July 1946.

244

2 Operational Research Section 21st Army Group concerned

infantry officer casualties during the first five months of

the campaign. Its findings show clearly that being an

infantry subaltern in NW Europe was a very dangerous

occupation. Although the proportion of officer/OR

casualties varied between division (1.28-1.70), the

casualty rate was invariably higher for officers than for

ORs. Rifle platoon commanders had a casualty rate of 31.2%

per month whilst rifle company commanders had a casualty

rate of 30% per month. Half of infantry officer casualties

were due to inadequate training and tactics on the part of

the infantry while half were due to inadequate counter-

battery/mortar methods used by the supporting arms.

Consequently, the training of the infantry and counter-

battery/mortar methods should both be improved. Of company

commanders who were hit, one third were killed and two

thirds were wounded. Officer mortality rates varied between

division (24.2%-35%). Most officer casualties were caused

when attacking (69%); by artillery shells and mortars

(57%); in close proximity to the enemy (40% ) 60 .

The infantry shortage experienced by 21st Army Group in

the autumn of 1944 was not explicitly blamed on the wastage

rates. At a series of meetings held on 30th and 31st

October 1944 to discuss 21st Army Group's deficit of 14,500

infantry, DSD told the Chief of Staff of 21st Army Group

that the deficit (which the War Office had predicted before

D-Day) was somewhat greater than predicted for four

reasons. First, the War Office activity forecasts had been

based on not all divisions being in line at the same time,

which is what had actually happened. Second, the War Office

forecasts of infantry casualties had been based on the

daily casualty rate for infantry originally supplied by

21st Army Group: 220. However, 21st Army Group had

60 Army Operational Research reports: W0291/1331.

245

subsequently raised this to 350, then to 380 and finally to

500 i. e. more than double (from 6,600 to 15,000 per month).

Third, the estimate of 50% of casualties returning in 4-6

months had proved accurate but not all had been fit enough

to return to combat duty. Fourth, because there had been

fewer casualties than predicted in the first month of the

campaign, fewer than predicted wounded were now returning

to duty61. It will be noted that there was no direct

criticism of the wastage rates. The deficit was the result

of a combination of factors, the most important of which

were an inaccurate forecast of activity by the War Office

and the doubling of the daily casualty estimate for

infantry by 21st Army Group.

It has to be said that 21st Army Group's doubling of the

daily casualty rate for infantry was, although

understandable, an unnecessary overreaction to the heavy

infantry casualties sustained in the Norman "bocage". In

the event, during the last two months of 1944 its

casualties, both total and infantry, were negligible. In

November and December 1944 21st Army Group sustained only

8,800 casualties, of which only 4,600 were infantry (= 75 a

day) . Indeed, taking the period June to December 1944 as a

whole, casualties, both total and infantry, were much less

than had been forecast before the campaign. On 18th May AG

Stats had forecast that between D-Day and the end of 1944

21st Army Group would sustain 189,600 casualties, of which

76,800 (40.5%) would be infantry of the line (= 368 a day).

In the event, in the period 6th June to 31st December 1944

21st Army Group sustained only 107,600 casualties i. e.

82,000 less than forecast, of which only 61,400 (57.1%)

were infantry of the line (= 294 a day) i. e. 15,400 less

than forecast62. In other words, although infantry

61 Home Forces file on "Overlord" reinforcements: WO199/1335.

62 WO65/46.

246

casualties were much greater than forecast in relative

terms, they were much less in absolute terms.

Taking the campaign in NW Europe as a whole, battle

casualties as a proportion of force strength were 1.99% per

month and non-battle casualties were 2.37% per month. A

total of 4.36% per month. This was less than half the

casualty rate experienced by the British Army on the

Western Front. Taking the campaign on the Western Front as

a whole, battle casualties as a proportion of force

strength were 4.11% per month and non-battle casualties

were 5.39% per month. A total of 9.5% per month. Of British

Army battle casualties in NW Europe, 4% were killed,

10.4% missing and 68.2% wounded. Of the wounded, only 6.7%

died. Of the sick and injured, a mere 0.9% died63. While

Evetts had been optimistic about the proportion killed, he

had been pessimistic about the proportion missing.

The wastage rates used by the British Army during WWII

were used by the New Zealand and Canadian Armies also.

Although our concern in this chapter is with how well the

rates worked for the British, we should look briefly at how

well the rates worked for the New Zealanders and Canadians,

especially as the latter rejected the British rates after

Normandy.

Unlike the Canadians, the New Zealanders used the War

Office rates throughout the war. As from ist January 1943

New Zealand forces in North Africa used on a provisional

basis the revised wastage rates proposed by Evetts (with a

dead loss ratio of 55%). Thus in Tunisia New Zealand forces

used the Evetts rates despite the fact that they were not

issued until after the campaign. In the period 22nd

November 1942 to 13th May 1943 (i. e. the last six months of

the North African campaign), 2nd NZ Expeditionary Force had

113 Quiet days, 42 Normal days and a mere 17 Intense days.

These figures are very interesting given that New Zealand

63 Administrative History of 21" Army Group, Appendix M.

247

forces were nearly always in the van of the fighting. On

6th May 1943 HQ 2NZEF wrote to GHQ MEF "that the revised WO

Wastage tables provide a good basis for the calculation of

estimated wastage by arms and that the revisions made

appear to have taken care of the obvious defects in the old

tables (e. g, Arty 64 and Inf Officers) "" As 2NZEF was

infantry "heavy" as well as almost always in the thick of

things, this was an important compliment to the Evetts

rates. Despite this compliment, AG Stats did not relax its

vigilance for a moment. Although it could not have been of

more than academic interest, on 6th August 1943 AG Stats

brought to the attention of AG Co-ord discrepancies between

the War Office wastage rates and New Zealand casualties in

North Africa in the period June to August 1942 i. e. more

than a year before. Wastage in active periods was higher

than the Intense rates; in quiet periods it was lower than

the Normal rates. The rate for Armour was much less than

the War Office rate; rates for Infantry, Engineers and

Signals were much more than the War Office rates. The

proportion of wounded returning to duty was higher than the

. War Office estimate 65

From the summer of 1940 to the summer of 1942 the

Canadians used their own wastage rates (which were slightly

different from the War office rates) before voluntarily

adopting the War Office rates. In the late summer of 1944,

after Normandy, the Canadians stopped using the War Office

rates and started using their own rates (which were very

different from the War Office rates). Since the war,

certain Canadian (and subsequently American) historians

have criticised the War Office rates as being misleading

and inadequate.

64 Copy of letter in AG Stats branch memorandum on NZ casualties.

65 AG Stats file 117.

248

Assertions by Burns66 and Stacey67 that the War Office

rates were derived from or based on North African

(specifically Western Desert) experience and thus

inapplicable to European conditions (in that they

understated infantry casualties and overstated casualties

to other arms) are false - demonstrably so, as this chapter

has shown. Stacey's assertions have been repeated verbatim

and given wide currency by D'Este68. As shown above, wastage

rates were remarkably consistent throughout the war. The

autumn 1939 review left the existing rates (which were

based on Western Front experience) substantially unchanged.

The autumn 1942 review appears to have ignored Western

Desert experience. It certainly left the existing rates

substantially unchanged. Churchill's minute of 3rd May 1943

pointing to a disparity between infantry casualties

sustained in Tunisia and infantry reinforcements sent from

the UK was quoted by Burns, who remarked that it "makes it

the less comprehensible that the War Office should have

taken so long to change its figures i69. Burns was clearly

unaware that at the end of the Tunisian campaign, the

wastage rate for infantry officers and the WE of infantry

battalions were both increased: the former coincidentally,

the result of the autumn 1942 review of rates; the latter

in response to heavy infantry casualties in Tunisia.

The Canadian all-arms wastage rate in Italy varied

between 6.2% (December 1943) and 0.3% (September 1943) per

month. The Canadian rate was sometimes higher than the

British rate because the figures were distorted by the fact

that the Canadians had less LOC troops in Italy than the

66 Manpower in the Canadian Army, P90.

67 The Victory Campaign, P284.

68 Decision in Normandy, PP255-7.

69 Burns, PP 179-80.

249

British: LOC troops not normally being subjected to attack

and therefore not normally suffering casualties70.

On 6th November 1943 the Canadian Military HQ in London

asked DSD about wastage in AA units, trying to

differentiate between those in the field and those in the

rear. DSD replied on 15th November but was unable to help.

On 23rd May 1944 CMHQ sought clarification on three points

to do with wastage (i. e. the rates include all casualties,

both battle and non-battle; 50% of casualties will recover;

recovered wounded will return in 4-6 months) and asked one

question (about the proportion of recovered wounded who

will return to combat duty). On 9th June DSD confirmed

without comment the three points raised. AMD2 (Stats) had

no figures to answer the question posed but suggested that

78% of recovered wounded would return to combat duty and

that 22% would be fit only for less strenuous duty on the

basis of WWI figures71. It is surprising that AMD2 (Stats)

had no figures to hand. It suggests that no one had raised

the matter before. Despite this correspondence, there is no

evidence that the Evetts rates were ever amended to reflect

the fact that not all recovered wounded would be fit enough

to return to combat (although, as we have seen, War Office

casualty forecasts were so amended eventually) Why not?

Some would no doubt say War Office complacency or

incompetence. The most likely explanation however is that

there was no real need, given the generally pessimistic

nature of the Evetts rates.

In both relative and absolute terms, Canadian infantry

casualties in Normandy were higher than British infantry

casualties. In Normandy only 56% of British casualties were

infantry72 compared to 76% of Canadian casualties. The

70 AG Stats branch memorandum.

71 W032/10201.

'2 W032/11172.

250

Canadian figure73 reflected the following. Much of the

Canadian Army's armour and artillery during the last and

most costly phase of the campaign was provided and manned by the British and Poles. The Canadians had a very large

"tail", which, as one might expect, was not subjected to

direct attack and suffered hardly any casualties. Canadian

infantry units were inadequately led, trained and supported by other arms. Given that much of its armour and artillery

was non-Canadian during the most costly phase of the

campaign; that it had a very large "tail"; and that its

infantry units were inadequately led, trained and

supported, it was only natural that most of the Canadian

Army's casualties in Normandy were infantry and very few

were armour, artillery or "tail". In the period 6th June to

ist October 1944 (from D-Day to the eve of the Scheldt

campaign) the two Canadian infantry divisions in NW Europe

lost 8,211 and 9,263 men whereas in the same period no

British infantry division lost more than 7,605 men74 - despite the fact that one of the Canadian divisions had

missed the first month of the campaign. While it is true

that Canadian divisions enjoyed fewer rest periods than

British divisions, Canadian divisions were given tasks no

harder and sometimes easier than British divisions and they

were frequently assisted in those tasks by British and

Polish divisions. The conclusion is inescapable that the

disparity in casualties between British and Canadian

infantry divisions reflects the fact that - despite the

many shortcomings of the British Army - British infantry

divisions were better led, trained and supported than

Canadian. The training and all-arms co-operation of the

Canadian Army in NW Europe has been criticised by many

Canadian historians of the war. As has its leadership,

although none can agree about the level at which the fault

73 Stacey, The Victory Campaign, P284.

74 Montgomery, Memoirs, PP309-10.

251

lay. Stacey blamed company and battalion commanders;

English has blamed the army commander 75 Greenhous has

blamed the corps commander76.

At the end of August the Canadians stopped using the War

Office rates and started using rates of their own devising.

Henceforth, the Intense and Normal rates for armour,

artillery and service corps used by the Canadians were much

lower than the rates used by the British; while the Intense

and Normal rates for infantry used by the Canadians were

much higher than the rates used by the British

(interestingly, the Canadians saw no need to change the

Quiet rates). The new Canadian Intense rate for infantry

(45% for Officers and 30% for ORs) was four fifths higher

for Officers and a half higher for ORs than the rate used

by the British. There was in fact no reason to change. The

Canadians overreacted to a "blip" and were soon to discover

the practical implications of taking "blips" as the norm.

The new infantry wastage rates used by the Canadians led to

a vast overestimation of infantry casualties - and

therefore of infantry reinforcements needed - and

ultimately to a conscription crisis in Canada. Taking into

account the long quiet periods as well as the short intense

periods, the infantry wastage experienced by the Canadians

in Italy and NW Europe was not very high. In fact, in NW

Europe 1944/45 Canadian infantry casualties averaged 13.64%

of infantry strength per month while in Italy 1944 they

averaged only 6.75% per month". If Canadian infantry

casualties in the three worst months of the Italian

campaign are added to Canadian infantry casualties in the

three worst months of the NW Europe campaign (not the same

months it should be noted: we are creating a hypothetical

75 English, A Study of Failure in High Command.

76 Review of Graham's The Price of Command, Canadian Defence Quarterly, Dec. 1993, P38-40.

77 Extrapolated from Burns, P163.

252

worse-case scenario), they come to 24,613: massively less

than predicted by the new Canadian rates adopted after

Normandy and only marginally more than predicted by the War

Office rates78. Even if non-battle casualties were to be

added to this figure, the picture would not be altered

significantly. As events after Normandy showed, the

Canadian rates were excessive and the rejection of the War

Office rates by the Canadians at the end of the Normandy

campaign was, although understandable, an unnecessary

overreaction.

In this chapter we have examined in detail the battle

wastage suffered by the British Army in WWII. In

particular, we have examined in detail the wastage rates

used by the British Army in WWII to predict battle wastage

and thus reinforcement needs, ascertaining how the rates

were determined and how they were reviewed, what flaws they

contained, what amendments were made to them and how well

they operated in the various theatres. What conclusions may

we draw from this examination?

WWII wastage rates were derived essentially from WWI

experience. They remained remarkably consistent, being

reviewed only twice during the war. The North African

campaign (contrary to what has been asserted) seems to have

influenced the rates marginally, if at all. The rates were

not perfect; nor were they incapable of improvement.

However, apart from some short periods of exceptionally

heavy fighting, on the whole they operated well; usually

they erred on the side of caution. Most importantly, the

wastage rates used by the British Army in the period 1943-

45 did not consistently underestimate infantry casualties

(as has been asserted). The wastage rate for infantry other

ranks in heavy fighting was not amended throughout the war,

despite the two reviews, which would be truly astonishing

78 Ibid, P91.

253

if the rate had been inaccurate. The rate was not based on

WWII experience but pre-dated the war. When it was reviewed

in the autumn of 1939, it was shown to be the same as the

casualty rate during the campaign on the Western Front

(specifically the Battle of the Somme), in which the

British Army had sustained massive infantry casualties.

When the rate was reviewed in the autumn of 1942 by Evetts,

he left it unchanged (he did however raise the rate for

infantry officers in heavy fighting). Whatever we may think

about the wisdom of basing wastage rates in one war on the

experience of a previous and very different war, we can

only conclude that, as it equalled the casualty rate on the

Somme, the wastage rate for infantrymen used by the British

Army in the period 1943-45 was not inadequate. The

explanation for the infantry shortage must lie elsewhere.

254

CHAPTER 7. CONSCRIPTION.

This chapter examines conscription, that is compulsory

military service, in Britain during the war. Conscription

was actually called National Service and conscripts were

actually called National Servicemen. Conscription was introduced on the outbreak of the war and during the war

millions of men were conscripted into the Forces.

Volunteering was still permitted, indeed it was encouraged,

but the great bulk of the intake into the Army during the

war - about three quarters, as Table XXI shows - was

conscript. In this chapter we will seek to discover the

answers to two questions: How thorough was conscription in

Britain during the war? Did the Army get its fair share of

conscripts, both qualitatively as well as quantitatively?

The answers to these questions will help us to answer the

larger question: Given that conscription was introduced on

the outbreak of war and that during the war millions of men

were conscripted into the Army, why did the Army experience

a manpower crisis in September 1944?

The introduction of conscription on the outbreak of the

Second World War was a conscious reaction to the unhappy

experience of the Great War'. Prior to the Great War, in

Britain - almost uniquely among the Great Powers -

recruitment to the Army had always been voluntary: there

had never been conscription and many were opposed to it.

Consequently, the peacetime system of voluntary recruitment

was maintained, and the introduction of conscription was

delayed, until the middle of the Great War. At first, in an

outburst of patriotic fervour, voluntary recruitment

produced too many men for the Army, far too many to train

and equip properly; later, as the war dragged on,

1 Simkins, Kitchener's Army, PP49-78,104-62; Beckett and Simpson, A Nation in Arms, PP1-36; Taylor,

English History 1914-1945, PP47-9,67,85-9; Perry, The Commonwealth Armies, PP7-19.

255

casualties mounted and a cynical reaction set in, it

produced too few men for the Army, far too few to replace

casualties; finally, in order to maintain the forces in the

field conscription was resorted to. The British experience

during the Great War was thus excessive voluntary

recruitment (which not only swamped the Army but also

crippled Munitions, many of those who rushed to join the

colours being industrial workers) followed by inadequate

voluntary recruitment followed by the introduction of

conscription.

There is no doubt that, compared to the British

experience during the Great War, in Britain during the

Second World War the mobilization of manpower for the

Forces was much more orderly. It was also much more

harmonious. Whereas conscription was a subject of

increasingly heated debate in Britain during the Great War,

during the Second World War it was an accomplished fact.

When the Army's manpower crisis arose in September 1944, as

conscription had been in force for five years, there was no

pool of "cowards" and "shirkers" at home, as there was

widely believed to be in Britain during the Great War. In

Britain during the Great War, prior to the introduction of

conscription, young men not in the Forces were regarded

initially with scorn and then with hostility. It became

common for young men not in uniform to be accosted in the

street and handed white feathers by young women. The

introduction of conscription in Britain at the beginning of

the Second World War meant that no one would have genuine

cause to call young men not in the Forces "cowards" and

"shirkers".

Conscription was actually introduced in a limited form

before the outbreak of war. Following the German occupation

of Prague in March 1939, it was belatedly accepted that

Britain would have to send an army to the Continent on the

outbreak of war, as in August 1914. Although it was

256

intended to introduce conscription on the outbreak of war,

this would not of course bear fruit for some time

afterwards. Therefore the Government decided to introduce

immediately a measure of compulsory training in the Armed

Forces. This was announced by Chamberlain in the House of

Commons on 26th April 1939 and exactly a month later the

Military Training Act became law2. The Act, which was to

continue in force for 3 years, placed a liability on all

men who were at the time between the ages of 20 and 21 and

those who subsequently reached the age of 20 to 4 years'

military service with a continuous period of 6 months full

time training with the Forces within a year of the date of

their registration. The longer the war was postponed, the

greater would be the number of trained men immediately

available for call-up on the outbreak of war3. On 3rd June

1939 the first and, as it happened, only registration of

men under the Act took place: amounting to over 240,000

men4. On 15th July the first and, as it happened, only

intake of "Militiamen", as those conscripted under the Act

were called, joined the Army: amounting to almost 35,000

men. These men were of excellent quality and many later

became officers and NCOs5.

Although superseded by the National Service Act on the

outbreak of war, the Military Training Act was of

importance in that it imposed conscription in peacetime for

the first time in Britain; provided an opportunity for

manpower planning in the allotment of intakes and exposed

the problems involved; and brought into close contact the

staffs of the War Office and the Ministry of Labour. The

Ministry of Labour was responsible for registration,

' Hansard, Vol. 346, Cols. 1150-3.

3 Parker, Manpower, P54.

' Ibid, PP55 and 488.

Pigott, Manpower Problems, PP7-8 and 10.

257

medical examination, the issue of enlistment notices and for the setting up of tribunals to deal with pleas of

conscientious objection and of hardship. Registration was

carried out at employment exchanges while medical

examinations were conducted at centres set up for the

purpose. Medical boards were appointed by the Ministry of Labour and a code of medical gradings drawn up in

consultation with the Services. The machinery set up to

administer the Military Training Act was in fact the basis

of the machinery set up to administer National Service, for

which it served as a useful trial. When the war began,

premises had been acquired, medical boards appointed and the staffs of the War Office and Ministry of Labour had got

used to working together6. The machinery therefore adapted

easily and quickly when National Service was introduced on the outbreak of war and the Ministry of Labour - renamed

the Ministry of Labour and National Service - was made

responsible for it7.

On the outbreak of war, four Acts were passed which gave

the Government control of manpower: the National Service

(Armed Forces) Act; the Military and Air Forces

(Prolongation of Service) Act; the National Registration

Act; the Armed Forces (Conditions of Service) Act.

The Military and Air Forces (Prolongation of Service)

Act laid down that all those who had entered the Services

before the war would have to continue to serve for the

duration of the war, irrespective of the terms of their

original enlistment. The Armed Forces (Conditions of

Service) Act modified peacetime conditions of service. It

permitted indefinite "emergency" enlistments instead of the

fixed "normal" enlistments laid down in the Army Act etc.

While fixed enlistments were never completely suspended,

the very great majority of voluntary enlistments during the

6 Ibid, P7.

7 Ministry of National Service Order, 1939, SR &0 1939, No. 1118.

258

war were for "the duration of the present emergency" i. e. indefinite. It also authorized compulsory transfer between

Corps, irrespective of the wishes of the individuals

concerned8. The National Registration Act established an

on-going register of all persons in the United Kingdom, an

essential prerequisite for the mobilization of the nation's

manpower.

The most significant of the Acts was the National

Service (Armed Forces) Act, which was rushed into law on 3rd September 1939, the day war was declared9. As with the

Military Training Act, the National Service Act did not

apply to Northern Ireland. Authority was given for Royal

Proclamations imposing a liability for indefinite service

with the Armed Forces on men in any age group between 18

and 41. This obligation applied generally to all male

British subjects resident in the country at the date at

which the Proclamation relating to their group was made, or

who subsequently entered the country. British subjects not

ordinarily resident in Britain were not liable to be called

up until they had been in Britain for at least 2 years and

not at all so long as they were in this country only for a

temporary purpose. Apart from ministers of religion no

classes were statutorily exempted in virtue of their

occupations, but provision was made for the registration of

conscientious objectors and the postponement of the call-up

of individiials on grounds of exceptional hardship. After

their period of service, as with the Military Training Act,

men were given the right of reinstatement with their

previous employers, who had to take back applicants unless

they could show that changed circumstances made this

unreasonable or impracticablelo.

8 Pigott, P 12.

93&4 Geo. 6, c. 22.

10 Parker, P55. 259

Although a Schedule of Reserved Occupations - specifying jobs which were considered to be of national importance and from which men would not normally be taken by the Forces in

the event of war - was already in existence, its provisions

were disregarded when men were called up under the Military

Training Act. It was apparently intended that the

provisions of the Schedule would be applied after

completion of the initial 6 month training period when Scheduled men would only be available for corresponding

trades in the Army or, perhaps, not available at all". The

early start of the war prevented this being applied.

On the same day as the National Service Act was passed,

the Schedule of Reserved Occupations came into operation.

This listed the occupations considered vital to the war

effort, primarily those involved in the manufacture of

munitions. As a rule, men of a specified age in such

occupations would be reserved i. e. retained and would not

be called up to the Forces under the National Service Act12.

The Schedule was not an Act of Parliament and could

therefore be easily amended as circumstances changed. It

was intended to prevent the indiscriminate calling up of

industrial workers whose loss would adversely affect

munitions production. The corollary to this was a careful

control of voluntary enlistment, which remained open to

those age groups not required to register by Royal

Proclamation. It would have been nonsensical to have

stopped men in a particular industry and of a particular

age from being called up to the Forces while at the same

time allowing men in the same industry but of a different

age to join the Forces voluntarily. Every application for

voluntary enlistment - except, until mid 1943, those few

' Manpower (Technical) Committee of the Cabinet NS(T)21 of 10`h May, NS(T)22 of 19`h May and NS(T) 4`h Mtg of 25`h May 1939.

12 Parker, PP55-6.

260

applications for a "normal" enlistment - was therefore

scrutinised at the recruiting centre by an official from

the Ministry of Labour and National Service who decided

whether the man might be enlisted or not, considering his

age and occupation. In certain circumstances, the Schedule

could be waived, and disputed cases could be referred to a

"Waiver Committee", whose decision was final.

The Schedule underwent many changes. In its original

form it provided for block reservations, which

automatically kept out of the Services men of certain ages

in certain occupations, irrespective of the exact work

which the individual might be doing. This had the

outstanding merit of preventing in the first days of the

war the indiscriminate loss of skilled men from industry,

but in one sense it achieved too much. Firms were therefore

divided into "protected" and "unprotected" according to the

work they were doing, and in certain trades the age of

reservation for men in "protected" firms was lower than

that for men in the "unprotected". But from the beginning

of 1942 the system of block reservation was gradually

replaced by that of individual deferment, and outside

certain special occupations more and more men became liable

to call-up by withdrawal of block reservation, unless the

employer could prove to one of the District Manpower

Boards, which were now set up, the necessity for deferment.

By reason of these changes it often happened that a man was

refused permission to enlist voluntarily and was later

called-up for service, which caused no little

heartburning'3.

In February 1941, because of considerable misgivings

about the manpower demands of the Army, the War Cabinet

invited Margesson, the Secretary of State for War, and

Bevin, the Minister of Labour and National Service, to

confer together and work out a plan for future intake into

13 Pigott, PP12-13,21.

261

the Army. But before they had gone far Churchill himself

reached the conclusion that a firm and absolute figure

should be determined within which the Army would have to

make its plans and dispositions 14. He realised that many of

the misunderstandings that had arisen about the expansion

of the Army had been due to the practice of calculating its

requirements on the basis of the number of fighting

divisions that could be put into the field, and omitting to

make provision for the numbers that would be needed for

lines of communication, training units and specialist

activities. He proposed that in future the military

authorities should be given a net entitlement for all

purposes of about 2 million men. It would then be for them

to make the best use of this material "by wise economies,

by thrifty and ingenious use of manpower, by altering

establishments to fit resources".

The new principle had two merits. It brought the future

requirements of the Army within measurable reach of current

calling-up plans, and it compelled the War Office to work

to a target.

The ceiling chosen was however far too low - as became

apparent almost immediately. Following Churchill's

directive the approved Army ceiling was fixed at

2,195,00015. While the Ministry of Labour was in progress of

making its plans for manpower distribution on this basis,

Bevin was in July 1941 compelled to agree that it should be

raised by 21,800 to 2,216,800 to meet the calls on the War

Office to find troops for fire-watching in the Western

ports and for the protection of aerodromes. Additional

items, however small, were an embarrassment to those who

were responsible for planning the distribution of manpower,

1' War Cabinet minute WM(41)20`h Mtg. Item 6 of 24`h February 1941: CAB65 and paper WP(41)69 of 26`x' March 1941: CAB66/15.

15 War Cabinet paper WP(41)69: CAB66/15.

262

and Bevin asked - and was given an assurance - that in

future he should be brought into consultation before new

manpower demands were authorised by the Government16. Hardly

had this decision been taken when Churchill was informed

that after a detailed examination of its establishments the

War Office was of the opinion that it would be unable to

carry out its full commitments without some addition to the

numbers it was authorised to recruit. He therefore invited

Anderson, the Lord President of the Council, in

consultation with the responsible Ministers to examine the

War Office's claim s7. This was for an additional 323,000 men

to be found by mid 1942. After protracted discussions and

reference to Churchill of certain undetermined issues,

general agreement was reached late in September 1941 on an

increase of 158,00018. The authorised ceiling for the Army

had thus become 2,374,800. As we shall see in Chapter 8,

the Army got the ceiling reviewed in June 1942 and it was

gradually increased thereafter.

By the spring of 1941 it was clear that the Police, Fire

and Civil Defence Services could not be sustained without

compulsion. Accordingly, in April 1941 an additional

National Service Act was passed under which men could be

conscripted into these Services. The men conscripted into

these Services were thereby denied to the Forces. Excluding

part-timers, in the autumn of 1944 there were 217,000 men

employed in these Services19. Naturally, given the demanding

16 War Cabinet paper WP(G)(41)68 of 16`x' July 1941: CAB66 and minute WM(41)71S` Mtg. Item 6 of 17`h July 1941: CAB65.

17 Manpower Priority Sub-Committee paper NS(MPP)(41)41 of 30`'' September 1941 and PM file 55

(Army - Manpower etc. June 1940-July 1945), PM's personal minute M776/1 of 270' July 1941:

PREM3/55.

18 War Cabinet paper WP(41)257 Para 9: CAB66/19 and Cabinet Office file CAB/HIST/M/117/1/2,

Army Manpower, Note by Lord President of 19`h September 1941, and Army Manpower, Note of meeting held at War Cabinet Offices on 23 ̀d September 1941.

19 CSO, Statistical Digest of the War, Tables 16-7, PP14-5.

263

nature of their duties, most of these men - in what we now

call the Emergency Services - had to be young and fit.

By the autumn of 1941 it was clear that the manpower

demands of the Armed Forces could no longer be met without

drastic changes to existing policies20. The Ministry of

Labour and National Service proposed that the scope of the

Schedule of Reserved Occupations be narrowed considerably21.

Anderson believed that if the blow were not softened in

some way such a change would have a disastrous effect on

industry. He therefore proposed that it be accompanied by a

considerable widening of the scope of National Service.

While changes to the Schedule could be done

administratively, changes to National Service required

legislation. He therefore placed a memorandum before the

War Cabinet. The memorandum proposed the call up to the

Forces of men under the age of 19; the extension of

National Service, be it in the military or in industry, to

all persons, male and female, between the ages of 18 and

60; and the conscription of women into the Auxiliary

Service S22.

Of these recommendations the most difficult proved to be

the proposed conscription of women for the Auxiliary

Services, which was strenuously opposed at first. Among the

younger classes which would be required to register there

would be many who would be quite unsuited to life in the

Services and it would be altogether wrong, it was argued,

to force them to join up. After prolonged discussion the

War Cabinet eventually agreed that there was no other

practical means of obtaining sufficient recruits for the

Women's Services and authorised the introduction of the

necessary legislation with the following safeguards.

20 Manpower Priority Sub-Committee papers NS(MPP)(41)41 of 30`h September 1941 and NS(MPP)(41)42 of 6`" October 1941.

21 Manpower Priority Sub-Committee paper NS(MPP)(41)41 of 30th September 1941.

22 War Cabinet paper WP(41)257 Paras 9 and 12 of 7`h November 1941: CAB66/19.

264

Conscription would not apply to married women; no woman

would be posted to a combatant service except as a

volunteer; and the same facilities for obtaining

postponement and deferment and for considering

conscientious objections as were available for men would

also be available for women. It was further resolved that,

when the clauses in the Bill dealing with compulsory

recruitment of women were being considered in Parliament,

it should be made clear that the present intention of the

Government was to proclaim only the age groups between 20

and 30, and that when women were called up they should be

given a choice between the Auxiliary Services, Civil

Defence and certain specified jobs in industry.

At the same time the War Cabinet accepted the other

proposals contained in the memorandum. National Service

obligations would be placed upon all men and women between

the ages of 18 and 60, although the upper age of

conscription for men for the Forces would be set at 51.

Henceforth men would be called up to the Forces at 18.5

instead of at 19. The War Cabinet also endorsed the change

proposed to the Schedule: its shelter would be withdrawn by

stages and in future deferment on the merits of the job

would be the only protection against enlistment. Lastly,

the direction of women into industry would be more

vigorously applied and a serious attempt would be made to

draw a large number of married women into work of national

importance23. These decisions of the War Cabinet were

embodied in the National Service (No. 2) Act which became

law on 18th December 194124.

Because of manpower shortages in the coalmines, from

September 1942 those registered under the National Service

23 War Cabinet Defence Committee (Supply) minute DC(S)(41) 13`x' Mtg. of 4`h November 1941, and for PM's views, War Cabinet paper WP(41)258 of 6thNovember 1941: CAB66/19, also War Cabinet minute WM(41) 110th Mtg. Item 1 of l 0thNovember 1941: CAB65.

24 5 and 6 Geo. 6, c. 4.

265

Acts were given the option of working in the mines instead

of serving in the Forces. The results were disappointing

and in late 1943 work in the mines was made compulsory.

Under the Ballot Scheme (commonly known as the "Bevin Boys'

Scheme"), which commenced in December 1943, those

registered under the National Service Acts were balloted

and the lucky or unlucky (according to viewpoint) ones were

ordered down the mines. The 21,800 fit young men ordered

down the mines under the Ballot Scheme25 were thereby denied

to the Forces during a crucial part of the war.

At this point it might be helpful to outline the

mechanism whereby men were conscripted into the Forces. It

was a three-stage process. First, all those of military age

i. e. 18 to 41 were called upon to register for military

service. This was done in groups, according to age. By the

end of 1941 all men then of military age had been

registered. At registration the man could state a

preference for a particular Service and be provisionally

registered as a conscientious objector. At registration

certain categories of men, such as cripples and merchant

seamen, were identified. Second, those who had been

registered and who it had been decided to call-up into the

Forces were sent an "order to report for medical

examination", commonly known as a call-up notice. Call-up

notices were not sent to those retained in industry or

cripples. At the medical examination postponement on the

grounds of hardship could be applied for. Three, providing

the man had been passed as fit for military service at his

medical examination, he was sent an order to report to one

of the Services, usually the one he had stated a preference

for. Figures for registrations under the Military Training

and National Service Acts in the period June 1939 to June

1945 are given in Table XXIII while figures for medical

25 Ministry of Labour and National Service Report, Cmd. 7225, P77.

266

examinations under those Acts in the period June 1939 to

July 1945 are given in Table XXII.

Despite the introduction of conscription on the outbreak

of war, during the war volunteering was permitted, indeed

encouraged. As Table XXI shows, during the war over a fifth

of the intake into the Army was volunteer: a total of 650,400 men. The peak period for volunteering was 1939-40.

Indeed, in an outburst of patriotic fervour, during the

first months of the war more men joined the Army by

volunteering than by being conscripted. Given the existence

of conscription from the first day, two questions spring to

mind: Why was volunteering permitted, indeed encouraged?

Why did so many men volunteer rather than wait to be

conscripted?

Investigation showed that during the war over 200,000

men were called to register for military service but failed

to do so because they had already joined the Forces26. It is

impossible to say how many of these men had joined the

Forces before being called to register and how many had

joined upon being called to register. All we can say is

that some anticipated their being called and decided to

volunteer themselves rather than wait to be called while

some, upon being called, decided that they would go to the

recruiting offices and inscribe themselves as volunteers.

Either way, they thus obtained, for what it was worth, the

credit of volunteering and, what was apt to be really more

valuable, a choice of the Service or Corps in which they

should serve, providing their physical and mental

endowments were adequate.

The Air Force or the Navy was the first choice of many

young men. The flying or aircrew portion of the Air Force

had a tremendous appeal to adventurous youth, and the whole

service gained prestige from the feats of the "Few" and the

"Dambusters". Airmen were generally better treated in

26 Parker, P 15 1.

267

matters of pay, clothing, accommodation and amenities than

soldiers. The airman's uniform was much more attractive than the soldier's27. Air Force operations received more

publicity and more decorations than Army operations,

relatively speaking28. The Navy was also more popular with

volunteers than the Army, and perhaps even more with young

men brought up in inland localities than those from the

coasts.

It is very probable that some of the popularity of the

Air Force and Navy with these volunteers whose patriotism had been stimulated by either the imminence or the

actuality of their being called to register was due to the

general impression that either would be better than the

Army, where there was a big chance of being drafted into

the infantry which, according to the lore passed on by

veterans of the First World War29, and in fact, suffered the

heaviest casualties and had to endure the greatest

hardships. It would not be surprising if among a generation

of young men brought up during the inter-war years when

pacifism was a ruling philosophy in certain quarters 30 f

there were a good many who decided that if their country

needed their services, and left them the choice, it would

be sensible to serve in a capacity which would give them

the best conditions, and the best chance of survival. A

reluctance to serve in the infantry was not confined to

those who volunteered for the Air Force or Navy. It was

also shared by many of those who volunteered for the Army.

As noted previously, providing they had the physical and

mental equipment required, volunteers to the Army - whether

'' Lindsay, So Few Got Through, P241.

28 Ibid, P253.

29 Meddemmen: IWM Sound Archive no. 004764/05, reel 1; Wakeling, The Lonely War, P7.

30 Howard, Studies in War and Peace, P10; Orwell, Collected Essays, Journalism and Letters, Vol. 1, P589.

268

before or after the creation of the General Service Corps

in mid 1942 - could serve in the Corps of their choice and

many chose Corps other than the infantry, for the reasons

given above. In an article sanctioned by the War Office in

late 1944, the unpopularity of the infantry on the outbreak

of war and the consequence of that unpopularity were

vividly expressed: "At that time the Infantry was the

Cinderella of the army. For twenty years a public that

remembered Passchendaele had been accustomed to think of the PBI as the victims, not the arbiters, of war; a kind of helpless sheep sent to the slaughter. This magnified the

tendency of a mechanical generation in 1939 to opt for the

RAF, the RAC or the Artillery. Walking behind the guns to

be killed was thought of as a job which any fool could do"31.

It is not possible to determine the correlation between

the calling of men to register and those who, after being

called, volunteered. That many men chose to volunteer after

being called to register, however, there is little doubt.

As Table XXI shows, 22% of the Army's intake during the

war was volunteer i. e. not conscript, not direct officer

intake. For the Royal Navy the proportion was almost double

(40%). For the Royal Air Force it was more than double

(49%). Although the total intake into the RAF was much

smaller than that into the Army, the number of volunteers

who joined the RAF was not very far short of the number of

volunteers who joined the Army. Indeed, unlike the Army and

the RN, during the war more men joined the RAF by

volunteering than by being conscripted; up to the end of

1940 substantially more joined the RAF voluntarily than

were conscripted into it32. During the war there was never a

lack of men wanting to join the RAF. The RAF had to operate

31 Bryant, The New Infantryman.

32 Parker. Table IV (Part A), P485.

269

a waiting list of those wanting to fly (the Deferred List):

which totalled 47,500 in mid 194233. In addition to the more than half a million men who joined the RAF voluntarily,

most of the almost half a million men who were conscripted into the RAF were volunteers in the sense that upon

registration they had stated a preference to join the RAF.

When a man registered for military service, he was "invited to state his preference for any one of the three

Services and he was told that, although no guarantee could be given, his choice would wherever possible be

respected//34. Note the word any. In fact, while the right to

state a preference for the Air Force or Navy was made known

to those called upon to register, the right to state a

preference for the Army was not. The leaflet issued by the

Ministry of Labour and National Service to those called

upon to register only mentioned the stating of a preference

for the Air Force or Navy: "Section 4. Preference for Naval

or Air Force Service. Men who have a preference for Naval

or Air Force Service may notify this fact when they apply

for registration i35. One can only conclude that it was

thought by the Ministry that no one, or very few, would

want to state a preference for the Army. Whatever the

thinking, it is clear that no one was invited by the

Ministry to do so.

The policy of inviting and honouring as far as possible

preferences inevitably discriminated against and worked to

the detriment of the least popular Service: the Army.

Between the wars the Army had been unpopular and

consequently had had a poor recruiting record. According to

Carver, this was because of: poor pay; pacifism and anti-

militarism; the Army's Blimpish image. "Only the Royal Air

33 Ibid, P174.

' Ibid, P151.

35 National Service (Armed Forces) Act, 1939: Explanatory Note: NL2.

270

Force, the Royal Tank Corps and the Royal Army Service

Corps in the army, and the Fleet Air Arm and the submarines in the navy seemed to have moved with the timesi36. Whilst

pacifism and anti-militarism disappeared almost completely

on the outbreak of war, poor pay and the Army's

unflattering image did not. The Army's performance during

the early years of the war did nothing to improve its

image.

Pigott writes persuasively of the reasons for, and the

results of, the Army's unpopularity during the war: "Throughout the war there were always more men who

preferred the Royal Navy and the Royal Air Force than

either of those Services could absorb, with the very

natural result that those Services chose the men whom they

wanted and left the rest to be turned over to the Army.

There were plenty of reasons for the Army's lack of

popularity. Up to the victory of Alamein, the Army seemed

to have failed everywhere: in Flanders, in Crete, in

Greece, in Norway, in Malaya there appeared to have been

nothing but disaster: the brilliance of Lord Wavell's

victories in Africa seemed to the public to die away in the

gloom of the fall of Tobruk and Rommel's advance into

Egypt. For a long time in the estimation of the Press and

public the Army stood far below the other Services. The

triumphs of the First and Eighth Armies in Africa and

Sicily were dimmed by the long agony of Cassino: while the

final triumph in Europe came so swiftly that there was

scarcely time for the changed attitude of the public to be

reflected in the choices of those called up. It is scarcely

to be disputed that the Army never received so large a

proportion of the highest grade men in intakes as did the

Royal Navy and the Royal Air Force. The only method of

correcting this would have been to have carried out a job

analysis of each Service, to have applied selection testing

36 Carver, The Seven Ages of the British Army, P229.

271

to intakes before allotment to the different Services, and to have distributed the various grades in each intake on a

scientific allotment between the Services, giving to no Service any opportunity of selecting its entrants. This

would in effect have abrogated all latitude of choice to

the individual. The British people are by tradition

tenacious of individual choice and perhaps scarcely yet

understand how ruthless conscription must be to achieve the

most economic results. Perhaps it is well that some liberty

of choice should remain, but it is also well to recognize

the cost of that libertyi37.

Although both the RAF and the RN were more popular with

those registering than the Army, the RAF was in a class of

its own when it came to popularity. During the war a large

proportion - often a third, sometimes more - of each group

registered expressed a preference for the RAF. For example,

in the registrations of November 1940 and January 1941

almost two fifths expressed a preference for the RAF. In

the registration of February 1941 almost half expressed a

preference for the RAF38.

The 2nd National Service Act of December 1941, while

continuing to allow conscripts to state a preference, gave

authority to the Minister of Labour and National Service to

effect the compulsory transfer of men between the Services.

This was to be of help to the Army when it ran into severe

manpower difficulties during the final year of the war, as

it enabled substantial numbers of men to be transferred

from the RN and the RAF to the Army. The transfer was of

course unpopular with the RAF and the RN as well as with

the men themselves, who disliked becoming new boys, but the

supply of manpower was so meagre that there was no other

37 Pigott, P20.

38 Parker, Table VI, PP488-90.

272

way of sustaining the Army's strength and thus its

operations on the Continent39.

There is no doubt that there were reasons (to do with morale and discipline) for allowing conscripts to state a

preference and for generally honouring those stated

preferences. However, there is also no doubt that allowing

conscripts to state a preference and generally honouring

those stated preferences discriminated against and worked to the detriment of the Army. It is not surprising that men

were reluctant to state a preference for a Service which,

rightly or wrongly, was regarded as unglamorous, disaster-prone, old-fashioned and dangerous. This was

especially unfortunate as the Army happened to be the most

manpower intensive Service and the Service which had the

highest manpower wastage. The consequences of trying to

mitigate the effects of conscription by maintaining an

element of choice are plain to see. In 1942, for example,

deducting those declaring a conscientious objection, those

expressing a preference for the RAF, or RN, or Royal

Marines, and those not available for general posting (such

as merchant seamen and cripples), out of the 399,103 men

registered only 133,536 - around 11,000 a month and only a

third of those registered - were available for general

posting, including posting to the Army40. And of these, a

proportion would be subsequently judged unfit for military

service, granted postponement of call-up etc. Fortunately

for the Army, because of its predicament, in 1944 stated

preferences were largely disregarded. Nevertheless, it is

not difficult to understand the continuation, indeed

encouragement, of volunteering by the Army.

Eloquent as these statistics are, they only tell half

the story. They indicate the quantitative impact on the

Army of allowing conscripts to express a preference and

39 Pigott, P21.

40 Parker, Table VI, PP488-90. 273

honouring those preferences i. e. the numbers of men thereby

denied to the Army. They do not indicate the qualitative

impact of such a policy i. e. the quality (in terms of

mental robustness, physical fitness, motivation, intelligence etc. ) of the men thereby denied to the Army.

As we saw in Chapter 5, when discussing Personnel

Selection, the intake into the Army during the war left a lot to be desired: almost a quarter were not fully fit and

over half were below average intelligence. These

deficiencies mattered greatly because, as we have also

seen, during the war soldiers, including even infantrymen,

required a high level of expertise and initiative -a much

higher level than that required of their forebears, recent

as well as distant.

Ungerson, who writes persuasively of the high quality of

manpower required by the Army during the war, as we have

seen, writes with equal persuasion of the mediocre quality

of manpower actually received by the Army during the war:

"The relatively poor quality of manpower allotted to the

Army was an inevitable outcome of the difficult national

situation. The Army had to share the available manpower

with industry, the civil defence forces and the other

Fighting Services, especially the vastly expanded RAF. This

was bound to limit the quality of men available to the

Army, just as it limited the quantity. This quality was

further lowered, however, by the way the share-out was

made. Broadly speaking, the governing principle was that,

except for a quota of tradesmen which met only a fraction

of the military demand, the Army's needs should be

satisfied last. Civilian reservations were fixed first. The

men then called up for the Fighting Services, and who

formed the bulk of their wartime strength, were allowed to

state a Service preference, and a large number asked to be

considered for the Royal Navy or the Royal Air Force. This

274

did not affect the Army numerically, since the other

Services could only accept quotas of the optants, but it

told qualitatively. For the Navy and the Air Force

naturally only took what seemed to them to be the best

material. Hence, the Army intakes, apart from a proportion

of volunteers and optants, consisted of men who had been

rejected by the other Services, of men who happened to be

recruited at times when the quotas for those Services had

been met, and of men who had no particular preference. It

was not surprising then, that the Army intake was only just

good enough to cope with the Army's work. This stringency

caused special difficulties at both ends of the employment

scale. The Army had to go short of recruits with experience

of mechanical trades and of leadership. At the same time,

in order to secure its numerical quota, the Army had to

accept a greater proportion than was desirable of men whose

usefulness was very doubtful"41.

It is not an exaggeration to say that during the war the

cream of Britain's manhood was taken by the RAF and the RN

and thereby denied to the Army, with predictable

consequences. This happened despite of National Service;

indeed, it happened in large part because of the way

National Service operated.

Only the following groups were exempted, excluded or

excused from being called-up under the National Service

Acts: ministers of religion, the mentally defective, the

blind, men in the Regular Forces and men in the service of

a Dominion or Colonial Government. There was however

provision for conscientious objection and the postponement

of call-up on hardship grounds42.

During the Second World War conscientious objection was

taken more seriously and handled more sympathetically than

in the Great War. Those who declared a conscientious

a' Personnel Selection, PP4-5.

42 Parker, PP 154-5.

275

objection upon registration were registered provisionally

as conscientious objectors. They were then allowed to argue

their case before Local Tribunals, from which there was a

right of appeal to an Appellate Tribunal. Given the hideous

nature of Nazism and the direct threat it posed to Britain,

very few were unwilling to take up arms. Only 59,192 men declared themselves to be conscientious objectors and of

these a mere 3,577 were registered unconditionally as such.

Of the remainder: 28,720 were registered conditionally

(i. e. prepared to do civil work); 14,691 were registered

for non-combatant duties in the Forces; and 12,204 were

rejected43. Under the National Service Act of April 1941,

conscientious objectors could be called-up for Civil

Defence. A conscientious objector who failed to comply with

the conditions on which he was registered and who was

unable to satisfy a Court that his reasons were sufficient

was liable on conviction to be fined or sent to prison44.

During the operation of the National Service Acts, on

the grounds of severe personal hardship, 317,762 first

postponements and 192,116 renewals were requested, a total

of 509,878. Of this number, 103,838 first postponements and

59,534 renewals were refused (total 163,372 or one third);

213,924 first postponements and 132,582 renewals were

granted (total 346,506 or two thirds)45. Postponements were

decided by Authorised Officers or, in disputed cases, by

Hardship Committees, from which there was a right of appeal

to an Umpire46. Although, unlike in the Great War, the

National Service Acts applied equally to single and married

men i. e. married men were not exempt from the call-up, it

is reasonable to suppose that a good many of those who were

43 Ministry of Labour and National Service Report, P25.

44 Section 5 of the National Service (Armed Forces) Acts, 1939 and 1941.

45 Ministry of Labour and National Service Report, P23.

46 Section 6 of the National Service (Armed Forces) Act, 1939.

276

granted postponement on the grounds of hardship were

married men with young children. Given the size of the

call-up during the war, the number of postponements granted

cannot be termed excessive.

No man was exempted, excused or excluded from National

Service by virtue of his occupation except clergymen.

However, as we have seen, there was during the early part

of the war a Schedule of Reserved Occupations which

automatically prevented the call-up of young men employed

on essential war work. But, as we have also seen, in the

middle of the war the automatic system of reservation was

replaced by the discretionary system of deferment, where

the onus was placed on the employer to prove that the young

man (or, following the 2nd National Service Act, young

woman) was performing work essential to the war effort.

Between January 1942 and April 1945 District Manpower

Boards dealt with 4,722,800 applications for deferment from

men and 619,400 from women. Of the applications, 4,062,400

(86%) and 364,400 (59%) were granted respectively. In other

words, 660,400 men and 255,000 women were released from the

war economy and made available for the Forces47. Given the

size of the war economy, the number of deferments granted

cannot be termed excessive.

As in the Great War, the Military Training and National

Service Acts applied only to Great Britain, not the United

Kingdom. They did not apply to the Isle of Man (although

the Isle of Man Government applied National Service of its

own volition) or to the Channel Islands (although the

Islands enforced their own version of National Service;

many serving in the Royal Jersey Militia escaped to Britain

and enlisted in the Royal Hampshire Regiment when the

Islands were invaded and occupied by the Germans, an event

47 Parker, Table IX, P497.

277

which rendered the question academic)48. Nor did they apply to Northern Ireland with its 185,000 men in their twenties

and thirties in June 193949, although many were engaged on important work like ship-building and agriculture or joined

the Forces voluntarily. The practicability of applying

conscription to Northern Ireland was considered at several Cabinet meetings. Opinion from the Northern Ireland

Government and several prominent figures in the Province

was that generally the voluntary system in use was likely

to be more effective than measures of conscription. A

committee was appointed to prepare a draft Bill but the

Cabinet deferred making a decision on the subject. The

deferment proved to be indefinite50. Undoubtedly, if

conscription had been applied to Northern Ireland, there

would have been resistance. However, it is possible that

the short-term difficulties (which were stressed) would have been outweighed by the long-term benefits (which were

not): many men from the Nationalist community, together

with many of their dependents, would have moved to Eire

(which during the war, although a member of the

Commonwealth, was neutral). As a result, Northern Ireland

would have ended the war with a much more homogeneous

population. To say this is not to deny the pro-British

feeling of many Irishmen or the fact that many Irishmen

joined the British Armed Forces or came to work in Britain.

Apart from Eire, the entire Empire entered the war on

Britain's side and each Dominion and Colony raised its own

forces to fight alongside those of the Mother Country -

with the exception of Newfoundland, which instead sent its

men to enlist in the Royal Artillery51. At first the

48 Pigott, P40.

49 CSO, Statistical Digest of the War, Table 2, P2.

50 War Cabinet papers WP(41)104-12: CAB66/16.

51 Pigott, PP40-1.

278

National Service Acts did not apply to non-resident British

subjects until they had been in Britain for at least 2

years and then only if they were not in Britain for a

temporary purpose. However, on 20th January 1944 liability

for service was extended to certain persons not ordinarily

resident in Britain, provided that they had been resident

in this country during a continuous period of 3 months52.

Liability was extended to nationals or citizens of, or

persons born or domiciled in, Canada, Australia, New

Zealand, Newfoundland, the Isle of Man, Channel Islands, or

any colony, protectorate or mandated territory of the

Crown. Liability was not extended to those from Northern

Ireland and Eire. Such persons were not called upon to

register if they had been resident in Britain for less than

2 years, or had come to this country since the outbreak of

war and were engaged on work of national importance and

intended to return home at or before the end of the war. At

first the National Service Acts did not apply to British

subjects residing overseas. Although many returned to

Britain and enlisted of their own volition, British

subjects overseas were under no legal obligation to serve

in any way. However, in August 1943 the National Service

(Foreign Countries) Act was passed, authorising the

conscription of such persons into the British Armed Forces.

In the event, the Act was only enforced against British

subjects residing in Egypt53.

Although the National Service Acts did not apply to

citizens of foreign countries living in Britain i. e.

aliens, many aliens enlisted in the British Armed Forces

during the war; and while most were volunteers, some were

compulsorily enlisted. Before the war, aliens were in

theory allowed to enlist in the Army by the Army Act,

although in practice they were not allowed to enlist by

52 Defence (National Service) Regulations, SR &0 1944, No. 67.

5' Pigott, PP47-8.

279

King's Regulations. On the outbreak of war, all barriers to

the enlistment of aliens were removed. During the war many

aliens served in the Army: many were citizens of neutral

nations (coming principally from Spain and - until December

1941 - the United States); a few were citizens of enemy

nations residing in Britain (mostly Jewish refugees); and

many were citizens of occupied allied nations residing in

Britain. While citizens of enemy and neutral nations could

not be compelled to serve in the British Armed Forces,

during the second half of the war some allied citizens were

compelled to serve. Following a test case, the Allied

Powers (War Service) Act was passed, becoming law on 6th

August 194254. Under this Act, allied citizens in Britain

could be conscripted into the British Armed Forces under

the National Service Acts if they refused to be called up

by the Forces-in-exile of their own nation i. e. allied

citizens in Britain could not escape military service

altogether. Some Poles and Czechs, refusing to serve in the

Free Polish and Czech Forces, were called up under this

Act. The Act did not apply to Frenchmen until August 1944

because of the uncertain legal status of the Free French

Forces i. e. the existence of Vichy France, which had signed

an armistice with the enemy; up to that date whether a

Frenchmen served in the Free French Forces or in the

British Armed Forces or in neither was entirely a matter

for him. The Act did not apply to Danes also because of the

uncertain legal status of Denmark i. e. occupied by the

enemy but not an allied nation; many Danes voluntarily

enlisted in the Buffs. Aliens who had served in the British

Forces during the war were, if they so wished, naturalised

as British subjects after the war55.

54 5 and 6 Geo. 6, c. 29.

SS Pigott, PP41-4.

280

Let us now look at the age limits set and the medical

standards applied during the war.

The Military Training Act of May 1939 made men aged between 20 and 21 eligible for military service. The

National Service Act of September 1939 made men aged between 18 and 41 eligible for military service. The 2nd

National Service Act of December 1941 raised the upper age limit to 51. Table XXIII shows that by June 1945 men born

between July 1900 and September 1927 i. e. aged between

forty four years and eleven months and seventeen years and

nine months had been registered.

By mid 1941, that is after exactly two years of

conscription, the great bulk of those of military age had

been registered. Twenty year olds had been registered first

and then those over twenty in ascending age order. The

first Proclamation, which was signed on 1st October 1939,

placed an obligation to apply to be registered as and when

required on men of 20 and 21 years of age, with the

exception of those twenty year olds who had already

registered under the Military Training Act of the previous

June. Subsequent proclamations extended the liability to

successive higher age groups until by June 1941 all men up

to the age of 40 had been registered. In the following

month the first registration of the 19 year olds, who had

been made liable by a Proclamation of 1st January 1940,

took place and this was followed at the end of 1941 by a

registration of men of 18.5 who had been covered by a

Proclamation of 29th January 194156. By the end of 1941

therefore all men to whom the National Service Act applied

had been called upon to register. The average yield of each

class was 306,000 and the total number registered was just

over seven million57. As shown in Table XXIII, in subsequent

years the age of registration was reduced until eventually

56 Ministry of Labour and National Service Report, PPXVI-XIX and App. I, P335.

57 Ibid, P12.

281

those aged seventeen and three quarters were registered,

taking the total registered to just over eight and a third

million.

There can be no doubt that, thanks to National Service,

a very high proportion of Britain's adult males below

middle age was brought into the Armed Forces. By late 1944,

57% of men aged 18-40 were serving or had served in the

Armed Forces58. During the entire war 60% of men born in the

years 1905-27 i. e. aged 18-40 and 70% of men born in the

years 1915-27 i. e. aged 18-30 served in the Armed Forces59.

This impressive achievement was however of rather less

practical benefit to the Army than one might think. Because

of assurances given in Parliament when the National Service

Act was passed, very young soldiers were not permitted to

serve overseas. This policy was maintained, albeit in

modified form, throughout the war. Naturally, during the

war this policy caused much upset to the men concerned and

considerably exacerbated the Army's manpower problems. In

October 1939 the minimum age for overseas service was set

at 19 for Regulars i. e. volunteers and 20 for National

Servicemen i. e. conscripts60. All those currently serving

overseas below the minimum age were thereupon removed from

their units and sent home, to the understandable dismay of

both the men themselves and their units. In February 1942

the age limit for National Servicemen was reduced to that

for Regulars i. e. the age limit was made 19 for al161. In

June 1944, because of the Army's worrying manpower

situation, it was reduced to 18.562.

58 Statistics Relating to the War Effort of the United Kingdom, Cmd. 6564, Nov. 1944, P3.

59 Strength and Casualties of the Armed Forces and Auxiliary Services of the United Kingdom 1939- 1945, Cmd. 6832, June 1946, P2.

60 Army Council Instruction 721/39 of 26`h October 1939.

61 Army Council Instruction 432/42 of 28`'' February 1942.

02 Army Council Instruction 854/44 of 10`h June 1944.

282

A proportion of those called-up was rejected for

military service on the grounds of medical unfitness.

The second stage in the call-up process, after

registration, was the order to report for a medical

examination and at the examination the men were placed in

various medical grades according to their fitness for

military service. As Table XXII shows, by July 1945

6,582,514 men had been medically examined (those revealed

at registration to be cripples and those retained in

industry, not being called-up, were not medically

examined). Grade I (4,548,682 or 69.1%) included those who,

subject only to such minor disabilities as could be

remedied or adequately compensated by artificial means,

attained the full normal standard of health and strength,

and were capable of enduring physical exertion suitable to

their age. Grade II (932,185 or 14.2%) included those who,

while suffering from disabilities disqualifying them for

Grade I, did not suffer from progressive organic disease,

had fair hearing and vision, were of moderate muscular

development, and were able to undergo a considerable amount

of physical exertion not involving severe strain. Grade III

(514,516 or 7.8%) included those who presented such marked

physical disabilities or evidence of past disease that they

were not fit for the amount of exertion required for Grade

II. Grade IV (587,131 or 8.9%) included those who suffered

from progressive organic disease or were for other reasons

permanently incapable of the kind or degree of exertion

required for Grade 11163.

In simple terms, those in Grade I could be defined as

fit; in Grade II as largely fit; in Grade III as largely

unfit; and in Grade IV as unfit. According to Parker, only

those in Grade IV were rejected as being "unfit for any

form of service, 64 i. e. 8.9% or one in eleven. According to

63 Parker, Table VIII (Explanatory Notes and Part A), PP493-5.

64 Ibid, P152. 283

Ahrenfeldt, however, those in Grades III and IV were

rejected65 i. e. 16.7% or one in six. Given the official

status of Parker's account and the evidence in the

following paragraph, Ahrenfeldt's account must be rejected.

If the authorities had been determined to put even more men into uniform, the proportion of those in the Armed Forces

could have been increased, and the proportion of those

declared unfit for any form of military service could have

been reduced. However, it is a moot point whether the

already low medical standard could have been made lower

than it was.

Given the great number of men placed in Grade I i. e.

classed as physically fit, why did the Army have a problem

manning its infantry units? Firstly, those classed as

physically fit had to be shared between the three Services.

Secondly, the Grades were imprecise, so imprecise as to be

misleading. The Army had to operate its own, much more

precise system of medical classification in order to

allocate properly the men given to it. Men were classed as:

A (any area in a theatre of war); B (lines of

communication, base or garrison service at home or abroad);

C (home service only); D (temporarily unfit); E

(permanently unfit). A and B were subdivided: A into two

(Al-2) and B into five (Bl-5). Grade I embraced Al and Bl;

Group II embraced the whole of A and B; Grade III embraced

B3-5 and C; Grade IV embraced E. Not surprisingly, with the

exception of garrison and home defence battalions,

infantrymen had to be Al i. e. the very peak of physical

fitness. A proportion of those in each of the supporting

corps (with the sole exception of the pay corps) also had

to be Al. As, of course, did a substantial proportion of

those in each of the other fighting corps: the armour,

65 Psychiatry in the British Army in the Second World War, App. C, Table I. P278.

284

artillery, engineers and signals66. As manpower grew scarce,

the Army was obliged to subdivide A and B further in order

to maximise its resources. Eventually A was subdivided into

five (Al-5) and B into seven (B1-7)67. On the eve of D-Day,

81.4% of Army other ranks were A (of whom 72.3% were Al),

14.1% were B, 4.2% were C and 0.3% were D or E68. Thirdly,

physical fitness was not the only requirement for infantry

duty: youth, mental robustness and combat motivation were

also required.

During the war over half a million cases of failure to

register for military service were investigated.

Investigation showed that a large number had already

registered or proceeded to do so, while over 200,000 had

already joined the forces or were not liable under the

National Service Acts. There were only 1,000 cases of men

being clearly liable but refusing to register. These men

were ordered to report for medical examination and

prosecuted if they did not attend69.

These figures demonstrate clearly that during the war

the call-up was well respected and that the number of men

who deliberately sought to avoid military service - let

alone the number of men who succeeded in doing so - was

completely insignificant. This can be attributed to three

factors, factors which may very well be absent in another

war: universal support for the war and for the conscription

of the nation's manpower; a system of conscription which

was both simple and fair (one that, for example,

disregarded marital status); and an efficient

administrative machine operating over an extended period of

66 Army Council Instruction 373/40 of 18`x' April 1940.

67 Army Council Instructions 702/43 and 1643/43 of Ist May and 10th November 1943.

68 Adjutant-General's lecture of 29`h May 1944: AG Stats branch memorandum.

69 Parker, P 15 1.

285

time (one that, indeed, began operating before the outbreak

of war).

We are now in a position to answer the questions posed

at the beginning of this chapter. In Britain during the war

conscription was very thorough indeed and a very high

proportion of Britain's adult males below middle age was

conscripted into the Armed Forces. However, the Army did

not - relative to its manifold tasks and heavy commitments

- get its fair share of conscripts, either quantitatively

or qualitatively. The intake into the Army was restricted

from the spring of 1941 and throughout the war the best

material was creamed off by the RAF and the RN. The

qualitative deficit was, although more difficult to

measure, probably of greater importance than the

quantitative deficit. When one takes into account the

qualitative and quantitative deficits in its intake, it is

not hard to understand why the Army experienced a manpower

crisis in September 1944 - notwithstanding the introduction

of conscription on the outbreak of war and the call up of

millions of men into the Army.

In concluding this chapter it may be stated that,

although they were not as ruthlessly applied as they could

and - from the Army perspective - should have been, the

powers under the National Service Acts to compel Britons to

serve in the Armed Forces were of immense importance in

enabling us to raise the Army we did. It is remarkable, on

looking back, that compulsion should have operated with

virtually no public opposition. We should recall that for

very many years hostility to "conscription" was a principal

theme in left-wing politics in Britain and that in certain

quarters, between the wars, pacifism as a political

doctrine seemed to have supplanted the ancient principle

that the citizen had a duty to defend the state in arms.

What is perhaps even more remarkable is that for 18

years after the war conscription was continued, with

286

virtually no public opposition. During this period, because

of the Soviet threat (Soviet Russia being - like Nazi

Germany - an expansionist, totalitarian state with massive

armed forces in the heart of Europe), all sections of the

community (apart from a few misguided individuals who thought that Soviet Russia was more benign than Nazi

Germany) were able to contemplate, without great emotion,

the idea that if, in spite of all hopes and efforts to

avert it, a Third World War did break out, to meet the

threat of enslavement or destruction the rule for all would

be service, whether armed or civilian, at the demand and

under direction by the state. In the third of a century

since the abolition of conscription, Britain has relied on

nuclear deterrence and small but professional,

all-volunteer forces for its defence. Today, following the

collapse of the Soviet threat, it is almost impossible to

envisage another great war and therefore almost impossible

to envisage the reintroduction of conscription. But one

should never say "never again".

287

CHAPTER 8. REQUIREMENTS AND ALLOCATIONS.

In this chapter we will examine the manpower required by

the Army and the manpower allocated to the Army by the

Government in 1944. No investigation into the causes of the

Army's manpower crisis in the autumn of 1944 would be

complete without such an examination.

The size of the Army's allocation determined the size of its intake (i .e. men gained by the Army), while the size of

its intake in relation to the size of its outflow (i. e. men

lost to the Army) determined whether the strength of the

Army increased, decreased or stayed the same. In short, the

Army's allocation determined its strength.

Table XII shows the strength of the Army, both male and

female, at quarterly intervals during the war. Table XXI

shows the annual intake of men into the Army during the war

while Table XIII shows the annual outflow of men from the

Army during the war. Table XXIV shows the manpower required

by, and the manpower allocated to, the Army during the

second half of the war.

It cannot be denied that the Army's strength increased

enormously during the war. But then, of course, so did its

commitments and the demands made upon it. Moreover, during

the war the increase was not consistent, neither in its

pace nor in its extent. Table XII shows that, by mid 1945,

the peacetime regular Army of less than a quarter of a

million men had grown thirteen-fold into a wartime largely-

conscript Army of almost three million men. However, as the

table shows, during the first half of the war the Army grew

by much and quickly while during the second half of the war

the Army grew by little and slowly. By the spring of 1942,

that is after two and a half years of war, the Army's

strength was about 2.5 million men and women; by the spring

of 1945, that is after another three years of war, the

288

Army's strength was about 3 million men and women - an increase of only half a million or 20%. That the Army

quickly grew to a great size but that its size was then

restricted is clear. It is equally clear that the

subsequent loosening of the restriction took place too

slowly. In mid 1944 i. e. three and a half weeks after the

commencement of the NW Europe campaign, the Army was not

appreciably larger than it had been a year earlier, when it

had not been engaged on the Continent. Yet it was

appreciably smaller than it was to be a year later, when

the war in Europe had ended.

A comparison between Tables XIII and XXI shows that

during the second half of the war intake into the Army was

very nearly cancelled out by outflow from the Army. At the

end of 1942 the Army's strength stood at 2,566,000 men.

During 1943 intake was 237,300 men while outflow was

123,500. The net increase in the male strength of the Army

during 1943 was therefore only 113,800 or 4.4. At the end

of 1943 the Army's strength stood at 2,680,000 men. During

1944 intake was 251,900 men while outflow was 172,100. The

net increase in the male strength of the Army during 1944

was therefore only 79,800 or 3%. All this increase took

place during the last nine months of the year. At the end

of 1944 the Army's strength stood at 2,760,000 men. In mid

1945 the Army's strength stood at 2,920,000 men. A net

increase in six months of 160,000 or 5.8%. However, this

increase was mainly due to prisoners being repatriated

after VE Day and taken on strength again. Table XII also

shows that the ATS reached a peak of 212,500 in the autumn

of 1943 and then went into a gradual decline. Outflow

exceeded intake during 1944 and 1945 by 11,050 and 63,130

respectively.

Table XII reveals a striking fact. In the year between

the spring of 1943 and the spring of 1944 there was hardly

any increase in the strength of the Army. In the nine-month

289

period from the end of June 1943 to the end of March 1944

the net increase in the male strength of the Army was a

mere 7,000 or a quarter of one per cent. Indeed, the male

strength of the Army barely increased during the last

quarter of 1943 and did not increase at all during the

first quarter of 1944, while the total strength of the Army

fell by 5,300 between the autumn of 1943 and the spring of 1944 because of the decline in the strength of the ATS.

Why did the number of men in the Army remain practically

the same, and why did the number of women in the Army fall,

during late 1943 and early 1944? Why was the intake of men into the Army almost cancelled out by the outflow of men

from the Army during 1944? The answer to these questions is

to be found in an examination of the Army's manpower

requirements and allocations.

Before we examine the Army's manpower requirements and

allocations in the crisis year, it is essential to provide

the background. Let us choose as our starting point June

1942, two years before D-Day and the nadir of the Army's

fortunes during the war.

As we saw in the previous chapter, a ceiling was imposed

by Churchill on the Army's manpower in the spring of 1941.

The adequacy of the current intake into the Army within the

limits of the agreed ceiling to meet new commitments was

questioned in June 19421. The general case for an increase

in the authorised strength of the Army, as presented by the

War Office in a memorandum, was that since the ceiling had

been fixed at 2,374,000 there had been substantial changes

in the strategic situation. Japan and America had entered

the war and the essential role of the British Army was no

longer mainly defensive. Additional troops had to be moved

to the Far East and units for this purpose from East Africa

would have to be replaced. Wastage and casualties among

' Cabinet Office file CAB/HIST/M/17/1/3, Army Scales - Personnel Situation, May 1942 of 3rd June 1942.

290

British personnel recruited locally in overseas areas would

also have to be made good. Three more divisions than had

been provided under the original programme were to be sent

abroad and, although complete for action in this country,

would have to be brought up to overseas strength with

additional personnel for duties behind the firing line.

Moreover, before the Army at home could be made ready to

fight on the Continent its specialist elements (engineers,

signals and pioneers etc. ) would have to be strengthened.

Lastly, there had been a shortfall of some 90,000 in the

numbers recruited for the ATS and this had delayed the

setting free of soldiers for other duties from jobs which

women could do. Put together these factors, it was

concluded, constituted a strong case for going above the

authorised ceiling.

The War Office memorandum was submitted at Churchill's

direction to a Ministerial Committee consisting of Anderson

(Lord President of the Council), Bevin (Minister of Labour

and National Service) and Grigg (Secretary of State for

War)2. After a close examination of the detailed claims it

was agreed that there was a theoretical case for raising

the ceiling by 100,000 together with such additions as

might be needed to replace wastage and casualties among

British personnel recruited locally in overseas theatres of

war. If the present authorised strength were regarded not

as a fixed but as an average target, this would give a

desirable flexibility and would enable the ceiling to be

raised at times when men were available to offset times

when the supply would run short. Bevin was hopeful that he

would be able to provide the additional numbers, but there

might be some delay. This was due to uncertainty about the

date at which hutments and airbases which were being

constructed for the American troops in the UK under the

2 Ibid, Army Scales, Record of a Meeting of Ministers held in the Lord President's Room, Great George Street, 19th June 1942, to consider WO memorandum 79/General/3365.

291

"Bolero" scheme would be completed. Some men in the

building industry had had to have their call-up deferred,

and it might be that further men due to be withdrawn from

the industry for the Forces would not be available as soon

as was expected. As to the short-fall for the ATS, which

was to some extent due to the inability of the War Office

in the early weeks of the year to accept all the women it

was offered, special efforts would be made to speed up the

rate of intake, but it seemed unlikely, Bevin added, that

the full requirement of the War Office would be met by the

end of the year.

Anderson was at the beginning of September about to

submit a full report to Churchill when a new development

occurred. The War Office had, at Churchill's request3, been

making a detailed review of what might be expected to be

the state of preparation of the Army in April 1943, and it

had come to the conclusion that an additional 250,000 men

would be needed4. Meanwhile a further complication had

arisen. Bevin's belief that he would be able to find an

additional 100,000 for the Army was on the assumption that

the RAF intake for the year would not be substantially

above the amount sanctioned. The Air Ministry had now

indicated it required a substantially increased amounts.

Churchill directed that the proposed additional intake for

the RAF should be cut in half6. However, soon afterwards the

Admiralty also put in a claim for additional men. Pending

discussion on the Ministry of Labour's autumn survey of

manpower which had just become available, in the middle of

October Anderson submitted short-term recommendations on

Prime Minister's papers: file 55 (Army - Manpower etc., June 1940-July 1945), PM's Personal Minute Serial No. M326/2,31st July 1942: PREM3/55.

4 Cabinet Office file CAB/HIST/M/17/4/2, copy of minute from Grigg to Churchill on army manpower, 2nd September 1942.

5 Ibid, minute to Churchill from Anderson, 3rd September 1942.

6 Ibid, PM's Personal Minute Serial No. M377/2,17th September 1942.

292

the scales of intake for the three Services until the end

of the year. The Army intake in November and December

should be raised by 32,000; the RN's requirements should be

met in full; and the RAF should also have an increase. The

increases for the Services could, Anderson suggested, be

met by lowering the age of call-up from 18.5 to 18; by

calling up men on deferment in the building industry; and

by drawing on the RAF Deferred List, containing men waiting

to join the RAFT . In late 1942 the Forces were asked to submit their

manpower requirements for the period from July 1942 to

December 1943. The Army submitted its manpower requirement

for this period on 10th November 19428. The Army's manpower

requirement for the eighteen-month period from mid 1942 to

the end of 1943 was 649,000 men and 160,000 women: a total

of 809,000. Its actual intake July to October 1942 and

approved intake November to December 1942 had been 208,000

men and 54,000 women. It therefore required for the period

January to December 1943 441,000 men and 106,000 women.

Because of the large gap between the amount of manpower

demanded and the amount of manpower available, Churchill

was called upon to adjudicate. He proposed that all demands

be cut. The Army's demand should be cut by 380,000 or

almost half. On 11th December 1942 the War Cabinet approved

manpower allocations for the past six months and the coming

year, although it directed that the position be reviewed in

the summer9. The Army's allocation for this period was set

at 349,000 men and 80,000 women i. e. just over half and

exactly half of what it had asked for.

The manpower allocations made by the War Cabinet at the

end of 1942 for the period July 1942 to December 1943 were,

Ibid, minute to Churchill from Anderson, 16th October 1942.

8 War Cabinet paper Misc 36(42)1.

9 WM(42)167th Meeting: War Cabinet minutes: CAB65.

293

as directed, reviewed in the summer of 1943. In the interim

the Forces had each reached the conclusion that with the

change over from a defensive to an offensive strategy (as

agreed at Casablanca in January 1943) they had under-

estimated their requirements, and with the additional demands of Combined operations and the maintenance of units

abroad at fighting strength they could not carry out their

commitments with the balance of the total allocation made to them at the end of December 1942. Consequently, they all

asked for an increment. The Army submitted its manpower

requirement for the period April to December 1943 on 26th

June 194310. It asked for an increment of 155,000 men and 29,000 women. Actual intake in the period July 1942 to

March 1943 had been 296,600 men and 69,000 women. In the

period April to December 1943 the Army was therefore due

52,400 men and 11,000, being the remainder of its

allocation made in December 1942. Adding the increment to

what it was due, the Army's requirement for the period

April to December 1943 now stood at 207,400 men and 40,000

women. Between them the RN and RAF asked for an extra

189,300 men and women, slightly more than the Army had

asked fortl.

Anderson, as usual, was asked to examine the various

manpower demands and present his recommendations to

Churchill. This time, however, he decided to present the

revised demands of the Forces to Churchill without comment.

He also invited Lyttelton (Minister of Production) to

explore with the three Supply Departments the possibility

of moderating their claims, in light of the increased

demands from the Forces. The Ministry of Aircraft

Production (MAP) was prepared to reduce its demand from

359,200 to 212,000 but no further. The Ministry of Supply

agreed to cut its workforce by another 7,000 (making a

10 WP(43)272: War Cabinet papers: CAB66.

" WP(43)221 of 23`d May and WP(43)273 of 26th June 1943: War Cabinet papers: CAB66.

294

total cut of 105,500) . The Admiralty asked for a modest increase: another 6,00012. Essential industries and services

also required a supplementary increase.

Anderson submitted a memorandum to Churchill on 30th

June in which he put the revised total demands of the

Forces and industry at 912, To meet this demand, the

maximum number available was 414,000; and even this was

optimistic, involving a massive cut in the less essential industries and a huge call-up of building workers. There

was thus a gap between manpower demand and supply of half a

million. In drawing up his proposals to the War Cabinet for

reducing this massive deficit to a manageable margin

Churchill adopted similar pruning methods to those which he

had used at the end of 1942. He examined the stated

requirements of the Forces and industry and assessed the

scale on which they should be met in the light of where

additional manpower might be expected to make the most

effective contribution to the planned offensive14. It was

almost self-evident, he pointed out, that more value was to

be obtained from the fulfilment of the air programme than

from such improvements in land and sea dispositions as

might be made possible if the strength of the Army and RN

could be increased. It may have been almost self-evident to

Churchill, but it is certainly not to the historian.

After consultation with his colleagues, on 19th July

Churchill reached the following conclusions15. MAP's claim

for an extra 212,000 workers should be met in full but, as

it was unlikely that this large increase could be absorbed

by the end of the year, 115,000 should be provided by then.

To meet MAP's claim, Supply should be cut by a further

12 WP(43)271 of 30'h June 1943: War Cabinet papers: CAB66.

13 Ibid.

14 WP(43)295 of 6`h July 1943: War Cabinet papers: CAB66.

15 WP(43)319: War Cabinet papers: CAB66.

295

80,000; Civil Defence by another 15,000; and the proposed increase for the essential services should be cut back. In

view of the special demands of Combined Operations the RN

should be given largely what it had asked for. However, the

additional demands of the Army and RAF should be cut down

to little more than the balance due to them from the

allocations made at the end of 1942. In short, MAP was to

receive super-priority for manpower, at the expense of the

other sectors of the war effort.

On 22nd July 1943 the War Cabinet agreed Churchill's

plan for sharing out the available supply of manpower 16. MAP

was awarded super-priority and the Army's allocation was drastically cut. For the period April to December 1943 the

Army - which was owed 63,400 and needed an extra 184,000 (a

total of 247,400) - was awarded 145,000 (116,400 men and

29,000 women) i. e. a cut of 102,400. It was to receive just

over half and about three-quarters, respectively, of the

men and women it had asked for.

To obtain the extra 115,000 required by MAP it would be

necessary to take two steps: workers would have to be

transferred from Supply; young women who would otherwise

have gone into the Forces would have to be diverted into

MAP. To help Bevin do this, the War Cabinet authorised

extraordinary measures. Intake of women into the Forces

should be reduced to a minimum by stopping volunteering

except for some special posts, by suspending conscription

of any further age groups and by appealing to women already

accepted by the Forces to work for MAP until they were

required. At the same time registrations under the

Registration for Employment Order should be extended so as

to cover all women up to 50 and thereby facilitate the

release of younger, and particularly of mobile, women in

less essential work by the provision of older substitutes.

16 WM(43)102°d Mtg. Item 1: War Cabinet minutes: CAB65.

296

In order to safeguard male workers in MAP no more men

should for the time being be called up for the Forces and

MAP should be excused from having to return any more

mechanics lent from the RAF. The reduction of Supply's

workforce should be planned so that workers released, who

should be as far as possible mobile, could be re-absorbed

by MAP. Finally, Ministry of Labour regions should be

instructed to make special efforts to fill MAP vacancies

and should be furnished by MAP with monthly lists of

vacancies'' . As Parker rightly says: "By the authorisation of these

measures the Ministry of Aircraft Production was placed in

a position of unprecedented favour. Not only was it to have

the first pick of available labour coming into the market,

but it was to be exempted from any contribution to the

Armed Forces i18. There is no doubt that the War Cabinet took

the decision to award super-priority for MAP with full

knowledge. It laid down that if the supply of labour should

be inadequate to carry out the allocations it had decided,

the deficit should not fall on MAP19. Bevin was to report

monthly on progress and the position would be reviewed if

it seemed unlikely that MAP would be expanded by 115,000

workers before the end of the year without additional

measures.

As Parker says, Bevin was vehemently opposed to "Labour

Priority for MAP": "The Minister of Labour had not

concealed from his colleagues his unshaken belief that the

Ministry of Aircraft Production did not require and could

not absorb the large numbers of additional workers it was

demanding, nor had he hesitated to utter a warning of the

ill effects upon other important production of such a

17 Ibid, Item 1(6).

18 Manpower, P207.

19 WM(43)102nd Mtg., Item 1(14).

297

disproportionate allocation of labour" 20. Bevin was thinking

especially of the effect on the supply of weapons and

equipment to the Army. Having lost the argument, Bevin

implemented the War Cabinet's decisions with vigour.

Indeed, with an excess of vigour. He issued instructions

which interpreted the War Cabinet's award of super-priority

to MAP literally21. It seems that he wanted to demonstrate

one of two things: either MAP could absorb the extra

workers it had demanded and been awarded and other sectors

of the war effort would suffer as a result; or else MAP

could not absorb the extra workers it had demanded and been

awarded and as a result its demands would be shown to have

been excessive. The War Cabinet was informed of Bevin's

action22 and it decided to soften his instruction S23.

By the end of 1943 MAP had received, not the 115,000

hoped for, but 163,500 additional workers and it was forced

to admit that it could not handle any more. Clearly, both

its original claim for 359,200 and its amended claim for

212,000 had been excessive and impractical. At the end of

1943 MAP had a workforce of 1,711,600, counting part-time

women as a half24.

Despite the War Cabinet's 22nd July decisions to award

manpower priority to MAP and cut drastically the Army's

allocation, it cannot be denied that the Army received more

than a third of the manpower allocated by the War Cabinet

in the second half of 1942 and in 1943. However,

considering the manpower allocations for the Forces and

Munitions together, it is clear that the air effort

received much more manpower than the naval effort, which in

20 Manpower, P207.

21 Ministry of Labour circular 126/288 of 29`h July 1943.

22 WM(43)115`h Mtg. Item 7 of 16th August 1943: War Cabinet minutes: CAB65.

'' WP(43)373 of 18`x' August: War Cabinet papers: CAB66; WM(43)117`h Mtg. Item I of 19`x' August 1943: War Cabinet minutes: CAB65.

24 CSO, Statistical Digest of the War, Table 19, P17.

298

turn received much more manpower than the ground effort. In

the period July 1942 to December 1943 the RN was allocated 350,100. It actually received 335,800. The Admiralty was

allocated 110,500. It actually received 103,500. There was therefore a net increase of 439,300 for the naval effort.

The RAF was allocated 303,200. It actually received 300,800. MAP was allocated 258,800. It actually received 307,300. There was therefore a net increase of 608,100 for

the air effort. The Ministry of Supply suffered a cut of 186,200. The Army - which initially required, before the

change from a defensive to an offensive strategy, 809,000

men and women - was allocated 506,500 i. e. a cut of over

37%. It actually received 524,700. There was therefore a

net increase of 338,500 for the ground effort25.

The War Cabinet's 22nd July decisions were greatly

mistaken. Airpower had not yet won the war (as opposed to

avoiding defeat) and it had given no indication that it was

going to do so in the foreseeable future. With the invasion

of Sicily on 9th-10th July 1943, the Army was now engaged

in operations on the Continent of Europe. Two months before

the War Cabinet's decision, at Washington, it had been

agreed that a cross-Channel invasion of the Continent would

take place in the spring of 1944. At Quebec, a month after

the War Cabinet's decision, it was agreed that the invasion

would take place on 1st May 1944. Indeed, the very month of

the War Cabinet's decision, an expeditionary force was

formed in Britain to undertake a cross-Channel invasion26.

Let us now examine the manpower required by, and the

manpower allocated to, the Army in 1944 itself.

The Forces were asked to submit their manpower

requirements for 1944 in the autumn of 1943. The Army's

manpower requirement for 1944 was submitted by Grigg in a

25 App. 11, WP(44)159 of 16th March 1944: War Cabinet papers: CAB66.

ý`' Bryant, The Turn of the Tide, P657.

299

memorandum on 20th October 194327. Grigg began by reminding

the War Cabinet of the severe cuts which the Army had

suffered in its manpower requests at the time of the last

two allocations, and of the reductions and economies which had resulted; and he went on to show that the rates of battle casualties and wastage would be much higher in 1944

than had previously been the case, owing to the nature of

the operations against Western Europe and Italy. In 1943,

planning had gone on the assumption that wastage from all

causes would not exceed 12,700 a month. In 1944, that

portion relating to normal wastage (6,700) was unlikely to

change appreciably, but it was estimated that total battle

casualties in 1944 would amount to 250,000 men, 155,000

being incurred during the first half of the year, 95,000

during the second (clearly, the War Office was assuming

that very heavy casualties would be sustained during the

first two months of "Overlord" i. e. 1st May-30th June

1944). In addition, the Army would need an intake during

the second half of 1944 to "cover estimated wastage during

the first six months of 1945 when this intake becomes

trained". The gross wastage to be met was therefore: 80,000

normal wastage and 250,000 battle casualties in 1944;

40,000 normal wastage and 78,000 battle casualties in the

first half of 1945. A total of 448,000. At the end of

December 1943, the Army would be owed 21,000 men who were

due for call-up in the period August-December; and in

addition 13,000 fully-qualified tradesmen and 26,000

labourers would be needed in connection with preparations

for D-Day. The total Army requirements in 1944 for fully-

trained men were therefore: 21,000 to meet the deficit at

the end of 1943; 448,000 to meet wastage; 13,000 tradesmen.

A gross requirement of 482,000 men. Subtracting 46,000 new

intakes July-December 1943 becoming trained in 1944 and

143,000 wounded returning to duty, January 1944-June 1945,

27 WP(43)464: War Cabinet papers: CAB66.

300

left a net requirement of 293,000. Adding the special intake for unskilled labour of 26,000, produced a final

requirement for 319,000 men. In addition, Grigg asked for

24,000 women for the ATS, 1,693 nurses and 1,200 VAD (900

nursing and 300 non-nursing). The Army was therefore asking for a grand total of 345,893 more men and women. It also

wanted 50,000 civilians as clerks and "industrials".

Clearly, in the autumn of 1943, although he did not

predict a manpower crisis in the autumn of 1944, Grigg

stated in no uncertain terms the Army's need for a massive influx of manpower in the coming year, thanks largely to an

increased forecast of battle casualties. That the forecast

and therefore the need were to prove somewhat exaggerated

does not detract from the fact that the War Cabinet had

been left in no doubt about the scale of the Army's

manpower requirements in 1944.

It was of course fortunate that the British Army did not

suffer 250,000 battle casualties in 1944. However, the

autumn 1943 forecast was not grossly in error. 1944 was the

year in which the Army assaulted the Atlantic Wall; it was

the year which saw the Army fighting for the first time on

three fronts simultaneously; and it was the year in which

the Army did a great deal of fighting and suffered a great

number of casualties - and ran short of infantry

reinforcements in the process. It should be noted that in

NW Europe alone, the British Army suffered 107,600 battle

casualties in the less than seven months between D-Day and

the end of the year28 - and D-Day had been postponed by more

than a month (from 1st May to 6th June). Examination of the

surviving War Office DSD registered files and AG Stats

branch memoranda shows clearly that manpower requirements

and casualty forecasts submitted to the War Cabinet by

Grigg were made in good faith, were very carefully worked

28 AG Stats analysis: comparison of forecast and actual casualties: W0365/46.

301

out and were based on the best information available. No

one was consciously cheating; no one was deliberately

exaggerating; no one was grossly incompetent. In none of

the high-level discussions concerning manpower did those

representing the RN or RAF challenge the Army's figures or

accuse the Army of dishonesty or exaggeration or incompetence. It is not too difficult to suggest reasons

for their silence. Firstly, good manners. Secondly, fear of

retaliation. Thirdly, a guilty conscience (after all, the

RAF and RN had deprived the Army of many high-grade men).

Fourthly, acceptance that whereas the RN and RAF were

capital-intensive, the Army was labour-intensive. Fifthly,

acceptance that henceforth the Army would be doing most of

the fighting and most of the dying. Sixthly, Churchill

could usually be relied upon to act as devil's advocate.

The fact that Churchill did not question the Army's

casualty forecast and manpower demand for 1944 is

surprising, especially as there is no doubt that he

believed the Army's use of the manpower at its disposal was

erroneous29. We can only assume one of two things. Either he

accepted that the Army's forecast and demand were, although

perhaps erring on the side of caution, not disproportionate

to the scale of the ordeal that it would face in 1944. Or

he realised that the Army's demand, even much reduced,

could not be met without drastic action, action which he

was not prepared to countenance, and saw no point in

questioning it.

Two days after Grigg's paper was circulated, Bevin

issued a bleak review of the manpower situation which

stated: "By the end of this year the mobilisation of the

nation will be practically complete. The total intake from

all sources in 1944 will not be sufficient to replace

ordinary wastage and there would be a deficit of 150,000,

"' Churchill to Brooke, 1 S` November 1943: Closing the Ring, PP682-3.

302

even if no one were called up for the Services 1130 . The

Forces were however demanding over 776,000 more men and women. Bevin stated simply: "These demands cannot be met". Only 260,000 men and 40,000 women were due to be called-up to the Forces in 1944. Informed of the situation, on ist

November Churchill circulated a memorandum in which said: "... the problem is no longer one of closing a gap between

supply and requirements. Our manpower is fully mobilised for the war effort. We cannot add to the total; on the

contrary, it is already dwindling. All we can do is to make

within that total such changes as the strategy of the war demands". He suggested that one of two assumptions be made for the purposes of manpower planning: Germany would be

defeated before the end of 1944; Germany would not be

defeated before the end of 194431.

Churchill held a conference to discuss the issues

involved on 5th November, at which it was decided to set up

a Ministerial Committee chaired by Anderson (now Chancellor

of the Exchequer), along with an Official Committee to

advise it, to investigate the problem and recommend

solutions32. During the conference, it was agreed that

super-preference for MAP should end on 1st January 1944.

Grigg agreed that, if it were assumed that Germany would be

defeated by the end of 1944, the Army could exist on an

intake of 150,000, which Bevin agreed was an attainable

figure. The manpower allotment was finalised on 27th

November by the Ministerial Committee33 and approved by the

War Cabinet on ist December34. It was assumed that Germany

would be defeated before the end of 1944. Firm allocations

30 WP(43)472: War Cabinet papers: CAB66.

31 WP(43)490: War Cabinet papers: CAB66.

32 Cabinet Office: Manpower, GEN. 26/1st meeting.

33 WP(43)539: War Cabinet papers: CAB66.

34 WM(43)164th meeting: War Cabinet minutes: CAB65.

303

were made for the first half of 1944 only; the situation

would be reviewed in May 1944. The Army was allotted 125,000 men for the first half of 1944 and provisionally

allotted 25,000 for the second half i. e. a total of 150,000

or less than half of what it had requested for the whole

year. It was also allotted 12,000 women for the ATS for the

first half of 1944 i. e. exactly half of what it had

requested for the whole year.

The War Cabinet's 1st December decisions to assume that

Germany would be defeated before the end of 1944 and to

halve the Army's manpower allocation for 1944 were both

greatly mistaken. Germany was not defeated before the end

of 1944 and it is extremely difficult to see how it could

have been. It is true that the peak of the mobilisation of

British manpower had been reached and that it was no longer

possible to expand one part of the war effort without

contracting another. It is also true that the combined

manpower demands of the Forces could not be met and that

they were all cut, not just the Army's. Yet the War Cabinet

did not need a crystal ball to realise that, of the Forces,

the Army would bear the brunt of the fighting and would

suffer the bulk of the casualties in 1944. As we noted

above, since Washington the Army had been committed to a

cross-Channel invasion of the Continent in the spring of

1944 and since Quebec the date of the invasion had been set

at ist May 1944, now just five months away. The decision to

make firm allocations for the first half of 1944 only and

to review the situation in May 1944 is suggestive of a

refusal to face unwelcome facts and of a desire to postpone

difficult choices. The price of the War Cabinet's mistakes,

procrastination and delay was paid by the Army, which

embarked upon the decisive campaign of the war undermanned

and with inadequate reserves.

A week before D-Day the War Cabinet was informed by

Grigg in no uncertain terms of an impending Army manpower

304

crisis, one affecting the infantry especially. On 30th May

1944 a memorandum from Grigg was presented to the War

Cabinet Manpower Committee under Attlee (Lord President of

the Council). Grigg stated: "Estimate of infantry

casualties and normal wastage needing replacement between

April and December 1944 based on latest forecasts of

operational activity, taking into account wounded returning

to duty, amounts to 102,250. Taking account of sources of

reinforcements the year end shortage 1944 will still be

30,000 with a peak period at the end of September when the

shortage may be as high as 35,000"35.

The Army's manpower requirement for the second half of

1944 was contained in a memorandum, prepared by the General

Staff, submitted by Grigg on 12th June36. A proof copy had

been sent to Churchill on 9th June37 in answer to his minute

of 6th June. In his minute to Grigg and Brooke (Chief of

the Imperial General Staff), Churchill had challenged the

proposed disbandment of 5 divisions to meet a forecast

deficit of 90,000 men, as stated by Grigg on 30th May and

brought to Churchill's notice by Cherwell (Paymaster-

General) on 2nd June. In his minute of 6th June Churchill

queried Grigg's figures, displaying an imperfect

understanding of manpower questions and a lack of

appreciation of the dilemma in which the Army now found

itself, largely as the result of Churchill's decisions in

the summer and autumn of 1943. Churchill said that the

disbandment of 5 divisions would release over 100,000 army

and corps troops, who could be retrained as infantry more

quickly than new recruits or even men transferred from the

RAF Regiment. It takes 40,000 men to form a division yet

only 18,000 men are released by its disbandment. "It is

35 CAB78/21.

36 WP(44)316: War Cabinet papers: CAB66.

37 PM's papers: file 55 (Army - Manpower etc., June 1940-July 1945): PREM3/55/6.

305

this kind of thing which makes it so difficult for one to

help you in keeping up the Army". He pointed out that there

were over 1.6 million men in Britain and, even after the

invasion force had crossed to the Continent, "there ought to be a great many in this country from whom it ought to be

possible to find sufficient drafts to make good a shortage

of 90,000". He would not relax his pressure on the RAF

Regiment, the Royal Marines and other sources of manpower for the Army, but "to go and feed up to the Cabinet that a deficit of 90,000 men means the loss of five divisions

cannot be accepted i38.

In his memorandum of 12th June, Grigg not only spelt out

very clearly the extent and nature of the manpower crisis

facing the Army but also provided full answers to

Churchill's charges. It deserves to be studied at length.

Grigg warned of the imminent disbandment of as many as 5

divisions and 4 armoured brigades (thereby reducing the

forces in the field to 16 divisions and 15 armoured

brigades) unless drastic steps were immediately taken. It

was feared that 2 out of the 5 divisions must disappear in

any case, but it was hoped that it would be possible to

retain 3 of the divisions and 2 of the brigades at cadre

strength, with a view to subsequent rebuilding, if: "(a) A

considerable number of basically-trained men are provided

from sources outside Army control in the next three months.

(b) At least 60,000 new intakes are allotted during July

and August, which would be becoming effective in December

or early 1945". If the Army was to be maintained in 1945 at

the reduced level reached at the end of 1944, a total of

190,000 men would be needed in the second half of 1944

(including 30,000 owing from the previous allotment), which

would mean that intakes would have to continue at the rate

of 30,000 a month after the end of August. Failing the

38 Churchill, Triumph and Tragedy, PP685-6.

306

necessary intakes, the Army would be unable to perform its

tasks.

Naturally, much of the run-down suffered by the Army in

1944 had occurred among the fighting units, particularly

the infantry, and this meant that a high proportion of the

intakes during the second half of the year would have to be

of a medically high grade. In October 1943 Grigg had warned

that all fit men would have to be withdrawn from the 6 Home

Field Army divisions and that this might not be enough. The

allocation made in December 1943 had been less than half

what had been requested. The forecast that HFA divisions

would have to be reduced to a skeleton had proved correct.

The 6 Lower Establishment divisions were disappearing and

being replaced by 2 field divisions at cadre strength. The

forecast of casualties had been greatly increased: the net

estimate for the period April to December 1944 was now

200,000 or double the estimate of October 1943. This was

due to three factors: the revision of previous estimates

based on experience in Italy; the plans for operations had

been framed to produce maximum impact on the enemy; in the

case of NW Europe, the scale of the initial assault, in

which the heaviest casualties were expected, had been

increased.

Since September 1943 the Army's commitments had been

reduced by 94,400. Despite this, the Army would be short of

trained effectives by 91,000 by the end of the year. The

infantry would be 30,000 short. A shortage of 91,000

trained effectives equates to 5 infantry divisions and 4

armoured brigades. The disbandment of these formations

should in theory free up 100,000 men in the rear. However,

the numbers obtained in practice would be limited, for

three reasons: a high proportion of men in the rear are

skilled or semi-skilled or medically below standard; there

is a time lag involved because it takes time to sort and

retrain men; the more successful the Army's operations, the

307

greater its administrative commitments and the longer its

lines of communication. "The position is quite clear that during 1944 the Army must run down and nothing can stop it".

There were however five possible palliatives: casualties

were below estimates; an intake was received from Anti-

Aircraft Command as soon as possible (although the Chiefs

of Staff had forbidden further reductions because of "Overlord" and "Diver" i. e. the V1); an intake was received from the other Services (the anti-aircraft element of the

RAF Regiment was to be reviewed by the Chiefs of Staff); a further combing out of the Imperial Base and overseas

manpower was made (although gleanings would be small); a large intake was received in July and August which would

produce trained men in late 1944 and early 1945. In

addition to 190,000 men, the Army required 19,800 women for

the ATS (including 3,000 owing from the previous

allotment), 825 nurses and 600 VAD (in addition to any

short-fall) and the fulfilment of the previously approved

1944 allocation of civilians.

Given Grigg's memorandum, although both the Army's need

for manpower and forecast of battle casualties were to

prove somewhat exaggerated, it is indisputable that in the

summer of 1944 the Army issued a clear warning of a

manpower crisis in the autumn of that year.

In his response to that warning, Churchill did not

display his renowned energy. Clearly, he remained

sceptical. On 15th June Churchill asked Anderson to re-

assemble the Ministerial Committee and produce a report on

allocations for July and August only. Churchill considered

that, for the present, manpower plans would have to be

based on the continuance of the war in Europe throughout

the first half of 1945, although by the end of August we

should be in a better position to judge on this point. He

thought that a temporary increase should be made in the

308

Army intakes during July and August (say 15,000 instead of 6,000 a month), but this increase should be at the expense

of the other Services, not of the munitions and other

essential industries. The fact that "Overlord" casualties to date had been much lower than anticipated should also be

taken into account in framing the new estimates39.

The Ministerial Committee met on 26th June40 and

considered, in addition to Churchill's note, a memorandum by Bevin41. Bevin reported that, by the end of the month, the allocations of men to the Forces for the first half of the year would be fully met and that nothing would remain

to be carried over as an addition to the allocation for the

second half. In the case of women, there would be an intake

of 3,500 owing to the ATS, which would have to be absorbed

later in the year. The present allocation for the second

half of the year, therefore, including this 3,500, was for

80,000 men and 4,500 women.

Turning to the supply of manpower available, Bevin

reported that the number of men who could be made available

for the Forces in the second half of 1944 was 113,000, of

whom only 38,000 could be allocated in July and August

without undue disturbance to the calling-up arrangements.

Of these: 2,000 would have been accepted for flying duties

in the RAF; 2,500 would be Air Training Corps members; and

4,000 would be men who had joined the RN as volunteers

before their proper date of registration. This would leave

29,500, all of whom could be recruited to the Army. Of the

total of 17,500 women who would be available for calling up

in the second half of 1944,7,500 could be supplied during

July and August. After some discussion, the Ministerial

Committee decided that they should produce recommendations

39 Prime Minister's Personal Minute Serial No. M. 721/4: PREM3.

ao Ministerial Committee on Manpower: MP(44)2nd meeting.

" Ibid, MP(44)2.

309

for firm allocations for the Services for July and August,

and for provisional intakes for the Services and munition industries up to the end of the year, the whole position being subject to review at the end of August.

The next day the Committee met again42, to discuss the

estimates submitted by the General Staff. At this meeting, Bevin stated his opinion that the Army should have an intake of 50,000 in July and August: 30,000 coming from the

call-up of new intakes; 10,000 being supplied by transfers

from the RN and RAF; and 10,000 by calling up men from the

RAF Deferred List. A detailed discussion then took place on

the manpower position of the three Services. Alexander

(First Lord of the Admiralty) said that the RN preferred to

transfer only 1,200 to the Army but would let the Army have

4,800 of its new intake.

Grigg said that if the difference between the actual

casualties experienced in "Overlord" to date and the

estimates set out in his memorandum of 12th June were to be

regarded as a permanent saving, this would justify a

reduction in the Army's net demand by 13,000. In fact, it

now seemed that the heaviest casualties were likely to be

experienced in July, not in June as had been expected. As

the Army deficit was expected to reach its peak in

September 1944, it would be helpful if part of the intake

of men in July and August could be provided by transfer of

trained men from the other Services. Of the 190,000 men

required by the Army in the second half of 1944,40,000

were required to enable the period of service overseas to

be reduced to four and a half years, and to allow a quota

of 5,000 a month for leave. "At present he was only able to

bring home men who had served for more than five years

overseas and even this process involved the absence from

their units (at present without replacement) of some 14,000

men at any one time. The position was causing him anxiety

42 Ibid, MP(44)3rd meeting.

310

and he feared that, if he could not greatly improve on it,

serious trouble might arise in India and Burma at the

conclusion of hostilities in Europe".

When Bevin pointed out that there were still 35,000 men

on the RAF Deferred List, Sinclair (Secretary of State for

Air) said that only 12,000 were available for immediate

call-up. The Committee agreed to meet again when an

analysis of the Deferred List had been completed, when they

would frame their recommendations to the War Cabinet.

In the meantime, Bevin produced a memorandum dated 26th

June reviewing the entire manpower position43. This showed

that cuts in industrial manpower had been less than

authorised. If it were decided to raise the intakes into

the Forces during the second half of 1944 from 84,500

(81,000 approved in December 1943 plus 3,500 women for the

ATS owing as at the end of June) to 130,500 (113,000 men

and 17,500 women), even bigger cuts than anticipated would

have to be made in industrial manpower. The number to be

withdrawn from industry for the Forces during the year

would rise to 292,000.

Bevin's memorandum was considered by the Ministerial

Committee on 29th June44. Bevin said "that if the principle

of maximum impact in 1944 was to be maintained - and in his

view it should be - the intake into the Army would have to

be considerably increased during the second half of the

year and particularly during July and August. In his view,

it was clear that for this purpose, and for other reasons,

the cuts in the labour force of the munitions industries

would have to be far higher". Anderson was then asked to

prepare a draft report45, which was approved by the

" Ibid, MP(44)3.

44 Ibid, MP(44)5th meeting.

45lbid, MP(44)5.

311

Ministerial Committee on 4th July46 and circulated to the

War Cabinet two days later.

Anderson's report47 concluded that there was a

substantial imbalance of the manpower budget and it was

clear that even if the provisional allocations to the

Forces were to stand, there would be a considerable gap between supply and demand. However, the Service ministers

were unanimous in condemning these allocations as inadequate, largely because no provision was made for

allocations to the women's services, which would

consequently run down before the end of 1944. Although the

allocations of men to the other two Services would just

meet their requirements, the allocations to the Army were

quite inadequate. The Committee proposed to allocate to the

Army 28,300 men (plus 1,200 transfers from the RN) and

4,500 women (including 3,500 owed from the first half of

the year). With an allocation of 29,500 men, the Army would

certainly be able to save 1 division.

The Committee, however, considered that an intake of

50,000 should be provided for July and August, which would

go a long way to retaining at cadre strength 3 of the

divisions and 2 of the brigades, which would otherwise

disappear. The additional 20,000 should come from calling

up 10,000 men from the RAF Deferred List and the transfer

to the Army of 10,000 more men already serving in the RAF

and RN. As only 6,000 men could in fact be provided from

the RAF Deferred List before the end of August, it was

decided to call-up an additional 4,000 men direct to the

Army ahead of schedule, this 4,000 in turn being counted

against releases from the RAF Deferred List in September

and October. The Army allocation for July and August was

therefore 49,500, comprising: 28,300 call-up owed; 6,000

called-up from the RAF Deferred List; 4,000 call-up brought

46 Ibid, MP(44)6th meeting.

47 WP(44)375: War Cabinet papers: CAB66.

312

forward; 6,200 transferred from the RN; and 5,000

transferred from the RAF. Although both the RN and the RAF

would receive intakes in July and August, because of the

transfer of men to the Army they would both suffer a net loss. "The men transferred from the Navy and RAF should be

Grade I, for it is in men of this category that the main deficiency of the Army lies. So far as is necessary,

however, compensation should be given to the Navy and RAF

by the transfer, as expeditiously as possible, of men of lower medical category from the Army".

The Ministerial Committee proceeded to recommend a

provisional allocation of 75,000 men and 10,000 women for

the Forces in the last four months of 1944. The call-up for

the second half of the year would therefore be 123,000 men

(including 10,000 from the RAF Deferred List for the Army)

and 17,500 women. This would bring the call-up for the

entire year to 294,000 men and 50,500 women: a significant

increase on the original allocation of 289,000 men and

women. "At the same time we agree that it should be

possible to take a clearer view of the position towards the

end of August, and we accordingly suggest that the

provisional intakes and allocations for the second half of

1944 recommended in this Report should be reviewed at that

date, when it should be possible to start looking ahead

into the first half of 1945. Meanwhile, however, we

consider that the Departments concerned should proceed to

take all the necessary steps to work within the provisional

allocations which we now propose".

The report was considered by the War Cabinet on 12th

July48. The firm allocations for July and August and the

provisional allocations for the whole of the second half of

the year were approved. It was also agreed that, before the

August manpower review, the Chiefs of Staff should prepare

48 WM(44)90th meeting: War Cabinet minutes: CAB65.

313

a new appreciation of the risk of air attack, and a scheme

drawn up for the release of Civil Defence and ADGB

personnel, to be put into effect if and when it was decided

that the risk of their disbandment could be accepted.

Churchill, in the course of the discussion which preceded

these decisions, expressed his pleasure at the Army

allocations and warned the RN to expect further cuts in its

allocations.

As the result of the month-long discussion of its

requirement for the second half of 1944, which was 190,000

men and 19,800 women for the ATS, the Army had been

allocated 49,500 men and 4,500 women for the ATS up to the

end of August. Although it had, belatedly, received

preferential treatment, it had not been given what it had

asked for: both its forecast shortage of fighting men and

its anticipated disbandment of formations were now

inevitable, although the scale of the shortage and of the

disbandments remained to be seen. Moreover, it would have

to wait until the autumn to learn what its allocation for

the remainder of the year would be.

On 11th August Anderson proposed that the forthcoming

review of allocations should be based on the assumption

that the war in Europe, although it might continue beyond

the end of 1944, would not continue beyond mid 1945. On

this basis, firm allocations should be made for the rest of

1944, and Departments could then proceed to consider their

requirements for the first half of 1945 in the light of

these decisions49. Anderson's proposals were accepted by the

War Cabinet on 14th August50 and Departments immediately

began to review their estimates.

On 21st August the Army's manpower requirement for the

period September to December 1944 was submitted51. The

49 WP(44)440: War Cabinet papers: CAB66.

50 WM(44)106th meeting: War Cabinet minutes: CAB65.

51 WP(44)453: War Cabinet papers: CAB66. 314

manpower allotment was finalised on 1st September by the

Ministerial Committee52 and approved by the War Cabinet on 5th September53. The Army found that the increased

allocation in July and August had had the desired result in

minimising the expected run down of the Army and the

present estimate was that by the end of 1944 there would be

a loss of the fighting elements of 2 infantry divisions and 3 armoured brigades. The Army also found that it could

reduce its demands for the last four months of the year,

"representing the numbers needed to prevent a further loss

in the first half of 1945", because casualties in the early

stages of "Overlord" had been below estimate, and because

substantial internal savings had been achieved. "The saving

in casualties is not, however, correspondingly reflected in

Armour and Infantry. In these arms the casualties after the

early stages have been above the estimates, though the

world-wide position has been partly offset by lighter

losses in Italy". If a further run down in fighting

strength during the first half of 1945 was to be avoided

the Army needed an intake in the last four months of 1944

of 25,000 fit men suitable for Infantry and Armour.

In addition, an intake of 50,000 was needed to cover the

granting of leave, which could no longer be postponed, to

men with long service, and the training of new men who

would become trained early in 1945 in readiness for the

relief of men in the Far East. The Army thus required

75,000 men for the last four months of 1944. It also

required 16,000 women for the ATS, 1,500 nurses, 620 VAD

(less any received in July and August), and 2,700 non-

industrial civilians. The Army was allotted 50,000 men: a

third less than it required but more than five and a half

times what was allotted to the RN and the RAF combined. The

52 Ibid, WP(44)487.

s' WM(44)117th meeting: War Cabinet minutes: CAB65.

315

Army was also allotted 5,000 women for the ATS: more than

two-thirds less than it required but almost one and a half

times what was allotted to the RN and the RAF combined.

The preference given to the Army in July 1944, and even

more so the preference given to it in September 1944, was

both a recognition of the seriousness of the Army's

position and an acknowledgement of inadequate provision for

the Army in the past. In the diplomatic words of Parker:

"These new proposals reflected, of course, the developments

in the strategic situation. Whereas in the earlier years of

the war the Navy and the Air Force had saved the country

from invasion and made possible the change from defensive

to offensive warfare, with the successful launching of the

assault on the Continent the land forces became the

instruments of final victory. The heavy fighting which

followed D-Day had demonstrated that the demands of the

Army for men and munitions had been in 1943 too severely

cut. Consequently, in the September plan for intake into

the Services the Army was to be the major beneficiary, and

its strength was to be further increased by transfers from

the Navy and the Air Force"54. It goes without saying that

the preference given to the Army in mid July 1944, and even

more so the preference given to it in early September 1944,

came far too late to avert its predicted manpower crisis in

late September 1944.

To summarise the Army's manpower position in 1944. There

was no growth at all in the number of men in the Army,

while the number of women actually fell, during the first

quarter of 1944. During the year the Army initially

required 319,000 men. It was eventually allotted 224,500: a

cut of almost 30%. The actual intake of men was 251,900, of

whom all but 79,800 were swallowed up by outflow. During

the year the Army initially required 24,000 women. It was

54 Manpower, PP231-2.

316

eventually allotted 21,500: a cut of over 10%. The outflow

of women exceeded actual intake by 11,050.

Because the Army was allocated much less manpower than

it required during the second half of the war, a large

number of formations had to be disbanded or reduced. As a

result of the December 1942 manpower allotment, the

Directorate of Staff Duties (DSD) at the War Office

calculated that 1 armoured division, 1 infantry division

(less 1 infantry brigade), 2 armoured brigades, 1 tank

brigade and 1 infantry brigade were disbanded. As a result

of the July 1943 manpower allotment, DSD calculated that 1

armoured division, 2 tank brigades and 3 independent

infantry brigades were disbanded while 1 field force

infantry division and 4 Home Forces infantry divisions were

reduced to Lower Establishment (LE) divisions. As a result

of the December 1943, July 1944 and September 1944 manpower

allotments, the DSD calculated that during 1944 15

formations were disbanded or reduced: 1 armoured division

(9th in UK), 2 armoured division HQs and divisional troops

(10th in Middle East, 1st in Italy), 2 infantry divisions

(59th and 50th in NW Europe), 1 armoured brigade (27th in

NW Europe), 2 tank brigades (1st in NW Europe, 25th in

Italy), 2 infantry brigades (201st Guards and 168th in

Italy) and 3 LE divisions (76th, 77th and 80th in UK) were

disbanded while 2 LE divisions (55th and 61st in UK) were

reduced to cadre55. For some reason, the DSD calculation of

formations disbanded or reduced in 1944 excludes 70th

Brigade, removed from 49th Division and disbanded in NW

Europe. Although disbanded in Italy, 201st Guards Brigade

was resurrected in the UK as a training formation.

What conclusions may we draw from this examination of

Army manpower requirements and allocations during the

second half of the war and especially in 1944?

55 DSD file on manpower: W032/10899.

317

During the second half of the war and especially in 1944

the Army's allocations, and thus its intakes, were inadequate. It is true that the Army grew enormously during

the war. But then so did the duties it was called upon to

perform and the demands made upon it. Although having

2,680,000 men at the beginning of 1944, the Army had

insufficient assets to meet its heavy commitments and carry

out its manifold tasks in that year. It did not have enough

men to maintain its cutting edge. Hence the reduction or disbandment of many formations and units. Intake into the

Army barely kept pace with outflow from the Army: the

number of men gained by the Army was almost entirely offset

by the number of men lost to the Army. The manpower

allocations made to the Army fell far short of its manpower

requirements: far fewer men were supplied to the Army than

it needed both to do its job and to offset the men lost to

it. It simply did not have enough men to fight the Germans

in Italy, fight the Japanese in Burma, garrison a global

Empire, defend the UK and liberate NW Europe. It had a lot

of men certainly and it finished 1944 slightly larger than

it had started. But quantity is not everything. Figures for

the strength of the Army and for the intake into the Army

should not be taken at face value. A large proportion of

the strength of the Army and of the intake into the Army

did not have the physical fitness, mental robustness,

motivation and youth necessary for combat duty.

Grigg was in no doubt that the responsibility for the

Army's manpower crisis lay not with the Army but with the

War Cabinet. As he later wrote: "... I do not remember a

single occasion when the War Cabinet allotted to the Army

more than half the number for which I had asked , 56 He

absolved the Army of responsibility: "I do not think that

it can be doubted that by and large we made the best

possible use of our manpower and that we carried out our

56 Prejudice and Judgement, P360.

318

second transformation of the Army to meet new strategy

speedily and without undue friction. But with all our

economies, the intakes we got as a result of the periodical

manpower allocations of the War Cabinet were not enough for

us to be certain of keeping up for any length of time our full number of divisions. We had to reduce our initial

contribution to "Overlord" below the Prime Minister's

desires. And it was quite inevitable that, if and when a

period of heavy casualties came, we should have to disband

even some of the formations we were able to include

in... 21st Army Group... The time arrived and we had indeed

to break up divisions and this notwithstanding that men

were transferred to us from the Navy and Air Force in a

last attempt to arrest the process of dispersali57. While,

as we have seen in previous chapters, many criticisms may

legitimately be made of the Army's use of its manpower,

there can be no underestimating the contribution that the

inadequacy of its allocations and thus intakes made to

causing the manpower crisis.

The ultimate responsibility for the direction of

Britain's war effort and the allocation of Britain's

manpower lay with the War Cabinet. In so far as the

manpower crisis was caused by the low priority (and thus

the inadequate quantity and insufficient quality of

manpower) given to the Army, responsibility for the

manpower crisis lay with the War Cabinet, as Grigg says.

However, it would be naive to deny that in practice - by

virtue of the offices he held (Prime Minister, First Lord

of the Treasury and Minister of Defence), his unrivalled

experience, the force of his personality, his mastery of

detail, his powers of expression, his phenomenal energy and

his massive prestige - Churchill dominated and bore the

prime responsibility for the direction of Britain's war

57 Ibid, PP362-3.

319

effort and the allocation of Britain's manpower. Indeed,

the documentary record shows clearly that Churchill's

interventions in the decision-making process were invariably decisive: whether placing a cap on the size of the Army (spring 1941); awarding super-priority to MAP

(summer 1943); planning on the assumption that Germany

would be defeated in 1944 (autumn 1943); or giving extra

men to the Army by means of transfers from the RAF and RN

(summer 1944).

This thesis is not a study of Churchill but given his

decisive interventions in the decision-making process a few

words about his thinking are called for. During WWII

Churchill was intent on avoiding a repetition of the

campaign on the Western Front, which had lasted four long

years and had cost three-quarters of a million British

lives, and which he had tried hard to avoid (championing

the Gallipoli campaign) and then to terminate (championing

the tank). During WWII Churchill was prepared to pursue

almost any alternative to the raising and deployment of a

large army in NW Europe and the fighting of a protracted

and bloody campaign there, as in WWI. Hence his opposition

to a cross-Channel invasion (until it became inevitable and

then, paradoxically, he wanted Britain to play as big a

part as possible) and his enthusiastic support for the

campaign in the Mediterranean and the Bomber Offensive.

Unfortunately, neither brought the quick and cheap victory

he sought. In the end, Britain had to deploy a large army

in NW Europe in order to defeat the Germans, as in WWI58.

During the second half of the war the Army was

consistently and repeatedly allotted less manpower than it

required to meet its commitments and replace its wastage.

During the second half of the war, when it was everywhere

on the offensive and was suffering heavy casualties, its

58 Taylor et al, Churchill: Four Faces and the Man, PP40-4,46,188-90,192-6; Moran, Churchill: The Struggle for Survival, PP50-1; Pitt, Churchill and the Generals, PP57,162-3,180-1.

320

commitments and wastage were great, very much greater than

it could sustain. Army manpower was capped in the spring of 1941 at Churchill's behest and, although the cap was later

raised, the Army grew slowly and modestly thereafter.

Throughout the war, the other two Services and their Supply

Departments - the RAF and MAP especially - received in

terms of both quantity and quality a disproportionate share

of the nation's manpower.

Much more could be said about the preference given to

Airpower. It is unfortunate that space prohibits the

inclusion in this thesis of a detailed analysis of the

manpower resources devoted to Airpower. Suffice it to say

that a great quantity of high quality manpower was devoted

to the RAF and MAP rather than to the Army during the war

and that this was a major cause of the Army's manpower

crisis. For a sustained and damning indictment of the high

manpower priority awarded during the war, at Churchill's

behest, to the RAF (Bomber Command in particular), to the

detriment of the Army (the infantry in particular), the

reader is referred to, ironically, Terraine's magisterial

history of the RAF during WW1159.

By the end of 1942 it was no longer realistic to believe

that Airpower was going to win the war and that the Army

would not have to once again engage in operations on the

Continent. However, the Army's demand for more manpower was

largely rejected at that time. Because of the low manpower

priority it had received, in the summer of 1943 the Army

returned to the Continent unfitted for large-scale,

prolonged and costly operations. Yet, at Churchill's

behest, at that very time the Army's demand for more

manpower was largely rejected and Airpower was given

supreme manpower priority. Manpower priority for aircraft

production continued until the first day of 1944, exactly

s9 Terraine, The Right of the Line, PP578,592-3,602-5,640-1.

321

four months before the planned date of D-Day and just over

five months before the actual.

In the autumn of 1943 Britain reached total manpower

mobilization: it was no longer possible to sustain, still

less increase, Britain's war effort. And yet the decisive

campaign of the war -a campaign in which the Army would

undoubtedly experience heavy fighting and suffer heavy

casualties - still lay ahead. Again at Churchill's behest,

in the autumn of 1943 the Army's demand for more manpower

was largely rejected. Consequently, in the summer of 1944

the Army crossed the Channel still unfitted for large-

scale, prolonged and costly operations. Belated and

inadequate transfers of men from the RAF and RN to the Army

after D-Day at Churchill's behest could not - and did not -

rectify or atone for the many years of under-resourcing he

had countenanced.

Given the great disparity between the manpower required

by the Army and the manpower allocated to the Army during

the second half of the war and especially in 1944, the year

in which it assaulted "Festung Europa", it is not that

difficult to understand why the Army experienced a manpower

crisis in the autumn of 1944.

322

CONCLUSION

The main causes of the manpower crisis, namely the

shortage of infantry reinforcements, which afflicted the

British Army in the autumn of 1944 can be simply stated.

The Army did not receive either the quantity or quality of

manpower it needed. At the same time, the Army could have

better used the manpower it did receive.

In the Second World War Britain mobilized its manpower

very thoroughly for the war effort, conscripting millions

into the forces. However, the Army was very much smaller in

the Second World War than it had been in the First. The

Army's manpower was capped as early as the spring of 1941.

Massive manpower resources were devoted to other sectors of

the war effort instead, especially the Royal Air Force and

the Ministry of Aircraft Production. The Ministry of

Aircraft Production was given manpower priority in the

summer of 1943. By the autumn of 1943 British manpower was

fully mobilised for the war effort: it was no longer

possible to increase the size of the cake, merely

distribute the slices differently. The Army's manpower

allocation for 1944 was more than halved in the autumn of

1943. The Army was given manpower priority only in the

summer of 1944: after the invasion of North West Europe and

far too late to avoid a crisis.

The manpower crisis affected the infantry principally.

This was not only because the infantry bore the brunt of

the fighting and consequently suffered most of the

casualties, but also because, as a result of the Army's low

manpower priority, only a proportion of the Army possessed

the physical fitness, mental robustness, youth and

motivation necessary for infantry duty in the field - and

only a proportion of these men were actually in the

323

infantry in the field, most being employed elsewhere in the

Army.

The strategic, operational and tactical effects of the

infantry shortage are not the concern of this thesis, which is concerned with how and why the shortage came about.

Moreover, Hart among others has discussed at length the

effects in North West Europe, the primary theatre. Suffice

it to say that the effects were considerable, inevitable

and obvious. Shortage of infantrymen compelled the British

Army to pursue a cautious approach, to rely on firepower

(artillery, armour and aircraft) and to depend on Allies.

Given his dominance, throughout this thesis I have not

hesitated to criticise Churchill personally for those

decisions by the Government which I believe caused and/or

exacerbated the manpower crisis. In this conclusion I

consider it proper to recapitulate my principal criticisms

of Churchill. It gives me no pleasure to do so. I believe,

have always believed and will always believe that Churchill

was a hero and "the saviour of his country". However, even

heroes and saviours are capable of harbouring prejudices

and making mistakes.

The size, composition and role of the British Army in

the Second World War were largely determined by Churchill.

It may fairly be called Churchill's Army. Consequently,

many of the manpower problems experienced by the British

Army in the Second World War may properly be laid at the

door of Churchill. This is especially true of the infantry

shortage, which was to a large extent both created and

exacerbated into a crisis by decisions of Churchill. Given

that Churchill - quite rightly - constantly drew attention

to and criticised the Army's declining infantry strength

and growing "tail" during the war, this is both ironic and

paradoxical. Yet it is a fact that, unwittingly but

inevitably, by his decisions he decreased the supply of

suitable personnel to, and increased the burden on, the

324

infantry. But for the preference shown to Special Forces,

the Foot Guards, the Royal Artillery, the Royal Armoured

Corps, the Royal Air Force's Bomber Command and the

Ministry of Aircraft Production; and but for the reluctance

to build a mass Army on Great War lines, to tighten Army

discipline and to halt in Italy; it is certain that the

infantry crisis would not have been as bad as it was and it

is probable that there would have been no infantry crisis

at all.

None of these decisions were taken lightly or without

reason. Many, such as the preference given to Bomber

Command and Special Forces, were actually taken with a view

to lightening the burden on the Army - the infantry

especially - and avoiding heavy Army - especially infantry

- casualties. Unfortunately, they failed. Bomber Command

and Special Forces absorbed a large number of high-grade

men and suffered heavy losses while the infantry, deprived

of those men, was still required to do a lot of fighting

and still suffered heavy losses. As Terraine has pointed

out, while Britain lost far fewer men in the Second World

War than in the Great War (thanks to Dunkirk and the Red

Army), Britain lost more of its brightest and best in the

second war than in the first (thanks to Bomber Command and

Special Forces). Such is the sometimes terrible gap between

intentions and consequences. Although dominant, Churchill

was not of course a dictator. Others - principally Grigg,

Brooke and Adam - must bear some of the responsibility for

the Army's manpower problems in general and the infantry

crisis in particular. Grigg, Brooke and Adam either agreed

with Churchill or did not disagree with him strongly enough

- and vice versa.

It is the author's prerogative not only to draw his own

conclusions but also to express those conclusions in his

own way. The author believes that a good way to highlight

the particular actions and omissions which in his judgement

325

caused and exacerbated the manpower crisis is to say

specifically what should and should not be done the next

time i. e. in the event of another great war.

It might be thought that the manpower problems of the

British Army during the Second World War are now of purely

historical interest and provide no lessons for the future.

The Army is now so small that it could fit into Wembley

Stadium; it is now entirely regular; and it now has no

enemy, either actual or potential. Nothing could be more

mistaken. Many of the problems which troubled the British

Army during the Second World War still trouble it today,

although of course in a less pressing fashion. One has only

to think of infantry over-stretch, the employment of women

and the maintenance of discipline, to name but three. There

can be no doubt that, if the British Army had to fight

another war, whether great or small, these problems would

become pressing.

What are the lessons which emerge from this examination

of the way the British Army utilized the manpower at its

disposal in the Second World War? What errors should we try

to avoid if there is a Third World War which will call for

the mobilization of maximum armed forces? At the moment

this is a highly unlikely scenario, but then so was a

Second World War in the 1920s and early 1930s.

The object is to produce the greatest effective fighting

force from the segment of the nation's manpower fit for

military service; and the suggested changes in practices

followed in the Second World War are intended to further

that object.

Command and administrative organization should be on a

simpler basis. Fighting formation headquarters should be

set up as required for the tactical handling of the forces

we put in the field, and tendencies to inflate command

echelons arising from a spirit of national exclusiveness

should be resisted.

326

Administrative headquarters should be kept to the

minimum required for fulfilling their functions, and their

size be regulated strictly by the number of troops which they are administering.

If a Third World War should have North West Europe as the theatre in which the main British land force is

engaged, its base should either move to the Continent as

soon as practicable or, providing speedy and secure

communications can be maintained, it should remain in

Britain. Duplication of the base administrative

organization should be avoided as much as possible.

The ratio of men in fighting to those in supporting

corps should be kept high. We should also avoid investing

much manpower in units or branches of corps with a purely

defensive role, as we did in the Second World War with

anti-tank and anti-aircraft artillery. In the Second World

War we had considerably more men in the supporting corps - in particular, more medical, more ordnance corps, more

electrical and mechanical engineers and more supply and

transport - than were needed.

The creation and growth of elite and special forces

should be strictly controlled. In the Second World War such

forces absorbed a large quantity of the high quality

manpower at the Army's disposal and they did not repay the

heavy investment made in them.

While the field commander should have some liberty to

organize new units or reorganize existing ones for specific

urgent requirements, the tendency to dissipate

reinforcements for the fighting troops by forming ad hoc

units should be guarded against. This tendency would be

lessened if a smaller reserve of reinforcements were kept

overseas and if better control of manpower were maintained

by the centre. Both these objects will be facilitated by a

regular system of air transport.

327

Transportation of reinforcements by air, instead of sea,

would be more reliable and economical, unless the

strategical circumstances of a future war were vastly different from the last, or from what can be envisaged.

This would enable the margin of reinforcements held

overseas to be cut substantially.

A clear decision on the eventual size of the Army,

arrived at before the outbreak of war, and without waiting

until imminent danger frightens politicians and the public

into consenting to the necessary measures, would enable

planning to be properly done, would allow a properly phased

build-up, and the development of an appropriate and

economical reinforcement induction, training, and holding

establishment.

The wastage rates upon which the calculations for

reinforcement requirements should be based should be those

deduced from British experience in the World Wars and

subsequent wars, checked against Allied experience; if

anything, there should be over-insurance in fighting

troops, especially infantry and armoured corps, and less

reserves for supporting corps.

There should be a more intensive use of the manpower

actually available. We know that men with considerable

disabilities both physical and psycho-neurotic, can do

useful work in civil life. By careful selection procedures,

in the first place, it should be possible to put men into

the employments for which their physical and mental

characteristics fit them, in which they can continue to

serve without breaking down. There should be greater

emphasis placed on training officers in their duties of

man-management and of creating the feeling among all the

men in their units that someone cares for their welfare and

that if they have troubles, they can tell them to someone

who will try to help them.

328

At the same time there should be firm and impartial

discipline to ensure that the weak and the waverers take

their share of the work and the risks. In the Second World

War discipline was more permissive than it had been in the

Great War. Indeed, it was too permissive. In the context of

a war of national survival against one of the most odious

and unscrupulous regimes in history, permissiveness was both unwise and dangerous. A less permissive approach would

have substantially reduced manpower wastage through

desertion and other indiscipline.

Forces for the defence of the British Isles should be

kept to a minimum, consistent with strategical security,

and, so far as possible, should be organized in formations

or fractions of formation which can become offensive and

mobile. Static defensive units and administrative services

should consist eventually of low category personnel. As in

the Second World War, women and those men not suitable for,

or available to, the forces should be utilised in home

defence, enabling manpower to be concentrated on defeating

the enemy.

While, during the first half of the Great War, political

considerations permitted no system of raising the Army

other than voluntary enlistment, during the Second World

War compulsory service was employed from the outset. It is

difficult to see how, if we are forced into another World

War by a powerful and dangerous aggressor, the full

strength of our nation could be mobilized for defence,

without resort to universal service. This being the case,

it is much better to introduce universal service at the

outset rather than be forced to it by the pressure of

events. Whether or not volunteering is permitted to

continue alongside conscription, the system of recruiting

men into the forces should not be allowed, as it was during

the Second World War, to favour the most popular service

329

(the Royal Air Force) at the expense of the least popular

(the Army).

I should like to set down two final conclusions.

Firstly, the necessity for a strong Army with a strong infantry arm. As the most labour intensive service as well

as the service which bears the brunt of casualties, the

Army should receive, in terms of quality as well as

quantity, the lion's share of the nation's manpower. In the

Second World War the Royal Air Force, and to a lesser

extent the Royal Navy, received an excessive share of the

nation's manpower, especially in terms of quality. As the

Second World War progressed the lesson was gradually

learned that, although command of the air and sea are

essential prerequisites for victory, neither aeroplanes nor

ships can take and hold territory, only soldiers. The price

of this learning experience was paid by the Army, which

embarked upon the decisive campaign of the war undermanned

and with inadequate reserves.

Of the Army's manpower, the infantry should receive, in

terms of quality as well as quantity, the lion's share, as

the most labour intensive arm as well as the arm which

bears the brunt of casualties. The Second World War

demonstrated, once again, that in war - however fine the

other fighting corps and the supporting corps are - it is

necessary to have plenty of good infantry. As Montgomery

said, although they were "the least spectacular arm of the

Army, yet without them you cannot win a battle. Indeed,

without them you can do nothing. Nothing at all, nothing".

As the Falklands, the Gulf and the Balkans have all

demonstrated, armies - and especially infantrymen - are

just as crucial to the ending of conflicts today as they

were more than fifty years ago.

Secondly, the importance of economy in the use of

manpower by the military. This is a lesson that must be

ground into the military officer at every stage of his

330

education, and not only by precept during his periods of formal instruction, but during all his various appointments

and commands. It must be thoroughly understood and always

remembered by every officer, that it is his prime duty to

get the best service possible out of the men for whom he is

responsible, and he must know and practice the ways to

accomplish this. He must never look on men as "expendable".

I do not mean that he must not look on them as kanonen

futter, for following the experience of the Great War no

British officer has taken the view that battle casualties

did not matter, so long as victory was won. We have seen by

the statistics assembled in this thesis that the major

waste of manpower was not in the casualties incurred in

battle (which were far fewer than in the Great War), but in

the extravagant use of men for non-essential purposes, born

of the idea that "there are plenty more where the first lot

came from". Of course there are not plenty more; a nation

can quickly come to the end of its physically fit manpower,

if proper use is not made of those who are perhaps not fit

for every kind of military service, but who, properly

handled, can do a job that does not call for a hero or

athlete. Rabelais quotes a proverb, in another connection:

"A good carpenter can make use of any kind of timber". A

good officer should be able to get useful service out of

most men, and history is full of examples that this can be

done.

Napoleon said, "God is on the side of the bigger

battalions". One of the supreme duties of the military

officer, then, is to see that the battalions are kept big.

And, to add another proverb, in manpower economy, "Take

care of the pence, and the pounds will take care of

themselves" also applies. Wastage comes from a few men

insufficiently worked or insufficiently cared for here and

there, and now and then. They are lost as fit soldiers, the

total mounts up rapidly, and presently the nation's armies

331

find themselves with no fit soldiers to replace casualties.

If this happens to us before it happens to the enemy, we

have lost the war.

332

TABLE I DISTRIBUTION OF MANPOWER IN THE BRITISH ARMY: BY ARM, 30TH SEPTEMBER 1944

Staff & ERE List 912 (0.04%)

Household Cavalry 3,199 (0-12%)

Royal Armoured Corps 122,770 (4.45%)

Royal Artillery 617,860 (22.41%)

Royal Engineers 254,182 (9.22%)

Royal Signals 139,097 (5.05%)

Foot Guards 38f827 (1.4%)

Infantry 526,882 (19.11%)

Army Air Corps 16,232 (0.59%)

TOTAL TEETH 1,719,961 (62.39%)

Royal Army Service Corps (including EFI) 303,862 (11.02%)

Royal Army Medical Corps 87,863 (3.19%)

Royal Army Ordnance Corps 123,679 (4.49%)

Royal Electrical and Mechanical Engineers 151,706 (5.5%)

Royal Army Pay Corps 21,396 (0.78%)

Corps of Military Police 31,625 (1.15%)

Pioneer Corps 166,459 (6.04%)

Army Catering Corps 61,243 (2.22%)

General Service Corps 51,783 (1.88%)

Royal Army Chaplains Department, Royal Army Veterinary Corps, Army Dental Corps, Intelligence Corps etc. 37,312 (1.35%)

TOTAL TAIL 1,036,928 (37.61%)

GRAND TOTAL 2,756,889

Source: "General Return of the Strength of the British Army" for the quarter ending 30th September 1944, AG Stats: W073/162.

333

TABLE II DISTRIBUTION OF MANPOWER IN THE BRITISH ARMY: BY LOCATION, 30TH SEPTENBR 1944

UK

TOTAL UK (37.5%)

21st Army Group (i. e. North West Europe)

Central Mediterranean Force (i. e. Italy)

Middle East Command

India Command (including Burma)

Colonial Garrisons (e. g. Malta, Gibraltar)

TOTAL OVERSEAS (62.1%)

ERE (0.4%)

GRAND TOTAL

1,033,626

1,033,626

714,135

499,207

192,752

242,584

64,518

1,713,196

10,067

2,756,889

Source: "General Return of the Strength of the British Army" for the quarter ending 30th September 1944, AG Stats: W073/162.

334

TABLE III DISTRIBUTION OF BRITISH ARMY MANPOWER IN THE UNITED KINGDOM, 30TH SEPTEMBER 1944

AVAILABLE 717,836 (70.4%)

Field Force 225,709 (31.4%)

Home Field Army 60,579 Force 135 (i. e. Liberation of Channel Islands) 6,879 Anti-Aircraft Command 158,251

Non-Field Force 492,127 (68.6%)

Training Organization & Holding Division Reserve Divisions Coastal Defence Maritime Anti-Aircraft Local Defence & Vulnerable Points Home Guard Empire Base Installations & ATS Training Seaborne

[Included in the above: 44,726 reinforcements]

UNAVAILABLE 302,296 (29.6%)

Under Training Retraining Limited availability Non-available In transit to UK "Y" List Expeditionary Force Institute

GRAND TOTAL 1,020,132

Source: AG Stats return W0365/178.

130,571 23,753 15,498 14,584 15,196

5,521 285,035

1,969

147,112 26,494 43,994 20,112

3,000 60,290

1,294

335

TABLE IV COMPARISON OF MANPOWER DISTRIBUTION: BY ARM: THE BRITISH, AMERICAN AND CANADIAN ARMIES

BRITISH CANADIAN AMERICAN

INFANTRY 20.78% 17.0% ) ARMOUR 4.89% 4.8% )38.3% ARTILLERY 22.41% 12.4% 5.2%

------ 48.08

----- 34.2%

----- 43.5%

ENGINEERS 9.22% 6.3% 11.9% MEDICAL 3.39% 8.0% 10.6% ORDNANCE & EME 9.99% 11.0% 5.3% SUPPLY & TRANSPORT 11.02% 8.4% 11.9%

------ 33.62

----- 33.7%

----- 39.7%

SIGNALS 5.05% 3.9% 5.2% HQ & OVERHEAD 13.25% 28.2% 11.6%

------ 18.30

----- 32.1%

----- 16.8%

Sources and notes: American figures from Table 3, P203, "United States Army in World War II: The Organisation of Ground Combat Troops", Greenfield et al, Historical Division, Department of the Army, Washington, 1947. Actual strengths on 31st March 1945. "Artillery" includes Coastal and Anti-Aircraft only. "Engineers" includes Chemical. "Supply & Transport" includes Quartermaster Corps and Transportation. "HQ & Overhead" includes Adjutant-General, Military Police and Miscellaneous. Canadian figures from Table II, P17, "Manpower in the Canadian Army", Maj. -Gen. E. L. M. Burns, Toronto, 1956. Establishment strengths for Italy, North West Europe and UK in November 1944;

reinforcements and ineffectives excluded. Actual strengths for Canada on 29th November 1944. British figures from "General Return of the Strength of the British Army" for the quarter ending 30th September 1944, AG Stats: W073/162. Actual strengths on 30th September 1944. "Infantry" includes Motor, Rifle and Machine Gun Infantry; Rifle and Motor Foot Guards; and AAC. "Armour" includes RAC, Household Cavalry and Armoured Foot Guards. "Medical" includes RAMC and Army Dental Corps. "Ordnance & EME" includes RAOC and REME. "Supply & Transport" includes RASC. "HQ & Overhead" includes Pioneer Corps, ACC, GSC, CMP, RAPC

etc. 336

TABLE V COMPARISON OF MANPOWER NON-DIVISIONAL: THE AMERICAN EUROPEAN THEATRE

DISTRIBUTION: DIVISIONAL AND AND CANADIAN ARMIES IN THE

CANADIAN

In divisions 32.9% Non-divisional fighting 7.2% Non-divisional supporting 23.6% HQ and overhead 13.6% Reinforcements 18.2% Hospital patients 4.5%

AMERICAN

31.1% 21.4% 32.3%

3.5% 6.9% 4.8%

Sources and notes: American figures from Table 2, P194, "United States Army in World War II: The Organisation of Ground Combat Troops", Greenfield et al, Historical Division, Department of the Army, Washington, 1947. Figures as of 31st March 1945. Canadian figures from Table III, P20, "Manpower in the Canadian Army", Maj. -Gen. E. L. M. Burns, Toronto, 1956. Figures as of 2nd December 1944. "Non-divisional fighting" = Corps armoured car regiments, armoured/tank brigades, heavy and medium artillery, anti- aircraft artillery, anti-tank artillery, survey units. "Non-divisional supporting" = Corps and Army engineers, signals, medical units and hospitals, dental units, service corps, ordnance corps, provost corps.

337

TABLE VI MANPOWER DISTRIBUTION: DIVISIONAL AND DIVISIONAL: THE BRITISH ARMY IN NORTH WEST EUROPE

With units 90.04%

In Divisions 30.2% Brigades 4.08% AGRAs 3.0% GHQ AA Tps 5.5% GHQ & LOC Tps 32.0% Corps Tps 4.8% Army Tps 6.6% With SHAEF 0.8% With Canadians 2.9% Res & Misc 0.12%

In prison 0.15%

On courses 0.17%

In hospital 3.54%

Reinforcements 6.1ý

NON-

Source and notes: AG Stats return W0365/129. Actual figures for 21st Army Group on 30th September 1944. There were more reinforcements and less in units than authorised. However, the deficit in units was slightly greater than the surplus of reinforcements. "AGRAs" comprised heavy and medium artillery. "GHQ AA Tps" comprised anti-aircraft artillery. "Brigades" primarily comprised independent armoured/tank brigades. "With Canadians" refers to those British

personnel "making up the numbers" in Canadian Army Troops, Corps Troops and AGRAs.

338

TABLE VII COMPARISON OF MANPOWER DISTRIBUTION: TEETH AND TAIL: THE BRITISH AND CANADIAN ARMIES IN ITALY

BRITISH CANADIAN

Fighting

Armour 6.1% 10.7% Infantry 29.1% 25.3% Artillery 30.1% 17.1%

TEETH 65.3% 53.1%

Personnel Services

Medical 3.0% 7.5% Welfare 0.5% 2.0%

Material Services

Engineers 5.0% 5.1% Supply & Transport 13.4% 11.8% Ordnance 1.4% 1.8% EME 5.0% 6.1% Miscellaneous 0.2% -

Headquarters overhead

HQ 1.4% 3.1% Signals 4.8% 5.0% Other overhead - 4.5%

TAIL 34.7% 46.9%

Sources: British figures from Trench-Gascoigne Prize Essay for 1949 by Lt. -Col. W. G. F. Jackson, "R. U. S. I. Journal", May 1950. Canadian figures from Table IV, P22, "Manpower in the Canadian Army", Maj. -Gen. E. L. M. Burns, Toronto, 1956.

339

TABLE VIII ORGANIZATION OF BRITISH DIVISIONS IN NORTH WEST EUROPE

Brigades and their units

Recce

Artillery

Engineers

Signals

Machine guns

Supply and transport

ARMOURED

1 Armoured Bde (3 Armd Regts, 1 Inf Bde (3 Inf Bns)

1 Mot Bn)

1 Armd Recce Regt

2 Field Regts 1 Anti-Tank Regt 1 LAA Regt

2 Field Sqns 1 Field Park Sqn 1 Bridging Tp

1 Armd Div Sigs

1 Ind MG Coy

2 Bde Coys 1 Div Tps Coy 1 Div Transport Coy

Medical 1 Field Ambulance 1 Light Field Amb 1 Fd Dressg Stn 1 Field Hygiene Sect

Ordnance 1 Ordnance Field Park

Workshops 2 Bde Workshops 1 LAA Regt Workshop

12 LAD

Provost 1 Div Provo Coy

INFANTRY

3 Inf Bdes (9 Inf Bns)

1 Recce Regt

3 Field Regts 1 Anti-Tank Regt 1 LAA Regt

3 Field Coys 1 Field Park Coy 1 Bridging Plt

1 Inf Div Sigs

1 MG Bn

3 Bde Coys 1 Div Tps Coy

3 Fd Ambulances 2 Fd Dressg Stns 1 Fd Hyg Sect

1 Ord Fd Park

3 Bde Workshops 1 LAA Regt Wkshp

11 LAD

1 Div Provo Coy

Source and notes: PP534-5, Appendix IV: Part II, "Victory in the West", Vol. I, Major L. F. Ellis, HMSO, London, 1962. For the sake of simplicity various headquarters, defence

and employment platoons, field security sections and postal units have been omitted.

340

TABLE IX ESTABLISHMENT OF BRITISH AND AMERICAN INFANTRY DIVISIONS IN NORTH WEST EUROPE

BRITISH AMERICAN

Cavalry (Recce) Infantry (Rifle Fd. Artillery A. A. Artillery A. Tk. Artillery Engineers Medical Military Police Ordnance R. E. M. E. R. A. S. C. Quartermaster Signals Headquarters Misc.

TOTAL

& Armour 820 149 & M. G. ) 8,418 9,204

2,122 2,111 585 --- 721 --- 959 620 945 940 115 106 287 141 784 ---

1,296 --- --- 186 743 239 536 341

45 --- --------------------

18,376 14,037

Source and notes: The American figures are from Table 2, P306, "United States Army in World War II: The Organization

of Ground Combat Troops", Greenfield et al, Historical Division, Department of the Army, Washington, 1947. "Medical" includes 497 attached medics. "Headquarters" includes 166 divisional HQ, 104 divisional HQ company, 58 bandsmen and 13 attached chaplains. Regimental (i. e. brigade) HQs are included under "Infantry". Not borne on the establishment were 225 attached personnel: 136 infantrymen, 57 artillerymen, 17 engineers and 15 special troops. The British figures are actually Canadian and have been taken from Appendix A, P172, "Manpower in the Canadian Army", Maj. -Gen. E. L. M. Burns, Toronto, 1956. The Canadians

copied the establishments of British fighting formations

and units almost exactly. "Headquarters" includes divisional HQ and brigade HQs. Reinforcements are not included in either the British or American figures.

341

TABLE X ORGANIZATION OF THE R. E. M. E. IN NORTH WEST EUROPE

1st Line

LADs (A, B, regiments battalions 11).

2nd Line

C or D): 1 per most combat units, except LAA (which had their own workshops) and rifle (e. g. armoured division 12; infantry division

Infantry/Armoured/Tank Brigade Workshops: 1 per brigade (e. g. armoured division 2; infantry division 3; independent armoured/tank brigade 1) . Under Divisional command, except for Tank Brigade Workshops.

Corps Troops Workshops: 1 per corps. Under Corps command.

Army Troops Workshops: 2 per army. Under Army command.

3rd Line

Infantry/Armoured/Tank Troops Workshops: 1 per division or independent armoured/tank brigade. Under Army command.

4th Line

Advanced Base Workshops: 4. Theoretically 1 per 2 corps; actually 1 per corps. Under GHQ command.

Base Workshops: 0. Under GHQ or WO command.

Source: PP12 and 141, War Office Monograph "Royal

Electrical and Mechanical Engineers", Vol. I: "Organization

and Operations", Major-General Sir E. Bertram Rowcroft, 1951.

342

TABLE XI TRAINING ESTABLISHMENTS AND TRAINING STREAM IN THE UNITED KINGDOM, 1944

30th June

Trainees

Recruits Under Training Retraining

TOTAL

30th Sept

131,292 147,112 26f494

-------------------------- 131,292 173,606

Reinforcements

Cadre Infantry Divisions Training Organization Holding Division Reserve Divisions Holding & Reserve Units

2,166 19,489 14,752

1,391 1,291 6,775 8,259

16,638 18,258

TOTAL 44,293 44,726

Trainers, Cadres and Administrators

Training Organization Holding Division Holding & Reserve Units Reserve Divisions ATS Training Units Cadre Infantry Divisions

82,413 ) 3,538 ) 96,270

) 6,519 14,024 15,494

191 186 22,053

TOTAL 106,685 134,003

Source: AG Stats return W0365/178.

343

TABLE XII STRENGTH OF THE BRITISH ARMY, 1939-45

MEN WOMEN TOTAL

30th September 1939 897,000 NA 31st December 1939 1,128,000 23,900 1,151,900 31st March 1940 1,361,000 NA 30th June 1940 1,650,000 31,500 1,681,500 30th September 1940 1,888,000 36,100 1,924,100 31st December 1940 2,075,000 36,400 2,111,400 31st March 1941 2,166,000 37,500 2,203,500 30th June 1941 2,221,000 42,800 2,263,800 30th September 1941 2,292,000 65,000 2,357,000 31st December 1941 2,340,000 85,100 2,425,100 31st March 1942 2,397,000 111,100 2,508,100 30th June 1942 2,453,000 140,200 2,593,200 30th September 1942 2,494,000 162,200 2,656,200 31st December 1942 2,566,000 180,700 2,746,700 31st March 1943 2,628,000 195,300 2,823,300 30th June 1943 2,673,000 210,300 2,883,300 30th September 1943 2,679,000 212,500 2,891,500 31st December 1943 2,680,000 207,500 2,887,500 31st March 1944 2,680,000 206,200 2,886,200 30th June 1944 2,720,000 199,000 2,919,000 30th September 1944 2,741,000 198,200 2,939,200 31st December 1944 2,760,000 196,400 2,956,400 31st March 1945 2,802,000 195,300 2,997,300 30th June 1945 2,920,000 190,800 3,110,800

Source and notes: Table 10, P9, "Statistical Digest of the War", Central Statistical Office, HMSO, 1951. Figures for men include those on the India Unattached List but exclude those in the British Indian Service. Men locally enlisted abroad are excluded after September 1941. Figures for women include the Auxiliary Territorial Service only and exclude nurses and schoolmistresses. Women locally enlisted abroad whose documents were maintained outside the UK are excluded; all women locally enlisted abroad are excluded after March 1944.

344

TABLE XIII OUTFLOW FROM THE BRITISH ARMY, 1939-45

Casualties Medical Transfers to TOTALS and other discharges reserve, deaths releases etc.

1939 700 5,700 26,900 33,300

1940 54,700 61,300 69,200 185,200

1941 35,100 88,400 58,700 182,200

1942 97,100 75,900 32,600 205,600

1943 32,600 55,500 35,400 123,500

1944 67,700 67,700 36,700 172,100

1945 (118,400) 103,200 756,600 741,400

------- 169,500

------- 457,700

--------- 1,016,100

--------- 1,643,300

Source and notes: Table IV, P485, "Manpower", H. M. D. Parker, HMSO, 1957. The 1945 figures were naturally distorted by the ending of the war. In 1945 transfers to the reserve, releases etc. rose massively; repatriated prisoners exceeded casualties and other deaths by 118,400;

and medical discharges rose appreciably. It is clear that only some casualties and other deaths are included by Parker. In fact, during the war the British Army suffered 569,501 battle casualties and 19,935 natural deaths ("Strength and Casualties of the Armed Forces and Auxiliary Services of the United Kingdom 1939 to 1945", PP6-7, Cmd. 6832, HMSO, June 1946)

345

TABLE XIV MEDICAL DISCHARGES FROM THE BRITISH ARMY, 1943-45

( Mental Digestive ) Disease Injury Total ( disorders disorders ) (

1943 ( 6.24 )

2.76 ) 18 3 21 (

1944 ( 8.55 )

2.56 ) 21 5 26 (

1945 ( 9.42 )

3.05 ) 24 9 33

Source and notes: PP439-440,448, "Casualties and Medical Statistics", W. Franklin Mellor, HMSO, 1972. Rates per 1,000 strength. Mental disorders accounted for between 35%

and 41% of discharges due to disease. Of mental disorders:

anxiety state 40%-50%; hysteria 16%-20%; psychopathic personality 15%; schizophrenia 6%; mental deficiency 6%;

manic depressive psychosis 3%-6%. The next biggest cause was digestive disorders. Of digestive disorders: ulcers 80%.

346

TABLE XV DESERTION AND ABSENCE WITHOUT LEAVE: THE BRITISH ARMY IN ITALY: BY OPERATION, JANUARY 1944-MAY 1945

1944

January 349 ) February 207 ) Cassino and Anzio March 521 )

April 583 Regrouping

May 495 ) June 994 ) Operation " DIADEM" (capture of Rome)

July 779 ) August 628 ) Advance to the Gothic Line

September 944 Operation " Olive" (assault on the Gothic Line)

October 905 November 1200 ) Battles of Romagna rivers December 1211

1945

January 1127 ) February 616 ) Retraining

March 404 ) April 153 ) Final offensive May 242 )

Source: P374, "The Mediterranean and Middle East", Vol. VI: Part II, General Sir William Jackson, HMSO, 1987.

347

TABLE XVI DESERTION AND ABSENCE WITHOUT LEAVE: THE BRITISH ARMY IN ITALY: BY FORMATION, AUGUST-DECEMBER 1944

Infantry

1st Infantry Division 626 4th Infantry Division 664 46th Infantry Division 1059 56th Infantry Division 990 78th Infantry Division 927 (October-December only) 1st Guards Brigade 81 24th Guards Brigade 102

Armour

lst Armoured Division 95 6th Armoured Division 220 2nd Armoured Brigade 30 7th Armoured Brigade 4 9th Armoured Brigade 13 25th Tank Brigade 3

Source: Cabinet Office: Military Narrative of the War file CAB106/453.

348

TABLE XVII WASTAGE RATES, AUGUST 1939

FIELD FORCE EGYPT PALESTINE & SUDAN

ARM OFF OR OFF OR OFF OR

CAVALRY 20 10 20 10 10 5

LIGHT ARMOUR 20 10 20 10 10 5

HEAVY ARMOUR 14 14 14 14 7 7

RA 14 7 14 7 7 4

RE (DIV) 12 6 12 6 6 3

RE (LOC) 6 6 6 6 3 3

R SIGS (DIV) 8 4 8 4 4 2

R SIGS (LOC) 4 4 4 4 2 2

INFANTRY 20 20 20 20 10 10

INF (MG) 20 10 20 10 10 5

INF (MECH) 20 10 20 10 10 5

RASC 3 3 3 3 2 2

RAMC & ADC 4 4 4 4 2 2

RAOC 3 3 3 3 2 2

RAVC 3 3 3 3 2 2

CMP 6 6 6 6 3 3

INDIA 5

COLONIAL GARRISONS 2.5

UK (ADGB, CD, HQs) 2

UK (OTHER) . 25

Source: App. Al, Mobilization Secret Instructions (A4836: 79/Mobn/3019): W033/l639.

349

TABLE XVIII WASTAGE RATES, JANUARY 1940

FRANCE & EGYPT PALESTINE & SUDAN

INTENSE NORMAL NO INTE NSE NORMAL NO

ARM OFF OR OFF OR ALL OFF OR OFF OR ALL

CAVALRY 20 10 5 5 .5 10 5 3 3 .5

LT ARMOUR 20 10 .5 .5 .5 10 5 .5 .5 .5

HY ARMOUR 14 14 .5 .5 .5 7 7 .5 .5 .5

RA 10 5 4 3 .5 6 3 4 3 .5

RE (DIV) 10 5 4 3 .5 6 3 4 3 .5

RE (LOC) 3 3 2 2 .5 3 3 2 2 .5

SIGS (DIV) 8 4 3 3 .5 4 2 3 2 .5

SIGS (LOC) 4 4 3 2 .5 2 2 2 2 .5

INFANTRY 20 20 6 6 .5 10 10 4 4 .5

INF (MG) 20 10 5 5 .5 10 5 3 3 .5

INF (MOT) 20 10 5 5 .5 10 5 3 3 .5

RASC 3 3 2 2 .5 2 2 2 2 .5

RAMC & ADC 4 4 3 3 .5 2 2 2 2 .5

RAOC 3 3 2 2 .5 2 2 2 2 .5

RAVC 3 3 2 2 .5 2 2 2 2 .5

CMP 6 6 4 4 .5 3 3 2 2 .5

OTHERS 2 2 2 2 .5 2 2 2 2 .5

INDIA 5 2 .5

COLONIAL GARRISONS 2.5 2 .5

UK 1 . 25 . 25

Source: War Committee, 52nd meeting, 5th January 1940: WO163/66.

350

TABLE XIX WASTAGE RATES, JUNE 1941

PRIMARY THEATRE SE CONDARY THEATRE

INT ENSE NORMAL NO INTENSE NORMAL NO

ARM OFF OR OFF OR ALL OFF OR OFF OR ALL

CAVALRY 20 10 5 5 . 75 10 5 3 3 . 75

LT ARMOUR 20 10 . 75 . 75 . 75 10 5 . 75 . 75 . 75

HY ARMOUR 14 14 . 75 . 75 . 75 7 7 . 75 . 75 . 75

RA 10 5 4 3 . 75 6 3 4 3 . 75

RE (DIV) 10 5 4 3 . 75 6 3 4 3 . 75

RE (LOC) 3 3 2 2 . 75 3 3 2 2 . 75

SIGS (DIV) 8 4 3 3 . 75 4 2 3 2 . 75

SIGS (LOC) 4 4 3 2 . 75 2 2 2 2 . 75

INF 20 20 6 6 . 75 10 10 4 4 . 75

INF (MG) 20 10 5 5 . 75 10 5 3 3 . 75

INF (MOT) 20 10 5 5 . 75 10 5 3 3 . 75

RECCE 20 10 5 5 . 75 10 5 3 3 . 75

RASC 3 3 2 2 . 75 2 2 2 2 . 75

RAMC & ADC 4 4 3 3 . 75 2 2 2 2 . 75

PIONEERS 3 3 2 2 . 75 3 3 2 2 . 75

RAOC 3 3 2 2 . 75 2 2 2 2 . 75

RAVC 3 3 2 2 . 75 2 2 2 2 . 75

CMP 6 6 4 4 . 75 3 3 2 2 . 75

OTHERS 2 2 2 2 . 75 2 2 2 2 . 75

INDIA & BURMA 52 . 75

Source: FFC Sub 73C (A5583: 57/Gen/8852): W033/1687.

351

TABLE XX WASTAGE RATES, MAY 1943

INTENSE NORMAL QUIET

ARM OFF OR OFF OR OFF OR

CAVALRY 20 10 5 4 . 75 . 75

RAC 25 14 5 4 . 75 . 75

RA # 15 8 5 4 . 75 . 75

RE (FD) 10 5 4 3 . 75 . 75

RE (LOC) 3 3 2 2 . 75 . 75

R SIGS (DIV) 8 4 4 3 . 75 . 75

R SIGS (LOC) 3 3 2 2 . 75 . 75

FT GDS, INF 25 20 7 6 . 75 . 75

INF (MG & SUPP) 20 10 5 4 . 75 . 75

INF (MOT) 20 10 5 4 . 75 . 75

RECCE CORPS 20 10 5 4 . 75 . 75

AAC 25 20 7 6 . 75 . 75

GPR * 15 8 5 4 . 75 . 75

RASC 5 4 4 3 . 75 . 75

RAMC & ADC 5 4 4 3 . 75 . 75

RAOC & REME 3 3 2 2 . 75 . 75

RAVC 3 3 2 2 . 75 . 75

CMP 6 6 3 3 . 75 . 75

PIONEERS 4 4 2 2 . 75 . 75

OTHERS 2 2 2 2 . 75 . 75

# RA (AA & CA) 4 3 2 1.5 . 75 . 75 (SEPT. 1943) * GPR 10 10 5 4 . 75 . 75 (AUG. 1944)

Source: FFC Sub 73D (A6603): W033/2065.

352

TABLEI INTAKE INTO THE BRITISH ARMY, 1939-45

Conscripts Volunteers Direct Officer Intake

TOTALS

1939 112,800 153,800 9,600 276,200

1940 858,600 252,100 21,200 1,131,900

1941 365,700 70,100 11,900 447,700

1942 363,000 61,100 7,500 431,600

1943 184,000 48,600 4,700 237,300

1944 214,700 33,200 4,000 251,900

1945 166,800 31,500 2,400 200,700

TOTALS 2,265,600

(76%)

650,400

(22%)

61,300

(2%)

2,977,300

Source and notes: Table IV (Part A), P485, "Manpower", H. M. D. Parker, HMSO, 1957. Figures for Sept-Dec 1939

exclude 485,400 reservists and territorials mobilized and embodied on the outbreak of war. The peak period for

conscripts was 1940-42 while for volunteers it was 1939-40. Conscripts always exceeded volunteers except during the first months of the war. In the period 1941-45 190,390

women (72%) joined the Auxiliary Territorial Service

voluntarily while in the period 1942-45 73,610 women (28%)

were conscripted into it: Table IV (Part B), P486.

353

TABLE XXII MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS OF MEN UNDER THE MILITARY TRAINING AND NATIONAL SERVICE ACTS, JUNE 1939-JULY 1945

Under 20 20-25 26-35 36 and TOTALS over

Group I 1,702,010 1,247,990 1,255,196 343,486 4,548,682 (69.1%)

Group II 193,687 218,319 343,842 176,337 932,185 (14.2%)

Group III (7.8%)

64,673 128,983 201,355 119,505 514,516

Group IV (8.9%)

TOTALS

107,546 103,442 213,319 162,824 587,131

2,067,916 1,698,734 2,013,712 802,152 6,582,514

Source and notes: Table VIII (Part A), P495, "Manpower",

H. M. D. Parker, HMSO, 1957. In simple terms Group I was defined as fit; Group II as largely fit; Group III as largely unfit; and Group IV as unfit.

354

TABLE XXIII REGISTRATIONS OF MEN UNDER THE MILITARY TRAINING AND NATIONAL SERVICE ACTS, JUNE 1939-JUNE 1945

Date of Registration

Age Group Number Registered

1939 (June, Oct, Dec)

1940 (Feb-Jul, Nov)

1941 (Jan-Feb, Apr-Jul, Sept, Dec)

1942 (Apr, Aug, Nov)

1943 (Jan, Apr, Jun, Sept, Dec)

1944 (Mar, Jun, Sept, Dec)

1945 (Mar, Jun)

TOTAL 8,356,686

Dec 1916-Dec 1919

Jan 1905-Dec 1916; Dec 1919-Nov 1920

July 1900-Dec 1904; Nov 1920-June 1923

July 1923-Sept 1924

Oct 1924-Mar 1926

Apr 1926-Mar 1927

Apr-Sept 1927

727,066

4,101,218

2,222,240

399,103

4 65,2 64

285,750

156,045

Source and notes: Table VI, PP488-490, "Manpower", H. M. D. Parker, HMSO, 1957. The male population aged 18-41 had been

registered by the end of 1941. Thereafter the only men who were registered were those who had recently reached 18 or who were approaching 18. Of those registered: a few declared themselves conscientious objectors; some were not available for general posting (e. g. merchant seamen, cripples); many expressed a preference for the RN and RM;

many expressed a preference for the RAF. Only the remainder were available for general posting, including posting to the Army.

355

TABLE XXIV BRITISH ARMY MANPOWER ALLOCATIONS, JULY 1942-JUNE 1945

PERIOD COVERED DATE OF REQUIREMENT ALLOCATION

REQUIREMENTS AND

Jul 1942-Dec 1943 Dec 1942 649,000 men 160,000 women

Apr-Dec 1943 Jul 1943 207,400 men 40,000 women

Jan-Dec 1944 Dec 1943 319,000 men 24,000 women

Jul-Dec 1944 Jul 1944 190,000 men 19,800 women

Sept-Dec 1944 Sept 1944 75,000 men 16,000 women

Jan-Jun 1945 Dec 1944 251,500 men 13,800 women

ALLOCATION

349,000 men 80,000 women

116,400 men 29,000 women

125,000 men 12,000 women

49,500 men 4,500 women

50,000 men 5,000 women

160,000 men 12,000 women

Source and notes: Directorate of Staff Duties file on manpower: W032/10899. Figures for women relate to the Auxiliary Territorial Service only. Requirement for April- December 1943 included 52,400 men and 11,000 women owed from previous allotment. Requirement for July-December 1944 included 30,000 men and 3,000 women owed from previous allotment. Allocation made in December 1943 was for the period January-June 1944 only; an additional 25,000 men were provisionally allocated for the period July-December 1944. Allocation made in July 1944 was for the period July- August 1944 only.

356

BIBLIOGRAPHY

(1) PRIMARY MATERIAL

At the Public Record Office:

W024 War Establishments

W032 War Office Registered Files

W033 0 and A Papers

W073 Monthly Returns Distribution of the Army

W0106 Directorate of Military Operations Papers

W0162 Adjutant-General Papers

W0163 Army Council Records

W0165 War Office Directorates War Diaries

W0166 Home Forces War Diaries

W0171 21st Army Group War Diaries

W0193 Directorate of Military Operations Files

W0199 Home Forces Papers

W0203 ALFSEA Papers

W0204 AFHQ Papers

W0205 21st Army Group Papers

W0208 Directorate of Military Intelligence Files

W0212 Orders of Battle

W0214 Alexander Papers

W0216 CIGS Papers

W0219 SHAEF Papers

W0223 NW Europe Campaign Staff College Papers

W0231 Directorate of Military Training Papers

W0232 Directorate of Tactical Investigation Papers

W0260 Directorate of Staff Duties Papers

W0277 War Office Monographs

Manpower Problems, A. J. K. Pigott, 1949

357

The Development of Artillery Tactics and Equipment, A. L.

Pemberton, 1951

Training in the Army, J. W. Gibb, 1961

Supplies and Transport, D. W. Boileau, Vols. I and II, 1954

Airborne Forces, T. B. H. Otway, 1951

Royal Electrical and Mechanical Engineers, E. Bertram

Rowcroft, Vols. I and II, 1951

Discipline, A. B. McPherson, 1950

Army Welfare, B. Morgan, 1952

Morale, J. Sparrow, 1949

Ordnance Services, Officers of the Ordnance Directorate,

1950

Personnel Selection, B. Ungerson,

The Auxiliary Territorial Service,

W0285 Dempsey Papers

1953

J. M. Cowper, 1949

W0291 AORG Papers

W0365 Adjutant-General Returns

CAB44 Cabinet Office Historical Section Military Narratives

CAB65 War Cabinet Minutes

CAB66 War Cabinet Memoranda

CAB78 War Cabinet Committees

CAB79 Chiefs of Staff Committee Minutes

CAB80 Chiefs of Staff Committee Memoranda

CAB101 Official War Histories

CAB103 Cabinet Office Historical Section Files

CAB106 Cabinet Office Historical Section Military Files

CAB120 War Cabinet Secretariat Files

CAB140 Official War Historians Papers

PREM3 Prime Minister Operational Papers

AIR10 Air Publications

At the Army Historical Branch:

AG Stats Branch Memoranda and Analyses

358

At the Ministry of Defence Library:

Army Training Pamphlets

Command Papers

Acts of Parliament

Army Council Instructions

Hansard

War Office List

King's Regulations

At the Liddell Hart Centre, King's College London:

Adam papers

Alanbrooke papers

Evetts papers

Bridgeman papers

At the Imperial War Museum:

Montgomery papers

Oral history interviews

(2) SECONDARY MATERIAL

BOOKS

Addison, P., and Calder, A., Time to Kill, London, 1997

Ahrenfeldt, R. H., Psychiatry in the British Army in the

Second World War, London, 1958

Babington, A., Shell Shock, London, 1997

Beckett, I. F. W., and Simpson, K., A Nation in Arms,

Manchester, 1985

359

Beebe, G. W., and DeBakey, M. E., Battle Casualties,

Springfield, 1952

Belchem, D., Victory in Normandy, London, 1981

Belfield, E., and Essame, H., The Battle for Normandy,

London, 1965

Bidwell, S., Gunners at War, London, 1972

Bidwell, S., and Graham, D., Firepower, London, 1982

Bryant, A., The New Infantryman, London, 1944

Bryant, A., The Turn of the Tide, London, 1957

Bryant, A., Triumph in the West, London, 1959

Burns, E. L. M., Manpower in the Canadian Army, Toronto, 1956

Carver, M., The Seven Ages of the British Army, London,

1984

Central Statistical Office, Statistical Digest of the War,

London, 1951

Chalfont, A., Montgomery of Alamein, London, 1977

Charmley, J., Churchill: The End of Glory, London, 1993

Churchill, W. S., The Second World War, Boston

Vol. I The Gathering Storm, 1948

Vol. II Their Finest Hour, 1949

Vol. III The Grand Alliance, 1950

Vol. IV The Hinge of Fate, 1950

Vol. V Closing the Ring, 1951

Vol. VI Triumph and Tragedy, 1953

Collier, B., The Defence of the United Kingdom, London,

1957

Collier, R., The Sands of Dunkirk, London, 1961

Connell, J., Auchinleck, London, 1959

Copp, T., and McAndrew, W., Battle Exhaustion, Montreal,

1990

Crew, F. A. E., Army Medical Services: Campaigns, London,

1962

De Guingand, F., Operation Victory, London, 1947

D'Este, C., Decision in Normandy, London, 1984

Dintar, E., Hero or Coward, London, 1985

360

Ehrman, J., Grand Strategy, London, 1956

Eisenhower, D. D., Crusade in Europe, London, 1948

Ellis, J., The Sharp End, London, 1993

Ellis, L. F., Victory in the West, London, 1962 and 1968

Ellis, L. F., The War in France and Flanders, London, 1953

English, J., A Perspective on Infantry, Toronto, 1978

English, J., A Study of Failure in High Command, Toronto,

1992

Falls, C., The First World War, London, 1959

Firbank, T., I Bought A Star, London, 1951

Franklin Mellor, W., Casualties and Medical Statistics,

London, 1972

Fuller, J. F. C., The Second World War, London, 1948

Gavin, J. M., On to Berlin, New York, 1978

Ginzberg, E., Herma, J., and Ginsburg, S., Psychiatry and

Military Manpower Policy, New York, 1953

Graham, D., The Price of Command, Toronto, 1993

Greenfield, K., Palmer, R., and Wiley, B., The Organisation

of Ground Combat Troops, Washington, 1947

Grigg, P. J., Prejudice and Judgement, London, 1948

Hamiliton, N., Monty: Master of the Battlefield, London,

1983

Hastings, M., Overlord, London, 1984

Hoe, A., David Stirling, London, 1994

Holden, W., Shell Shock, London, 1998

Horne, A., and Montgomery, D., The Lonely Leader, London,

1995

Horrocks, B., A Full Life, London, 1962

Howard, M. E., Studies in War and Peace, New York, 1970

Howard, M. E., Strategic Deception, London, 1990

Jackson, W. G. F., Mediterranean and Middle East, London,

1987 and 1988

Jarv, S., 18 Platoon, Carshalton, 1987

Joslen, H. F. , Orders of Battle, London, 1960

Keegan, J., Six Armies in Normandy, London, 1982

361

Kennedy, J., The Business of War, London, 1957

Liddell Hart, B. H., The Defence of the West, London, 1950

Liddell Hart, B. H., History of the Second World War,

London, 1970

Lindsay, M., So Few Got Through, London, 1956

Linklater, E., The Campaign in Italy, London, 1951

McKee, A., Caen: Anvil of Victory, London, 1964

Mitchell, B., and Smith, A., Casualties and Medical

Statistics, London, 1931

Molony, C. J. C., Mediterranean and Middle East, London, 1973

and 1984

Montgomery, B. L., Normandy to the Baltic, Berlin, 1946

Montgomery, B. L., Memoirs, London, 1958

Moorehead, A., Montgomery London, 1974

Moran, C., The Anatomy of Courage, London, 1945

Moran, C., Churchill: The Struggle for Survival, London,

1968

Morris, E., Circles of Hell, London, 1993

National Army Museum, The Forgotten War, London, 1994

National Research Council, Psychology for the Fighting Man,

Washington, 1943

National Research Council, Psychology for the Armed

Services, Washington, 1945

Nicholls, T. B., Organization, Strategy and Tactics of the

Medical Service in War, London, 1937

North, J., North-West Europe, London, 1953

Orwell, G. Collected Essays, Journalism and Letters,

Harmondsworth, 1970

Palmer, R., Wiley, B., and Keast, W., The Procurement and

Training of Ground Combat Troops, Washington, 1948

Parker, H. M. D., Manpower, London, 1957

Perry, F. W., The Commonwealth Armies: Manpower and

Organization in two World Wars, Manchester, 1988

Pitt, B., Churchill and the Generals, New York, 1981

Pond, H., Salerno, London, 1968

362

Rooney, D., Wingate and the Chindits: Redressing the

Balance, London, 1994

Routledge, N. W., History of the Royal Regiment of

Artillery: AA Artillery, London, 1994

Ruppenthal, R. G., Logistical Support of the Armies,

Washington, 1953

Ryan, C., The Longest Day, London, 1960

Ryan, C., A Bridge Too Far, London, 1974

Salmond, J. B., The History of the 51st Highland Division,

Edinburgh, 1953

Salisbury MacNalty, A., and Franklin Mellor, W., Medical

Services in War, London, 1968

Scarfe, N., Assault Division, London, 1947

Simkins, P., Kitchener's Army, Manchester, 1988

Slim, W., Defeat into Victory, London, 1956

Stacey, C. P., The Victory Campaign, Ottawa, 1960

Stacey, C. P., Arms, Men and Governments, Ottawa, 1970

Sykes, C., Orde Wingate, London, 1959

Taylor, A. J. P., English History 1914-1945, Oxford, 1965

Taylor, A. J. P., Rhodes James, R., Plumb, J. H., Liddell

Hart, B. H., and Storr, A., Churchill: Four Faces and the

Man, London, 1969

Terraine, J., The Right of the Line, London, 1985

Thompson, J., Ready for Anything, London, 1989

Thompson, J., The Imperial War Museum Book of Victory in

Europe, London, 1994

Valentine, C. W., The Human Factor in the Army, Aldershot,

1943

Van Creveld, M., Supplying War, Cambridge, 1977

Vernon, P. E., and Parry, J. B., Personnel Selection in the

British Army, London, 1949

Wakeling, E., The Lonely War, Worcester, 1994

Warner, P., The SAS, London, 1983

Weeks, R., Organization and Equipment for War, Cambridge,

1947

363

Whiting, C., The Poor Bloody Infantry, London, 1987

Wilmot, C., The Struggle For Europe, London, 1952

Wilson, A., Flamethrower, London, 1974

Watts, J., Surgeon at War, London, 1955

Wingfield, R. M., The Only Way Out, London, 1955

Woodburn Kirby, S., The War Against Japan, London, 1958,

1961 and 1964

Young, P., World War 1939-45, London, 1966

PERIODICALS

British Army Review

CI

"Carbuncle", On an Excess of Bridges, No. 108

Anon, Review of Wingate and the Chindits: Redressing the

Balance (Rooney, D. ), No. 108

War Studies Journal

67 Peaty, J. R., Myth Reality and Carlo D'Este, Spring 1996

Royal United Services Institution Journal

c Jackson, W. G. F., Trench-Gascoigne Prize Essay for 1949, May

1950

War in History

f. s De Groot, G. J., Whose Finger on the Trigoer?, Vol. 4, No.

4, November 1997

Journal of Contemporary History

s Bidwell, S., Wingate and the Official Historians: An

0 Alternative View, Vol. 15,1980

364

History of the Second World War

MacDonald, C. B., Airborne Armies, Vol. 7,1970

't I Koch, H. W., Hitler's Foreign Legions, Vol. 7,1970

Historical Journal

s McHugh, J., The Labour Party and the Parliamentary Campaign

to Abolish the Military Death Penalty, Vol. 42, No. 1.

March 1999

Canadian Defence Quarterly

Greenhous, B., Review of The Price of Command (Graham, D. ),

December 1993

THESES

Crang, J., A Social History of the British Army 1939-45,

Edinburgh University, 1992

Harrison-Place, T., Tactical Doctrine and Training in the

Infantry and Armoured Arms of the British Home Armv 1940-

44, Leeds University, 1997

Hart, S. , Montgomery, 21st Army Group and North West Europe

1944- 45, London University, 1995

Pope, R., The Planning and Implementation of British

Demobilisation 1941-46, Open University, 1985

Spillan, G., Manpower Problems in the British Army 1918-39,

Oxford University, 1985

365

Whittle, E., British Casualties on the Western Front 1914-

18 and their Influence on the Military Conduct of the

Second World War, Leicester University, 1991

366

BIEL '


Recommended